-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----
Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR
Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov
Originator-Key-Asymmetric:
 MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen
 TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB
MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA,
 MhEf844SbwDQ4nH9rMzxplpPsPnEByDHk7hwjNWXG9vSxcSiRUg1Mcz+ZO68ZD1w
 40LSHsP5ClHlCba5Yi2R/A==

<SEC-DOCUMENT>0000909954-00-000011.txt : 20001228
<SEC-HEADER>0000909954-00-000011.hdr.sgml : 20001228
ACCESSION NUMBER:		0000909954-00-000011
CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE:	10-K
PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT:		14
CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT:	20000930
FILED AS OF DATE:		20001227

FILER:

	COMPANY DATA:	
		COMPANY CONFORMED NAME:			GREEN MOUNTAIN COFFEE INC
		CENTRAL INDEX KEY:			0000909954
		STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION:	MISCELLANEOUS FOOD PREPARATIONS & KINDRED PRODUCTS [2090]
		IRS NUMBER:				030339228
		STATE OF INCORPORATION:			DE
		FISCAL YEAR END:			0928

	FILING VALUES:
		FORM TYPE:		10-K
		SEC ACT:		
		SEC FILE NUMBER:	001-12340
		FILM NUMBER:		796141

	BUSINESS ADDRESS:	
		STREET 1:		33 COFFEE LANE
		CITY:			WATERBURY
		STATE:			VT
		ZIP:			05676
		BUSINESS PHONE:		8022445621

	MAIL ADDRESS:	
		STREET 1:		33 COFFEE LANE
		CITY:			WATERBURY
		STATE:			VT
		ZIP:			05676
</SEC-HEADER>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>10-K
<SEQUENCE>1
<FILENAME>0001.txt
<DESCRIPTION>ANNUAL REPORT
<TEXT>



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                              Washington, DC 20549


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    FORM 10-K
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


        (Mark One)

        [ X ] Annual  Report  Pursuant To Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
        Exchange Act of 1934 For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2000

                                       OR

        [ ] Transition  Report Pursuant To Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
        Exchange  Act of  1934  For  the  transition  period  from  ________  to
        _____________


                         Commission file number 1-12340


                           GREEN MOUNTAIN COFFEE, INC.
             ------------------------------------------------------
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


                Delaware                                  03-0339228
- ----------------------------------------       ---------------------------------
   (State or other jurisdiction of             (IRS employer identification no.)
    incorporation or organization)


   33 Coffee Lane, Waterbury, Vermont                        05676
- ----------------------------------------       ---------------------------------
(Address of principal executive offices)                   (Zip code)

                  Registrant's telephone number: (802) 244-5621
                                                 --------------

    Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act: None
      Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act:

                     Common Stock, $.10 par value per share
                     --------------------------------------
                                (Title of class)


Indicate  by check  mark  whether  the  registrant:  (1) has filed  all  reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15 (d) of the  Securities  Exchange Act of
1934 during the past 12 months (or for such shorter  period that the  registrant
was  required  to file such  reports),  and (2) has been  subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days. [ X ]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [ ]

The  aggregate  market  value  of the  voting  stock of the  registrant  held by
non-affiliates  of  the  registrant  on  November  30,  2000  was  approximately
$55,803,000 based upon the closing price of such stock on that date.

As of November 30, 2000, 3,147,480 shares of common stock of the registrant were
outstanding.  See  "Market  for  the  Registrant's  Common  Equity  and  Related
Stockholder Matters."


                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement for the  registrant's  Annual Meeting
of Shareholders to be held on March 15, 2001 have been incorporated by reference
into Part III of this report.  The  registrant  will file the  definitive  Proxy
Statement by January 29, 2001.


<PAGE>


                           GREEN MOUNTAIN COFFEE, INC.
                           Annual Report on Form 10-K

                                Table of Contents

                                                                            Page
                                     Part I
Item 1.        Business                                                       4

Item 2.        Properties                                                     17

Item 3.        Legal Proceedings                                              17

Item 4.        Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders            17

               Executive Officers of the Registrant                           18

                                     Part II

Item 5.        Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related
               Stockholder Matters                                            20

Item 6.        Selected Financial Data                                        21

Item 7.        Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
               Condition and Results of Operations                            21

Item 7A        Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about
               Market Risk                                                    29

Item 8.        Financial Statements and Supplementary Data                    30

Item 9.        Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
               Accounting and Financial Disclosures                           30

                                    Part III

Item 10.       Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant             31

Item 11.       Executive Compensation                                         31

Item 12.       Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
               and Management                                                 31

Item 13.       Certain Relationships and Related Transactions                 31

                                     Part IV

Item 14.       Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports
               on Form 8-K                                                    32


<PAGE>


         Certain  statements  contained  herein are not based on historical fact
and are  "forward-looking  statements"  within  the  meaning  of the  applicable
securities laws and regulations.  In addition, the Company's representatives may
from  time  to  time  make  oral  forward-looking  statements.   Forward-looking
statements  provide  current  expectations  of future  events  based on  certain
assumptions  and  include  any  statements  that do not  directly  relate to any
historical or current fact. Words such as "anticipates",  "believes", "expects",
"will",  "feels",  "estimates",  "intends",  "plans",  "projects",  and  similar
expressions,   may  identify  such  forward-looking  statements.  Owing  to  the
uncertainties  inherent in  forward-looking  statements,  actual  results  could
differ materially from those set forth in  forward-looking  statements.  Factors
that  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  those  in the
forward-looking  statements include, but are not limited to, business conditions
in the coffee industry and food industry in general, the impact of the loss of a
major customer,  fluctuations in availability and cost of green coffee, economic
conditions, prevailing interest rates, competition, the management challenges of
rapid  growth,  variances  from  budgeted  sales mix and growth  rate,  consumer
acceptance of the  Company's  new products,  the impact of a tighter job market,
weather and special or unusual events,  as well as other risk factors  described
in Item 1 of this report on Form 10-K for the year ended  September 30, 2000 and
other  factors  described  from time to time in the  Company's  filings with the
Securities  and  Exchange   Commission.   Forward-looking   statements   reflect
management's  analysis as of the date of this  document.  The  Company  does not
undertake to revise these statements to reflect subsequent developments.


<PAGE>


                                     PART I


Item 1. Business

The Company
- -----------

         Green  Mountain  Coffee,  Inc.  ("the  Company" or "Green  Mountain" or
"Green Mountain Coffee") roasts over 25 high-quality  arabica coffees to produce
over 60 varieties of coffee which it sells through a  coordinated  multi-channel
distribution  network  in  its  wholesale  and  direct  mail  operations.   This
distribution  network is  designed  to maximize  brand  recognition  and product
availability.  The Company is one of the leading  specialty  coffee companies in
its established markets.

         The  majority of Green  Mountain's  revenue is derived  from over 6,700
wholesale customer accounts located primarily in the northeastern United States.
The wholesale  operation serves supermarket,  specialty food store,  convenience
store, food service,  hotel,  restaurant,  university,  travel and office coffee
service customers. Wholesale customers resell the coffee in whole bean or ground
form for home  consumption  and/or brew and sell coffee beverages at their place
of business.

         The  Company is a Delaware  holding  company  formed in July 1993 whose
only asset is the stock of Green Mountain Coffee Roasters, Inc. ("Roasters"),  a
Vermont corporation formed in 1981. As used herein, unless the context otherwise
requires,  references  to "the Company" or "Green  Mountain" or "Green  Mountain
Coffee" include the Company and Roasters.

         The Company's  fiscal year ends on the last Saturday in September.  The
Company's fiscal year normally  consists of 13 four-week periods with the first,
second  and  third   "quarters"   ending  16  weeks,  28  weeks  and  40  weeks,
respectively, into the fiscal year. As used herein, unless the context otherwise
requires,  references to "fiscal  1999" or "fiscal  1998"  represent the 52-week
periods ended  September 25, 1999 and September 26, 1998,  respectively.  Fiscal
2000  represents  the 53-week period ended  September 30, 2000,  with its fourth
fiscal quarter consisting of 13 weeks instead of the usual 12.

         The  Company's  corporate  offices  are  located  at  33  Coffee  Lane,
Waterbury,  Vermont 05676. The Company's telephone number is (802) 244-5621, its
fax number is (802) 244-5436, and its e-mail address for investor information is
investor.services@gmcr.com.  The address of the  Company's  Internet Web site is
www.GreenMountainCoffee.com.

The Product
- -----------

         Green  Mountain is committed to providing the highest  quality  arabica
coffees  available from around the world.  To achieve this goal,  Green Mountain
carefully selects its coffee beans and then "appropriate  roasts(R)" the coffees
to maximize their taste and flavor  differences.  The Company's coffee offerings
include  single-origin,  estate,  certified  organic,  Fair  Trade,  proprietary
blends,  and  flavored  coffees  that it sells under the Green  Mountain  Coffee
Roasters(R) brand.

         The Company  roasts its coffee in small batches to ensure  consistency.
Green Mountain  varies both the degree of roast and the roasting  profile (i.e.,
roast  time  and   temperature)   to  maximize  a  particular   coffee's   taste
characteristics.  The Company utilizes  state-of-the-art roasting software which
enables it to more exactly duplicate specific roasts,  ensuring Green Mountain's
ability to offer consistent taste profiles.

         Green  Mountain's  roasting process is designed to maximize the flavors
inherent in the coffee itself, without letting the flavor of roasting overshadow
a  particular   coffee's  taste  subtleties.   The  Company  believes  that  its
distinctive  roasting methods enable it to provide the same coffees at different
roasting  degrees to maximize their flavors and thereby satisfy varying consumer
preferences.

         The Company uses  convection  air roasters,  which it believes  offer a
higher degree of flexibility  than other  commercially  available  roasters.  In
addition,  the Company has developed  specific  roasting  programs for each bean
type to establish a Green  Mountain  "signature"  for that bean type,  which the
Company calls its "appropriate  roast".  The Company believes that this roasting
process  distinguishes it from other specialty coffee companies and has resulted
in strong customer brand loyalty.

         Green Mountain,  unlike some of its  competitors,  also offers flavored
coffees.  The Company  believes that  flavoring its coffee during the production
process,  rather than providing  flavor  additives  after brewing,  provides its
customers with taste consistency, convenience and economy.

         The Company  nitrogen  flushes its packaged  coffee and employs one-way
valve bag packaging  technology that provides a minimum shelf life of six months
for the Company's  coffees.  This  technology  enables the Company to expand its
distribution while maintaining its high standards for quality and freshness.

         Green Mountain  coffee comes in a variety of packages  including  whole
beans,  fractional  packages,  and one-cup  Keurig(R)  portions.  The  packaging
equipment  for  Keurig  K-Cup(TM)  portion  packs is owned by Keurig,  Inc.  and
operated by Green Mountain Coffee. Green Mountain pays a royalty to Keurig, Inc.
for each K-Cup sold.

Growth Strategy
- ---------------

         Green  Mountain  Coffee is focused on building the brand and profitably
growing its business.  At present,  management  believes that it can continue to
grow sales over the next few years at a rate similar to its historical five-year
average  growth rate (in the range of 18 to 25 percent),  by  increasing  market
share  in  existing  markets,   expanding  into  new  geographic  markets,   and
selectively  pursuing  other  opportunities.  At the same  time,  management  is
working  at  growing   earnings  faster  than  revenue.   These  statements  are
forward-looking,  and  subject  to  the  risks  and  uncertainties  outlined  in
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations," and under the heading,  "Forward-looking information," beginning on
page 21.

         In recent  years,  the primary  growth in the coffee  industry has come
from the specialty  coffee  category,  driven by the wider  availability of high
quality  coffee,  the emergence of upscale coffee shops  throughout the country,
and the general level of consumer education.  Green Mountain has been benefiting
from the overall  market trend plus some  carefully  developed  and  distinctive
advantages over its competitors.

         Green  Mountain  coffee is  available  in many  different  distribution
channels and customer  categories in its primary  geographic market, the eastern
United States.  This multi-channel  strategy provides widespread exposure to the
brand in a variety of settings, ease of access to the products, and many tasting
opportunities  for consumer  trial.  Green Mountain  coffee is widely  available
throughout the day: at home in the morning,  in hotels, on airplanes and trains,
at  convenience  stores on the way to work, at the office,  in  restaurants,  in
supermarkets, at the movie theatre, and at home again at the end of the day. The
Company  also  has a  special  events  vehicle  that  can be seen at ski  races,
festivals,  customer locations,  and other venues on the East Coast. The vehicle
along  with  many  other  special  event   activities   provide  great  sampling
opportunities and visibility to the brand.

         The Company  believes  that its coffee's  convenient  availability  for
consumer  trial through  convenience  stores,  office  coffee  services and food
service  establishments  is a  significant  advantage and a key component of its
growth strategy.  The Company  believes that potential  customers who sample its
products by the cup are likely to develop a taste for Green Mountain  coffee and
seek it out  through  other  available  distribution  channels.  It has been the
Company's  experience  that consumer trial of Green Mountain coffee at one level
of  distribution  often  leads to a  subsequent  purchase  at  another  level of
distribution.

         As  brand  awareness  increases  through  trial  by  consumers  of  the
Company's coffee by the cup, demand for whole bean sales of the Company's coffee
for home  consumption  also increases.  The National Coffee  Association of USA,
Inc., in its National  Coffee  Drinking  Trends through 2000 study,  states that
"over 75% of coffee  drinkers  drink  coffee at home." As brand equity is built,
wholesale  expansion  typically continues through customers such as supermarkets
and specialty food stores,  who in turn, sell the Company's whole bean coffee to
consumers.   This  expansion  process   capitalizes  upon  this  cup/whole  bean
inter-relationship.   The  strategy  is  designed  to  further   increase  Green
Mountain's  market  share in  geographic  areas in which it already  operates in
order  to  increase  sales  density  and  drive   operational  and  brand-equity
efficiencies.

         In  addition  to its  efforts  to boost  sales  in its core  geographic
markets,  the Company also seeks to introduce  Green Mountain coffee in selected
new markets across the United States, principally utilizing the Company's office
coffee and convenience  store channels.  "Flagship"  customers,  such as General
Cinema,  Delta Express,  Delta Shuttle and American Skiing Company, are also key
to the Company's geographic expansion strategy, as they provide great visibility
and sampling opportunities.

         In the direct mail area, the Company focuses  solicitations  on catalog
customers who buy regularly from the Company, bed-and-breakfasts and other small
businesses,  and from  members of the  Company's  "Coffee  Club",  a  continuity
program with customized standing orders for automatic  re-shipment.  Recently, a
large  portion of the  Company's  efforts in the direct mail  segment  have been
directed     towards      increasing     traffic     on     its     Web     site
(www.GreenMountainCoffee.com),  which  is  intended  to  build  brand  awareness
nationwide  and boost direct sales to  consumers  in the  Company's  less mature
geographic markets.

Recent Developments
- -------------------

NEW PRODUCTS.  The Company's  partnership with Keurig, Inc. continued to develop
into an important  growth driver in fiscal 2000,  as the unique  Keurig  one-cup
brewing system gained significant  momentum in the marketplace.  Sales of K-Cups
made up 15.7% of total company sales in fiscal 2000. The success with the Keurig
system also helped Green Mountain develop  relationships with a number of office
coffee  distributors,  providing it an opportunity to also sell its  traditional
line of products through these  distributors  (primarily  pre-ground  fractional
coffee).  In fiscal 2000, coffee pounds sold to distributors  through the office
coffee  service  channel  grew 63.4% over the  previous  year and Keurig  coffee
pounds accounted for 76.4% of that growth. In June of 2000, the Company signed a
10-year manufacturing and distribution agreement with Keurig, Inc.

         In November 2000,  Green Mountain added two new coffees  (Organic House
Blend(TM) and Southern  Pecan) to its existing  offering of 12 K-Cup coffees and
introduced  its new  Connoisseur  line of Keurig  K-Cups,  which it expects will
reinforce  its  position as the premium  provider of K-Cup  portion  packs.  The
Connoisseur  collection is made of 5 coffee varieties:  Lake & Lodge(TM), Kenyan
AA, Organic Sumatran  Reserve(TM), Guatemalan  Finca Dos Marias, and, soon to be
available, La Esperanza(TM). The Company intends to continue expanding its K-Cup
and fractional  package business  nationwide  through its office coffee products
distributors in fiscal 2001.

         In September 1999, the Company  introduced a new line of frozen granita
and hot cappuccino  beverages,  two high-growth areas of the specialty  beverage
market.  These  products,  which are marketed under the Monte  Verde(TM)  brand,
complement the traditional  line of specialty  coffees and make Green Mountain a
full-service provider to certain channels, such as convenience stores. In fiscal
2000, sales of Monte Verde products made up 1.5 % of total company sales.

         In May of 2000, Green Mountain Coffee Roasters signed an agreement with
TransFair USA to promote Fair Trade coffee. Under the agreement,  Green Mountain
Coffee  Roasters  has agreed to purchase  coffee at a minimum  floor price under
internationally  accepted Fair Trade terms from the small farmer cooperatives in
Peru,  Mexico,  and Sumatra where the Company has  long-standing  relationships.
Coffee  certified by TransFair  USA provides an audit trail from the farm to the
cup,  which  insures  that  small-scale  farmers are paid a Fair Trade price for
their coffee that provides them with a living wage. All of the Company's regular
certified organic coffees have been certified Fair Trade.

CUSTOMERS.  In addition to the previously  described  strong gains in the office
coffee  channel,  the Company  continued  to focus on other key  channels of its
wholesale  business in fiscal  2000 and built  stronger  relationships  with its
major customers.

         Growth in the  convenience  store channel was very strong,  with pounds
sold up 21.7% year-over-year. Exxon Mobil Corporation ("ExxonMobil") convenience
stores continue to be Green Mountain's largest customer in the convenience store
channel,  with over 1,200  locations at September 30, 2000,  including  over 480
corporate-owned  stores.  In November  2000,  the Company  announced that it had
signed a new five-year  exclusive  agreement to provide Green Mountain coffee to
all corporate-owned  ExxonMobil  convenience stores (over 900 stores,  including
the 480 existing locations) in the United States including On the Run(R),  Mobil
Mart(R),    Exxon   Shop(R),   Tiger   Mart(SM),    Tiger    Express(SM),    and
Tigermarket(SM) locations.  In  addition,  Green  Mountain  coffee  is  now  the
recommended coffee for all ExxonMobil dealer and franchise operators. ExxonMobil
reports a total of 13,680 retail facilities in the  United  States.  It also has
projected new corporate-owned and dealer-owned On the Run stores that fall under
the agreement in excess of 600 locations by the end of 2002.

         Under this new agreement, the Company will unbundle its pricing so that
ExxonMobil  pays a lower price for  purchases  of Green  Mountain  coffee and in
turn,  they will use a third  party  distributor  to deliver the coffee to their
convenience stores thereby reducing Green Mountain's  delivery cost.  ExxonMobil
will pay for all services provided by the Company such as equipment  maintenance
and training on a fee-for-service basis.

         As this new five-year  agreement is implemented,  Green Mountain Coffee
Roasters will expand its geographic distribution to new markets. Under the terms
of the  agreement,  the coffee will be made available in the coming months to an
additional 500  corporate-owned  units in the Mid-Atlantic States and in markets
including  Memphis,  Nashville,  San Antonio,  Dallas,  Houston,  and additional
locations in Florida and California.

          The  supermarket  channel  continued  to show  healthy  year-over-year
pounds  sold growth of 7.4% in fiscal  2000.  Green  Mountain  coffee can now be
purchased at over 760  supermarket  locations,  up  approximately  200 from last
year. The addition of Kash n'Karry,  a chain of supermarkets  located in Central
Florida,  accounted for 135 of those new locations.  Among existing  supermarket
customers,  the increase in coffee pounds sold was  especially  strong at Stop &
Shop Supermarkets,  a supermarket chain in the Northeast,  which started to sell
Green Mountain coffee in another 46 former Edwards stores in fiscal 2000.


<PAGE>


Coffee pounds sold in fiscal 2000 and fiscal 1999, broken down by sales channel,
are as follows:


<TABLE>.
- ---------------------------------------  ------------  ------------  -------------  ----------------
                                         53 wks ended  52 wks ended  Full Year Y/Y    Full Year %
Sales Channel                               9/30/00       9/25/99     lb. Increase  Y/Y lb. Increase
- ---------------------------------------  ------------  ------------  -------------  ----------------
<S>                                      <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>
Convenience Stores.....................         26.8%         26.6%        520,000             21.7%

Supermarkets...........................         24.9%         28.0%        186,000              7.4%

Office Coffee Service Distributors.....         23.8%         17.6%      1,003,000             63.4%

Restaurants............................         11.2%         13.3%         20,000              1.7%

Other Food Service.....................          8.1%          8.7%         95,000             12.1%

Other Retail...........................          2.2%          2.6%          8,000              3.4%

Direct Mail, including Internet Sales..          3.0%          3.2%         35,000             12.1%
                                         ------------  ------------  -------------  ----------------
Totals                                     10,871,000     9,004,000      1,867,000             20.7%
                                         ============  ============  =============  ================
</TABLE>


Corporate Objective and Philosophy
- ----------------------------------

         Green  Mountain's  objective  is to be  the  leading  specialty  coffee
company by providing the highest  quality  coffee and having the largest  market
share in its  targeted  markets  while  maximizing  Company  value.  The Company
intends to achieve this objective by  differentiating  and reinforcing the Green
Mountain brand and  engendering a high degree of customer and consumer  loyalty.
Essential elements of this unique approach include:

HIGH QUALITY  COFFEE.  Green Mountain buys some of the highest  quality  arabica
beans  available from the world's  coffee-producing  regions and uses a roasting
process that maximizes each coffee's  individual taste and aroma. Green Mountain
has a passion  for coffee and  believes  that its  coffees are among the highest
quality coffees sold in the world.

CUSTOMER SERVICE. Green Mountain seeks to create customers for life. The Company
believes  that coffee is a convenience  purchase and utilizes its  multi-channel
distribution network to make its coffee widely and easily available to consumers
for home or away-from-home consumption.

         To ensure a high level of customer contact, the Company has established
regional  distribution  centers to supply coffee to its wholesale  customers and
from which  customer  service  calls are  dispatched.  Green  Mountain  has also
established  relationships  with some of its vendors to drop ship items directly
from the vendor to the customer, thereby significantly decreasing shipping times
and costs.

         The  Company  has an  on-line  inventory  system  for its  central  and
regional  distribution  centers  which  helps  to  better  serve  the  Company's
customers  and  to  improve  the  Company's  direct-store-delivery  process  and
capability.  Green Mountain attempts to maintain at all times adequate levels of
inventory to satisfy  customer  demand.  At September 30, 2000,  the Company had
$2,557,000 of raw materials and supplies inventory,  as well as $2,793,000 worth
of finished goods inventory.

         The   Company's   online   ordering   application   on  its  Web   site
(www.GreenMountainCoffee.com)   is fully   integrated    with    the   Company's
PeopleSoft(R) Enterprise Resource Planning ("ERP")  system and customers receive
instantaneous, electronic shipping confirmations for all online orders.

CUSTOMER  COFFEE  EDUCATION.  The Company  educates its wholesale  customers and
employees and vendor partners about the origin and preparation of coffee through
a course comprised of a series of on-site training programs, tours, manuals, and
hands-on learning experiences known as "Coffee College." This intensive training
covers growing and harvesting;  coffee tasting and cupping; grinding, filtering,
and brewing;  roasting and packaging; and preparing coffee beverages. Over 1,200
of the employees of Green Mountain's customers attended Coffee College in fiscal
2000, primarily at the Company's Java University located in Waterbury,  Vermont.
Since  1997,  Green  Mountain  Coffee  also has been  hosting  Specialty  Coffee
Association of America ("SCAA") Espresso Lab training sessions for consumers and
employees of other coffee companies.

         The  Company's  direct mail catalog and Web site provide an overview of
the  differences  between  the  various  coffees  from  around the world and the
various degrees of roast. The Company believes that educational initiatives such
as these help to create  advocates  for its coffee and thereby  engender a loyal
consumer base.

EMPLOYEE DEVELOPMENT.  Green Mountain Coffee seeks to be a destination workplace
for its employees. The Company believes that dedication to employee training and
development  is vital to attracting  and  retaining the most highly  performing,
qualified,  and motivated  employees.  The Company offers  numerous  educational
workshops,  professional seminars, a leadership development program, a series of
coffee knowledge  classes and many other personal and  professional  development
opportunities  including  Franklin-Covey  time  management,  Dale Carnegie,  and
personal  financial  planning  just to name a few.  The staff  development  plan
provides  employees the motivation and ability to offer Green Mountain customers
the  very  best  quality  in  service,  fostering  long-term  relationships.  In
addition, in fiscal 2000, Green Mountain adopted the Appreciative Inquiry method
of business  analysis,  which  incorporates  a highly  positive,  inclusive  and
people-centered way of considering business development. The Company also offers
an Educational  Assistance Plan providing financial support to employees seeking
to improve their skills through continuing education.

SOCIALLY  RESPONSIBLE  BUSINESS  PRACTICES.   Green  Mountain  is  committed  to
conducting its business in a socially  responsible  manner. The Company believes
that  doing  well  financially  can go  hand  in hand  with  giving  back to the
community  and  protecting  the   environment.   In  fiscal  2000,  the  Company
contributed over 5% of its pre-tax income to various coffee farms,  cooperatives
and non-profit  organizations in the U.S. and in coffee-producing  countries, in
the  form  of  cash,  products  and  paid  employee  time.   Domestically  based
organizations  benefiting from cash or coffee product donations in 2000 included
Conservation International, Rainforest Alliance, Coffee Kids(TM), and the United
Way, as well as libraries, religious organizations,  schools, counseling centers
and soup kitchens in markets where the Company operates. In addition to cash and
product  donations,  the Company  encourages its employees to perform  volunteer
work for non-profit and community-based  organizations on company time for up to
2.5% of their total hours  worked at the Company.  In fiscal 2000,  99 employees
were reimbursed by the Company for a total of 1,529 hours of volunteer community
service time. Another 717 hours of unpaid community service were reported.

         The  Company  is  committed  to  improving   the  quality  of  life  in
coffee-producing   countries,   and  therefore  supports  projects  that  foster
self-sufficiency,  which it believes yield the best results. For example,  since
January of 1998,  Green Mountain has been  sponsoring a very  successful  Coffee
Kids micro-lending program in Huatusco,  Mexico, to encourage the development of
small family businesses. The program now has over 600 participants.  The Company
has also provided  funding for computers and libraries in communities  where its
Stewardship(R) coffees are produced.

         In the Oaxaca  region of Mexico,  where the Company's  Organic  Mexican
Select(TM) coffee is grown, the Company funds a variety of projects, including a
Coffee  Kids  micro-lending  project and a women's  health care  project for the
early detection of cervical cancer. In addition,  the Company provides financial
assistance to the FomCafe S.C.  cooperative's  quality control  training program
which helps farmers earn more for their coffee.

         In the Aceh region of Indonesia,  Green Mountain  provided seed funding
to Gayo Organic Coffee Farmer's  Association  ("GOCFA"),  which now produces the
Company's  Organic  Sumatran  Reserve(TM)  coffee.   That project was started in
partnership  with  ForesTrade,  a  Vermont-based  supplier  of organic  oils and
spices. In addition to local quality of life  improvements,  these programs help
insure that a stable  supply of quality  organic  coffees  will be  available to
Green Mountain Coffee to satisfy growing consumer demand.

         In May of 2000, Green Mountain Coffee Roasters signed an agreement with
TransFair USA to promote Fair Trade coffee. Under the agreement,  Green Mountain
Coffee  Roasters  has agreed to purchase  coffee at a minimum  floor price under
internationally  accepted Fair Trade terms from the small farmer cooperatives in
Peru,  Mexico,  and Sumatra where the Company has  long-standing  relationships.
Coffee  certified by TransFair  USA provides an audit trail from the farm to the
cup,  which  insures  that  small-scale  farmers are paid a Fair Trade price for
their coffee that provides them with a living wage. All of the Company's regular
certified  organic coffees have been certified Fair Trade. Much of the Company's
Stewardship coffees are purchased at prices well above this minimum floor price,
even though they are not certified Fair Trade.

         Green  Mountain is  committed  to being  environmentally  and  socially
responsible  in all aspects of its  business  operations.  Consistent  with this
commitment,  the  Company has  created  and  supported  a variety of  innovative
environmental programs and incentives.

         Green Mountain  encourages  sustainable  farming  practices through its
Stewardship   Program.   Stewardship   coffees  are  purchased  from  farms  and
cooperatives  where  herbicide  and  pesticide  use is limited and soil  erosion
controls are in place. Additionally, these farms demonstrate higher standards of
support for their  workers by  providing  housing,  medical  assistance,  and an
interest  in the  welfare  of  the  individual  worker.  As a  continuation  and
expansion of the Stewardship  Program,  Green Mountain offers consumers a choice
of organic coffees,  starting with one farm-direct  coffee from Peru in 1997 and
growing  into a line of seven  organic  coffees by the end of fiscal  2000.  The
Company's  roasting  and  packaging  facility is certified as organic by Quality
Assurance International of San Diego, California.

         Since  1990,   Green  Mountain  has  sold,   under  the  licensed  name
Earth-Friendly Coffee Filters(TM), a line of dioxin-free and chlorine-free paper
coffee filters, helping to raise consumer awareness of chlorine-free processing.
In another  innovative  approach to product design, in 1997, the Company won the
3M Scotchban(R)  Innovation Award for the development of a biodegradable  coffee
bag used by wholesale  customers  who bag Green  Mountain  bulk coffees on their
premises.

         The  Company's  most  recent  new  initiative,  to  reduce  its  use of
non-renewable  energy  sources  and  the  impact  on  the  environment,  is  the
installation of a 95-kilowatt  cogeneration  unit in its roasting  facility that
started  operating in December  1999.  The unit is designed to capture heat from
the power generating process to heat and power the Company's building,  reducing
its use of both  propane  and  externally  generated  electricity.  The  unit is
designed to help reduce the Company's  operating  expenses as a percent of sales
over time.  It has the added  benefit of reducing  the risk of fire,  created by
power  outages,  that can occur when the  roasters,  which  operate at very high
temperatures, suddenly lose power.

         Through  responsible  operational  practices,  from purchasing to waste
management,  Green Mountain strives to minimize its  environmental  impact.  The
Company uses  chemical-free,  biodegradable,  cornstarch-based  foam peanuts and
100% recycled Kraft-style (Geoami) paper to protect products during shipping, as
well as recycled content chip-board  containers and reusable containers to store
and ship coffee.  In addition,  Green Mountain makes every attempt to divert its
manufacturing waste from landfills.  For example,  the burlap bags which contain
green coffee  beans are  recycled or donated for use in gardens and crafts,  and
pallets used in the production and distribution  centers are routinely  repaired
and  re-used.   The  Company  also  has  an  on-site   recycling  program  which
significantly  reduces its landfill  refuse volume and is available to employees
for their personal use.

         Compliance  with  federal,  state  and  local  environmental  laws  and
regulations  does not materially  impact capital  expenditures,  earnings or the
competitive position of the Company.


Wholesale Operations
- --------------------

         During fiscal 2000,  1999, and 1998,  approximately  95%, 95%, and 94%,
respectively,  of Green Mountain's sales from continuing operations were derived
from its wholesale  operation which services  accounts located  primarily in the
northeastern United States.  Wholesale customers resell the coffee in whole bean
or ground form for home  consumption  and/or brew and sell coffee  beverages  at
their  place of  business.  Unlike  most of its  competitors,  Green  Mountain's
wholesale operation services a large variety of establishments,  from individual
upscale  restaurants to major supermarket chains. This strategy enables a deeper
penetration  in a given  geographic  market,  exposing  consumers  to the  brand
throughout  the  day in a  variety  of  contexts.  This  strategy  also  has the
advantage of limiting  the  dependency  of the Company on a single  distribution
channel.


Notable accounts include:


CONVENIENCE STORES                        RESTAURANTS
- --------------------------------          -------------------------------
ExxonMobil convenience stores             Aureole Restaurant, NYC
Unimarts                                  Culinary Institute of America
RL Vallee Inc. dba Maplefields            New England Culinary Institute
Mirabito Fuel Group dba Quickway          The Harvard Club, NYC


SUPERMARKETS                              OFFICE COFFEE SERVICES
- --------------------------------          -------------------------------
Hannaford Bros.- 132 stores               Bostonbean Coffee Company
Kash `n Karry - 135 stores                Coffee Pause Company
Price Chopper - 27 stores                 Corporate Coffee Systems
Roche Brothers - 13 stores                Crystal Rock Water/Vermont Pure
Stop & Shop - 231 stores                   Springs Company
 (primarily coffee by the cup)            Perrier's Poland Springs
Shaw's - 107 stores                       Springtime
                                          U.S. Coffee

OTHER FOOD SERVICE
- --------------------------------
Amtrak - Northeast corridor
American Skiing Company
Delta Express and Delta Shuttle
Columbia University
New Jersey State Aquarium
Stowe Mountain Resort


         Wholesale operations are coordinated from the Company's headquarters in
Waterbury,   Vermont  and  supplemented  by  regional  distribution  centers  in
geographies  in which the density of customer  accounts  so  warrants.  Regional
distribution centers are located in Biddeford,  Maine; Latham, New York; Woburn,
Massachusetts;  Southington,  Connecticut;  and Lakeland, Florida.  Distribution
facilities  are located  within a two-hour  radius of most customers to expedite
delivery.  The Company uses third party carriers such as Federal Express and the
United  States  Postal  Service for  shipping to  customers  not  supported by a
regional distribution center.

         The wholesale operation primarily uses in-house sales people.  However,
in certain sales  channels,  such as the office coffee  service and food service
sectors,  the Company  utilizes the  services of  independent  distributors  who
purchase coffee from the Company for resale to wholesale customers.  The Company
believes that the use of such distributors  provides access to certain wholesale
customers whose size or geographic  location makes it  economically  inefficient
for the Company to service directly.

         The  Company  generally  provides  wholesale  customers  with  brewing,
grinding and related equipment and product displays  ("loaner  equipment") at no
charge,  which are usually installed on the customer's premises by the Company's
internal or contracted service personnel.  A customer also is assigned a service
technician  who  services,  repairs  and  provides  preventive  maintenance  and
emergency service on such equipment.  Additionally,  for supermarket  customers,
Green Mountain employs a team of stockers who ensure that  supermarket  displays
are clean,  appropriately stocked, and have promotional items to maximize sales.
Most competitors of Green Mountain in the wholesale  segment do not provide such
high levels of sales and equipment service support.

         The wholesale  operation has 34 area sales  managers and regional sales
managers  assigned to  geographic  territories,  reporting  to a national  sales
manager.  The wholesale area sales  territories are  concentrated in the eastern
United States, with an additional presence in Illinois, Michigan and Arizona. In
addition to geographic sales personnel,  the Company has a national  supermarket
sales  manager,  a national  office  coffee  service sales  manager,  a national
convenience  store  sales  manager,  a national  food  service  manager,  and an
international sales and flagship accounts manager, along with account executives
for major customers, to help provide more focused customer support and service.

Wholesale coffee pounds by geographic region (as a percentage of total wholesale
coffee pounds sold) are as follows:


<TABLE>
- --------------------------------------   -------------  ------------  -------------  ----------------
                                         53 wks ended   52 wks ended  Full Year Y/Y    Full Year %
Region                                      9/30/00        9/25/99     lb. Increase  Y/Y lb. Increase
- --------------------------------------   -------------  ------------  -------------  ----------------
<S>                                      <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>
Northern New England  (ME, NH & VT)...           33.2%         36.4%        338,000             10.7%

Southern New England (MA, CT & RI)....           24.5%         24.2%        478,000             22.7%

Mid-Atlantic (NY, NJ & PA)............           21.8%         20.8%        488,000             27.0%

South Atlantic........................            6.9%          5.3%        257,000             55.2%

Midwest...............................            2.5%          1.9%        101,000             60.5%

South Central & West..................            2.1%          1.4%        102,000             81.6%

Multi-Regional........................            7.9%          9.2%         29,000              3.6%

International.........................            1.1%          0.8%         39,000             54.2%
                                         -------------  ------------  -------------  ----------------
Totals................................      10,546,000     8,714,000      1,832,000             21.0%
                                         =============  ============  =============  ================
</TABLE>


Direct Mail Operations
- ----------------------

         The Company  publishes  catalogs and  maintains an Internet Web site to
market over 60 coffees,  coffee-related  equipment and  accessories,  as well as
gift  assortments  and gourmet food items covering a wide range of price points.
Sales from direct mail accounted for approximately 5%, 5%, and 6% of total sales
from continuing operations in fiscal 2000, 1999, and 1998,  respectively.  Green
Mountain's  telemarketing service  representatives fulfill the individual coffee
needs of direct mail customers by not only taking orders, but also educating and
consulting with them about the various attributes of different coffee varieties.

         In fiscal 2000,  approximately 32% of the Company's direct mail revenue
was derived from over 4,700 members of its "Coffee Club",  a continuity  program
with customized  standing orders for  re-shipment.  In the same period,  catalog
sales from non-Coffee Club individual  consumers accounted for approximately 38%
of direct mail revenue, and another 2% were derived from the Company's Corporate
Gifting program.

         In  addition  to its direct mail  program  targeted  at the  individual
consumer,  Green  Mountain  also uses its direct mail  channel to cater to small
businesses,  such as bed and breakfast  establishments,  small retail stores and
offices.  These "business to business" sales  contributed  approximately  14% of
total direct mail revenues in fiscal 2000.

         The Green Mountain Web site (www.GreenMountainCoffee.com) generated 14%
of total  direct mail revenue in fiscal  2000,  up from 4% in fiscal  1999.  The
Company's  Web site,  which runs on  PeopleSoft  eStore  software,  allows Green
Mountain Coffee to leverage the Internet,  phone, e-mail and mail to provide the
best possible customer fulfillment and service.


Green Coffee Cost and Supply
- ----------------------------

         The  Company  utilizes  a  combination  of outside  brokers  and direct
relationships with farms,  estates,  cooperatives and cooperative groups for its
supply of green  coffees,  with outside  brokers  providing  the larger  amount.
Coffee is the world's second  largest traded  commodity and its supply and price
are subject to high  volatility.  Although  most coffee  trades in the commodity
market,  coffee  of the  quality  sought  by the  Company  tends  to  trade on a
negotiated  basis at a substantial  premium or  "differential"  above  commodity
coffee  pricing,  depending  upon the supply and demand at the time of purchase.
Supply and price can be affected by multiple factors, such as weather,  politics
and economics in the producing countries.

         Cyclical swings in commodity markets, based upon supply and demand, are
common and it is largely  expected  that coffee  prices and  differentials  will
remain volatile in the coming years. In addition,  a number of factors,  such as
pest damage and weather-related crop failure could cause coffee prices to climb.
Furthermore,  the Company  believes  that the low coffee price ranges  generally
experienced during the early 1990s are not high enough to support proper farming
and processing practices, impacting the overall supply of the top grade coffees.
With the growth of the specialty  coffee  segment,  it is important  that prices
remain high enough to support world consumption of the top grades of coffees.

         The Company  generally  fixes the price of its coffee  contracts two to
six months  prior to  delivery  so that it can  adjust  its sales  prices to the
market.  Green  Mountain  believes  this approach is the best way to provide its
customers  with a fair  price for its  coffee.  The  Company  believes  there is
significant  risk in  fixing  prices  further  in the  future,  since  the  true
available  supply of green coffee from around the world is not readily known. At
September 30, 2000, the Company had approximately  $9.0 million (for 8.1 million
pounds) in purchase  commitments,  of which approximately 60% had a fixed price.
These commitments represent  approximately 57% of the Company's estimated coffee
requirements  through  September  29, 2001,  the end of its 2001 fiscal year. In
addition,  the Company does from time to time purchase coffee futures  contracts
and coffee options to provide additional protection when it is not able to enter
into coffee purchase  commitments or when the price of a significant  portion of
committed contracts has not been fixed.

         The  Company  generally  tries to pass on coffee  price  increases  and
decreases to its customers.  Since coffee has come down from its 1997 highs, the
Company has  decreased its prices  several  times.  In general,  there can be no
assurance  that the Company will be  successful in passing on green coffee price
increases  to  customers  without  losses  in  sales  volume  or  gross  margin.
Similarly,  rapid sharp  decreases  in the cost of green coffee could also force
the Company to lower sales prices before  realizing cost reductions in its green
coffee  inventory  and  purchase  commitments.  Green  Mountain  roasts  over 25
different  types of green  coffee  beans to produce  its more than 60  different
varieties of coffee. If one type of green coffee bean were to become unavailable
or prohibitively expensive,  management believes Green Mountain could substitute
another  type of  coffee  of equal or better  quality  meeting  a similar  taste
profile.  However,  a  worldwide  supply  shortage of the  high-quality  arabica
coffees the Company purchases could have an adverse impact on the Company.

         Green  Mountain   purchased   approximately  20%  of  its  coffee  from
specifically  identified farms, estates,  cooperatives and cooperative groups in
fiscal 2000,  and expects to increase this amount to as much as 25% of its total
coffee purchases in fiscal 2001. The Company believes its "farm direct" strategy
will result in improved product quality, product differentiation,  and long-term
supply and pricing stability. In addition, the Company believes that its efforts
will have a  positive  impact on the  living  and  working  environment  of farm
workers and their families.


Significant Customers
- ---------------------

         Convenience  stores  owned and operated by  ExxonMobil,  rather than by
franchisees, made up 7.2% of the Company's revenues in fiscal 2000. Sales to the
extensive network of ExxonMobil convenience stores, whether owned by Exxon Mobil
Corporation  or  by   independent   dealers  and   franchisees,   accounted  for
approximately  17.0%  of  sales  (including  the  7.2%  referenced  above)  from
continuing  operations  in fiscal 2000,  and is a key component of the Company's
growth  strategy as it provides  sampling  opportunities  for a large  number of
potential  new  consumers  throughout  the  country.  As explained in the Recent
Developments  section above,  the Company signed a new five-year  agreement with
Exxon Mobil Corporation in November 2000.


Competition
- -----------

         The specialty coffee market is highly  competitive,  and Green Mountain
competes  against  all  sellers  of  specialty  coffee.   Starbucks,  a  leading
independent  specialty  coffee  retailer,  is  starting  to  have a  significant
presence in supermarkets nationwide. Starbucks has a distribution agreement with
Phillip Morris/ Kraft Foods to place Starbucks coffee in supermarkets along with
Maxwell House coffee. Additionally,  the Company also competes with "commercial"
coffee roasters,  to the extent that it is also trying to "upsell"  consumers to
the specialty  coffee segment.  A number of large consumer goods  multinationals
have divisions or subsidiaries  selling specialty coffees, a significant portion
of them having been developed through the acquisition of independent brands. For
example,  Procter & Gamble distributes the premium coffee products Millstone and
Brothers in many  supermarkets  nationwide,  which  compete with Green  Mountain
coffee.

In the office coffee,  convenience store and food service arenas, General Foods,
Sara Lee and Procter & Gamble are large  competitors.  In fiscal  2000,  Keurig,
Inc.  signed  agreements  with three North  American  roasters  other than Green
Mountain to secure a variety of K-Cup coffee providers. Coffee in K-Cup portions
can now be purchased from Diedrich Coffee,  Procter & Gamble, and Timothy's.  At
this time, Green Mountain  continues to enjoy the dominant position in the K-Cup
market.  The Company does not expect  Keurig to add any  additional  roasters in
calendar  2001. In the direct mail area, the Company  competes with  established
suppliers such as Gevalia, a division of General Foods  Corporation,  as well as
with other direct mail companies.

         The  Company  expects  intense  competition,  both  within its  primary
geographic  territory,  the eastern United  States,  and in other regions of the
United States, as it expands from its current territories.  The specialty coffee
market is expected to become even more competitive as regional  companies expand
and attempt to build brand awareness in new markets.

         The Company competes  primarily by providing high quality coffee,  easy
access to its products and superior customer service.  The Company believes that
its ability to provide a  convenient  network of outlets  from which to purchase
coffee  is  an  important  factor  in  its  ability  to  compete.   Through  its
multi-channel  distribution  network of wholesale and direct mail operations and
its dual cup/whole bean strategy,  the Company believes it differentiates itself
from  many  of  its  larger  competitors,  who  specialize  in  only  one of the
wholesale,  retail and direct mail  channels of  distribution.  The Company also
believes that one of the distinctive  features of its business is that it is one
of the few coffee companies that roasts its coffees  individually,  varying both
the  degree and timing of the roast to  maximize  a  coffee's  particular  taste
characteristics. Finally, the Company believes that being an independent roaster
allows it to be better focused and in tune with its wholesale  customers'  needs
than  its  larger,  diversified  competitors.  While  the  Company  believes  it
currently  competes  favorably  with respect to these  factors,  there can be no
assurance that it will be able to compete successfully in the future.


Seasonality
- -----------

         Historically,  the Company  has  experienced  variations  in sales from
quarter-to-quarter  due to  the  peak  November-December  Holiday  Season  and a
variety of other  factors,  including,  but not  limited  to,  general  economic
trends, the cost of green coffee,  competition,  marketing programs, weather and
special or unusual events.


Intellectual Property
- ---------------------

         The Company is the owner of certain  trademarks  and service  marks and
the United States trademark and service mark  registrations  thereon,  including
Green Mountain  Coffee(R),  Green  Mountain  Filters(R),  Green Mountain  Coffee
Roasters(R),  Nantucket  Blend(R),  Rainforest  Nut(R),  Stewardship(R),   Green
Mountain  Coffee  Roasters  and Design (R),  Stewardship  Coffee and  Design(R),
Vermont Country  Blend(R),  Cafe  Vermont(R),  Mocha Almond  Chiller(R),  You're
Following the Leader(R),  Tapestry Blend Dark(R),  Appropriate Roast(R),  Autumn
Harvest Blend(R), Fresh From the Roaster(R). The Company anticipates maintaining
the United States registrations appearing above with the United States Trademark
Office.  The Company is also the owner of other  trademarks  and service  marks,
including  Lake & Lodge(TM),  Organic  Sumatran  Reserve(TM),  La Esperanza(TM),
Monte Verde(TM), Sip and Relax, You're on Green Mountain Time(TM), It's a Jungle
Out There...  Let's Keep It That Way(TM),   Farm   Direct(TM), and The  Ultimate
Office Coffee(TM).

         The Company has applied for United  States  registration  of certain of
the marks  appearing  above.  In addition,  the Company has  registered the mark
"Green Mountain Coffee Roasters" in the United Kingdom.  The Company has pending
Canadian  applications for registration of the marks "Green Mountain Coffee" and
"Green  Mountain  Coffee  Roasters."  The Company has a pending  European  Union
application for  registration of the mark "Green Mountain Coffee  Roasters," and
pending  Brazilian  applications  for  registration of the marks "Green Mountain
Coffee  Roasters  and Design,"  and "Green  Mountain  Coffee." The Company has a
limited,  royalty-free license to reproduce a painting by artist Corliss Blakely
on its labels and marketing materials.

         The Company has an irrevocable,  perpetual  royalty-free license to use
the mark "Earth-Friendly  Coffee Filters" in connection with coffee filters. The
Company also has a limited  license to use the marks "Kona Mountain  Coffee" and
"Kona Mountain Estate" in connection with its Kona coffee  worldwide  (excluding
Hawaii),  all subject to the terms of the agreements  under which these licenses
are granted.  The Company does not hold any patents.  The Company believes these
trademarks,  service  marks and  licenses  will  continue to be important to its
success.


Employees
- ---------

         As of September 30, 2000,  the Company had 394 full-time  employees and
50 part-time  employees.  The Company  supplements  its workforce with temporary
workers from time to time,  especially  in the first quarter of each fiscal year
to  service   increased   customer   and   consumer   demand   during  the  peak
November-December  Holiday Season.  The Company  believes that it maintains good
relations with its employees.


<PAGE>


Item 2. Properties

         The  Company  leases  one  principal  manufacturing,   warehousing  and
distribution  facility  located  at  Pilgrim  Park in  Waterbury,  Vermont.  The
facility  has in total  approximately  90,000  square feet of usable space which
includes a 30,000 square foot mezzanine area. The lease on this building expires
in 2007.  The  Company's  other  facilities,  all of which  are  leased,  are as
follows:


- -------------- -------------------------------  -----------  -------------------
                                                             Approximate
  Type                      Location            Square Feet  Expiration of Lease
- --------------  ------------------------------  -----------  -------------------

Warehouse/      Woburn, MA                        10,580            2001
Distribution/   Southington, CT                   11,200            2001
Service Space   Waterbury, VT                     12,000            2003
                Waterbury, VT                      3,000       month-to-month
                Waterbury, VT (Factory Outlet)     1,100       month-to-month
                Biddeford, ME                     10,000            2001
                Latham, NY                         7,500            2002
                Lakeland, FL                       7,200            2003

Administrative  Coffee Lane, Waterbury, VT         4,000            2001
Offices         Main Street, Waterbury, VT         8,680            2001
                Pilgrim Park II, Waterbury, VT     3,000       month-to-month
                Pilgrim Park II, Waterbury, VT     8,000            2001

Company-Owned   Latham, NY(1)                      2,300            2007
Retail Stores   Portland, ME(1)                    2,300            2002
(Discontinued   So. Portland, ME(1)                1,270            2007
Operations)

- ----------
  (1) The Company has this entire space subleased as of December 1, 2000.


         The Company believes that its facilities are generally adequate for its
current needs and that suitable additional  production and administrative  space
will be available as needed for the remainder of fiscal 2001.

Item 3.   Legal Proceedings

         The  Company  is not  currently  party to any  material  pending  legal
proceeding.

Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

         No matters  were  submitted  to a vote of security  holders  during the
fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2000.


<PAGE>


Executive Officers of the Registrant

         Certain  biographical  information  regarding each executive officer of
the Company is set forth below:

- ---------------------  --- -----------------------------------  -------------
                                                                  Executive
        Name           Age               Position               Officer Since
- ---------------------  ---  ----------------------------------  -------------

Robert P. Stiller       57  Chairman of the Board, President         1993
                            and Chief Executive Officer

Robert D. Britt         45  Director, Chief Financial Officer,       1993
                            Vice President, Treasurer and
                            Secretary

Paul Comey              50  Vice President                           1993

Agnes M. Cook           54  Vice President                           1999

Kevin G. McBride        45  Vice President                           1999

James K. Prevo          47  Vice President                           1997

Stephen J. Sabol        39  Director and Vice President              1993

Jonathan C. Wettstein   52  Director and Vice President              1993
- ---------------------  ---  ----------------------------------  -------------


ROBERT P.  STILLER,  founder  of  Roasters,  has served as its  President  and a
director  since its  inception in July 1981.  In  September  1971,  Mr.  Stiller
co-founded  Robert Burton  Associates,  a company engaged in the development and
sale of E-Z Wider  products and served as its President and director  until June
1980, when Robert Burton Associates was sold.

ROBERT D. BRITT has served as  Chief  Financial  Officer of  Roasters since  May
1993.  Prior to May 1993, Mr. Britt held financial, managerial and/or consulting
positions  at  Engineered  Coatings,  Inc.,  FCR, Inc.,  Ernst  &  Young,  CIGNA
Corporation, and KPMG Peat Marwick.  Mr. Britt is a Certified  Public Accountant
and holds a  Master of  Business  Administration from the  Wharton School at the
University of Pennsylvania.

PAUL COMEY has served as Vice President of Facilities and Process Engineering of
Roasters  since June 1993.  From March 1986 to May 1993, Mr. Comey was the owner
and principal  consultant of Baseline Solutions,  a company engaged in providing
consulting services to the coffee industry, including the Company.

AGNES M. COOK has served as Vice President of Human Resources of  Roasters since
May 1999.  From November 1992 to May 1999,  Ms. Cook was  Roasters'  Director of
Human Resources.  Prior to  her  employment  with the  Company,  Ms.  Cook was a
Training Consultant for Dale Carnegie and Associates.

KEVIN G. MCBRIDE has served as Vice  President of Marketing  for Roasters  since
August  1999.  Prior to this,  from March 1998 until May 1999,  Mr.  McBride was
President of BGC Acquisition  Corporation,  a private investment  company.  From
January 1997 until December 1997, he was employed by Sunbeam Corporation as Vice
President of  Marketing  and Product  Development.  From January 1994 until June
1996, Mr.  McBride was Vice President of Consumer  Marketing of Circle K Stores,
Incorporated.

JAMES K. PREVO has served as Chief  Information  Officer of Roasters since March
1993.  Mr. Prevo worked for Digital  Equipment  Corporation  from  November 1979
through  March 1993.  There he held  positions as a Software  Engineer,  Project
Manager  (New  Product   Introduction),   Program  Manager  (Computer   Products
Manufacturing and VAXcluster Systems  Engineering) and Business Manager (Systems
Integration  Services).  On May 1, 2000  ComputerWorld  magazine  recognized Mr.
Prevo as one of the Premier 100 IT Leaders for the year 2000.

STEPHEN  J.  SABOL  has  served as Vice  President  of Sales of  Roasters  since
September  1996. Mr. Sabol served as Vice President of Branded Sales of Roasters
from August 1992 to September  1996.  From  September  1986 to August 1992,  Mr.
Sabol was the General Manager of Roasters responsible for overall performance of
the wholesale division in Maine and New Hampshire.

JONATHAN C. WETTSTEIN has served as  Vice  President of  Operations of  Roasters
since April 1993.  From  June 1974 to  April 1993, Mr. Wettstein was employed by
Digital Equipment Corporation in a variety of positions including Plant Manager,
Marketing Manager, Business and  Materials  Manager and Product Line Controller.
Mr. Wettstein  holds  a  Master of  Business  Administration  from  the  Harvard
Business School.


         Officers are elected  annually and serve at the discretion of the Board
of  Directors.  None of the  Company's  directors  or  officers  has any  family
relationship  with any other  director or officer,  except for Robert P. Stiller
and one of the Company's outside  directors,  Jules A. del Vecchio,  whose wives
are sisters.


<PAGE>


                                     PART II


Item 5.   Market  for the Registrant's  Common  Equity and  Related  Stockholder
          Matters

         (a)   Price Range of Securities
         The Company's  common stock trades on the NASDAQ  National Market under
the symbol GMCR. The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices as
reported by NASDAQ for the periods indicated.


                                                               High        Low
                                                             --------    -------
Fiscal 1999     16 weeks ended January 16, 1999...........   $  6.375   $  3.875
                12 weeks ended April 10, 1999.............   $  7.625   $  5.875
                12 weeks ended July 3, 1999...............   $  8.125   $  5.875
                12 weeks ended September 25, 1999.........   $  8.375   $  6.469

Fiscal 2000     16 weeks ended January 15, 2000...........   $  9.500   $  7.000
                12 weeks ended April 8, 2000..............   $ 15.375   $  9.250
                12 weeks ended July 1, 2000...............   $ 20.000   $ 14.375
                13 weeks ended September 30, 2000.........   $ 19.125   $ 12.875

Fiscal 2001     October 1, 2000 to November 30, 2000......   $ 42.250   $ 18.875

          (b) Number of Equity Security Holders
         As of November 30, 2000,  the number of record holders of the Company's
common stock was 579.

         (c)   Dividends
         The  Company  has never paid a cash  dividend  on its common  stock and
anticipates  that for the  foreseeable  future any earnings will be retained for
use in its business and,  accordingly,  does not  anticipate the payment of cash
dividends.

         On December 4, 2000, the Company  announced that its Board of Directors
had approved a  two-for-one  Common  Stock split  effected in the form of a 100%
Common Stock dividend. The record date of the dividend is December 28, 2000, and
the  payment  date is January 11,  2001.  The stock split is intended to benefit
stockholders  by placing  more  shares in the market,  thus  helping to increase
trading activity and further improve the stock's liquidity.


<PAGE>


Item 6.   Selected Financial Data


<TABLE>
                                                    Fiscal Years Ended
                               ---------    ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------
                               Sept. 30,    Sept. 25,    Sept. 26,    Sept. 27,   Sept. 28,
                                2000(1)       1999         1998         1997         1996
                               ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------   ---------
                                           (In thousands, except per share data)
<S>                            <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>
Coffee pounds sold(2)......       10,871        9,004        7,739        6,239        5,108

 Net sales from
 continuing operations(2)..    $  84,001    $  64,881    $  55,825    $  42,908    $  33,377

Income from
 continuing operations(2)..    $   4,153    $   2,247    $     340    $   1,539    $   1,429

Income per share from
 continuing operations -
 diluted(2)................    $    1.19    $    0.64    $    0.10    $    0.44    $    0.42

Total Assets...............    $  27,174    $  23,878    $  24,563    $  23,544    $  17,243

Long-term obligations......    $   8,783    $   4,964    $  10,191    $   5,965    $   3,563
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1) The fiscal year ended September 30, 2000 is a 53-week year. All other fiscal
    years  represented  are  52-week  years.

(2) Excludes results  of the  Company's discontinued company-owned retail stores
    operation.


There were no cash dividends paid during the past five fiscal years.


Item 7.   Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and
          Results of Operations


Forward-looking information
- ---------------------------

         Certain  statements  contained  herein are not based on historical fact
and are  "forward-looking  statements"  within  the  meaning  of the  applicable
securities laws and regulations.  In addition, the Company's representatives may
from  time  to  time  make  oral  forward-looking  statements.   Forward-looking
statements  provide  current  expectations  of future  events  based on  certain
assumptions  and  include  any  statements  that do not  directly  relate to any
historical or current fact. Words such as "anticipates",  "believes", "expects",
"will",  "feels",  "estimates",  "intends",  "plans",  "projects",  and  similar
expressions,   may  identify  such  forward-looking  statements.  Owing  to  the
uncertainties  inherent in  forward-looking  statements,  actual  results  could
differ materially from those set forth in  forward-looking  statements.  Factors
that  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  those  in the
forward-looking  statements include, but are not limited to, business conditions
in  the  coffee   industry  and  food  industry  in  general,   fluctuations  in
availability  and  cost of  green  coffee,  the  impact  of the  loss of a major
customer,  economic  conditions,   prevailing  interest  rates,  the  management
challenges of rapid growth,  variances  from budgeted sales mix and growth rate,
consumer  acceptance of the Company's new products,  the impact of a tighter job
market,  weather and special or unusual  events,  as well as other risk  factors
described in Item 1 of this report and other factors described from time to time
in  the  Company's   filings  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange   Commission.
Forward-looking  statements reflect management's analysis as of the date of this
document.  The Company does not undertake to revise these  statements to reflect
subsequent developments.


<PAGE>

Overview
- --------

         Green Mountain Coffee, Inc., a leader in the specialty coffee industry,
roasts high quality  arabica coffees to produce over 60 varieties of coffee that
it sells under the Green Mountain Coffee  Roasters(R)  brand. For the year ended
September 30, 2000, Green Mountain's  wholesale  operation  contributed 95.1% of
its net sales from continuing  operations.  Green Mountain's wholesale operation
sells coffee to  retailers  and food service  concerns  including  supermarkets,
restaurants,   convenience   stores,   specialty  food  stores,   office  coffee
distributors,  and other food service providers such as hotels, universities and
airlines.  The Company also operates a direct mail operation  serving  customers
nationwide from its Waterbury, Vermont headquarters, which accounted for 4.9% of
net sales from continuing operations in fiscal 2000.

         On May 29, 1998, Green Mountain announced that it had adopted a plan to
discontinue its company-owned  retail store operations.  The Company had sold or
closed all of its retail stores prior to the end of the Company's  second fiscal
quarter of 1999.

         Cost of sales  consists of the cost of raw materials  including  coffee
beans,  flavorings and packaging  materials,  a portion of the Company's  rental
expense,  the  salaries  and related  expenses of  production  and  distribution
personnel,  depreciation on production equipment, freight and delivery expenses.
Selling and operating  expenses  consist of expenses  that directly  support the
sales of the Company's  wholesale and direct mail channels,  including media and
advertising  expenses,  a  portion  of the  Company's  rental  expense,  and the
salaries and related expenses of employees  directly  supporting sales.  General
and  administrative  expenses consist of expenses incurred for corporate support
and administration,  including a portion of the Company's rental expense and the
salaries and related expenses of personnel not elsewhere categorized.

         The Company's  fiscal year ends on the last Saturday in September.  The
Company's fiscal year normally  consists of 13 four-week periods with the first,
second  and  third   "quarters"   ending  16  weeks,  28  weeks  and  40  weeks,
respectively,  into the fiscal year.  Fiscal 2000  represents the 53 week-period
ended  September  30,  2000,  with the  fourth  fiscal  quarter  of fiscal  2000
consisting  of 13 weeks  instead of the usual 12 weeks.  Fiscal  1999 and fiscal
1998 represent the 52  week-periods  ended  September 25, 1999 and September 26,
1998, respectively.

Coffee Prices, Availability and General Risk Factors
- ----------------------------------------------------

         Green  coffee  commodity  prices  are  subject  to  substantial   price
fluctuations,  generally caused by multiple factors including weather, political
and  economic  conditions  in  certain  coffee-producing   countries  and  other
supply-related  concerns. The Company believes that the "C" price of coffee (the
price per pound  quoted by the  Coffee,  Sugar and Cocoa  Exchange)  will remain
highly volatile in future fiscal years. In addition to the "C" price,  coffee of
the quality sought by Green  Mountain tends to trade on a negotiated  basis at a
substantial  premium or "differential"  above the "C" price. These differentials
also are subject to significant  variations.  In the past, the Company generally
has been able to pass increases in green coffee costs to its customers. However,
there can be no assurance  that the Company will be  successful  in passing such
fluctuations on to the customers  without losses in sales volume or gross margin
in the future.  Similarly,  rapid sharp  decreases  in the cost of green  coffee
could also  force the  Company  to lower  sales  prices  before  realizing  cost
reductions in its green coffee inventory.  Because Green Mountain roasts over 25
different  types of green  coffee beans to produce its more than 60 varieties of
coffee,  if one  type of  green  coffee  bean  were  to  become  unavailable  or
prohibitively  expensive,  management  believes Green Mountain could  substitute
another  type of  coffee  of equal or better  quality,  meeting a similar  taste
profile.  However,  frequent  substitutions  could  lead to cost  increases  and
fluctuations in gross margins.  Furthermore,  a worldwide supply shortage of the
high-quality  arabica coffees the Company purchases could have an adverse impact
on the Company and its profitability.

         The Company enters into fixed coffee purchase commitments in an attempt
to secure an adequate supply of quality coffees.  To further reduce its exposure
to rising  coffee  costs,  the Company,  from time to time,  enters into futures
contracts  and buys  options to hedge  price-to-be-established  coffee  purchase
commitments.  The specific risks  associated with these activities are described
below in Item 7A "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk."

         The Company expects to face increasing  competition in all its markets,
as competitors improve the quality of their coffees to make them more comparable
to Green Mountain's. In addition,  specialty coffee is now more widely available
and a number  of  competitors  benefit  from  substantially  larger  promotional
budgets  following,  among other factors,  the  acquisition of specialty  coffee
companies by large, consumer goods multinationals.  The Company expects that the
continued high quality and wide  availability of its coffee across a large array
of distribution channels,  combined with the added-value of its customer service
processes   will  enable  Green  Mountain  to   successfully   compete  in  this
environment, although there can be no assurance that it will be able to do so.


<PAGE>

Results from Operations
- -----------------------

         The following  table sets forth certain  financial  data of the Company
expressed as a percentage of net sales for the periods denoted below:


<TABLE>
                                                           Fiscal years ended
                                              ---------------------------------------------
                                              September 30,   September 25,   September 26,
                                                  2000            1999            1998
                                              -------------   -------------   -------------

  <S>                                         <C>             <C>             <C>
  Net Sales:
       Wholesale...........................          95.1 %          94.7 %          94.4 %
       Direct mail.........................           4.9 %           5.3 %           5.6 %
                                              -------------   -------------   -------------

  Net sales................................         100.0 %         100.0 %         100.0 %
  Cost of sales............................          60.1 %          60.5 %          65.5 %
                                              -------------   -------------   -------------

       Gross profit........................          39.9 %          39.5 %          34.5 %

  Selling and operating expenses...........          24.7 %          25.2 %          24.7 %
  General and administrative expenses......           7.0 %           7.2 %           7.5 %
  Loss on abandonment of equipment.........           0.2 %           0.4 %             -
                                              -------------   -------------   -------------

       Operating income....................           8.0 %           6.7 %           2.3 %

  Other income.............................           0.1 %           0.0 %           0.1 %
  Interest expense.........................          (0.7)%          (1.1)%          (1.4)%
                                              -------------   -------------   -------------

       Income from continuing operations
       before income taxes.................           7.4 %           5.6 %           1.0 %

  Income tax expense.......................          (2.5)%          (2.1)%          (0.4)%
                                              -------------  --------------   -------------

       Income from continuing operations...           4.9 %           3.5 %           0.6 %
                                              -------------   -------------   -------------

  Discontinued operations:
  Loss from discontinued operations, net
  of tax benefits..........................             -               -            (0.5)%
  Income (loss) on disposal, net of tax
  benefits.................................           0.1 %           0.3 %          (2.3)%
                                              -------------   -------------   -------------

       Net income (loss)...................           5.0 %           3.8 %          (2.2)%
                                              =============   =============   =============
</TABLE>

Fiscal 2000 versus Fiscal 1999
- ------------------------------

         Net sales from  continuing  operations  increased  by  $19,120,000,  or
29.5%,  from  $64,881,000 in fiscal 1999 to  $84,001,000 in fiscal 2000.  Coffee
pounds  sold  increased  by  approximately  1,867,000  pounds,  or  20.7%,  from
9,004,000  pounds in fiscal  1999 to  10,871,000  pounds  in  fiscal  2000.  The
percentage  increase  in net sales was higher  than the  percentage  increase in
coffee pounds,  due to increased  sales of convenience  coffee products (such as
the Keurig  K-Cups) with higher sales  prices per pound and  increased  sales of
non-coffee  items,  such as the new Monte  Verde line of frozen  granita and hot
cappuccino  beverages.  It is estimated  that without the extra week in the 2000
fiscal year,  the  year-over-year  increases in sales  dollars and coffee pounds
sold would have been 26.9% and 18.4%, respectively.

         The  year-over-year  increase in net sales from  continuing  operations
occurred  primarily  in the  wholesale  area in which  net  sales  increased  by
$18,437,000,  or 30.0%, from $61,418,000 in fiscal 1999 to $79,855,000 in fiscal
2000. The wholesale net sales increase  resulted  primarily from sales growth in
the office coffee  service and  convenience  store  channels.  Direct mail sales
increased  $683,000,  or 19.7%,  from $3,463,000 in fiscal 1999 to $4,146,000 in
fiscal 2000.

         Green Mountain's gross profit from continuing  operations  increased by
$7,916,000,  or 30.9%,  from $25,620,000 in fiscal 1999 to $33,536,000 in fiscal
2000. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales increased 0.4 percentage  points
from 39.5% in fiscal 1999 to 39.9% in fiscal 2000.  Gross profit as a percentage
of sales remained relatively  unchanged as lower green coffee costs and improved
distribution  costs were partially offset by increased sales of items in product
categories  with lower  gross  margins,  such as the  single-cup  Keurig line of
coffees. Due to continued product sales mix changes and anticipated  competitive
pressures,  full-year  gross  profit as a  percentage  of sales is  expected  to
decrease in fiscal 2001.

         Selling and operating expenses from continuing  operations increased by
$4,366,000,  or 26.7%,  from $16,381,000 in fiscal 1999 to $20,747,000 in fiscal
2000,  and  decreased  0.5  percentage  points as a percentage of net sales from
25.2% in fiscal 1999 to 24.7% in fiscal 2000. The dollar  increase was primarily
caused by increased  wholesale  sales and sales support  personnel  expenditures
($2,129,000) and advertising and promotional expenses ($1,038,000).

         General  and   administrative   expenses  from  continuing   operations
increased by $1,226,000,  or 26.3%, from $4,661,000 in fiscal 1999 to $5,887,000
in fiscal  2000.  As a  percentage  of net sales,  this change  represents a 0.2
percentage  point  decrease from 7.2% in fiscal 1999 to 7.0% in fiscal 2000. The
dollar increase is primarily due to personnel expenses  (including bonuses and a
contribution to the new Employee Stock  Ownership  Plan), as well as educational
and management consulting expenses.

         In fiscal 2000,  following a thorough  review of its  production  fixed
assets,  the  Company  recorded a $135,000  loss on  abandonment  of  production
equipment and software.  In fiscal 1999, the Company recorded a $229,000 loss on
abandonment of loaner equipment,  when the Company identified a small portion of
its old  equipment  on loan to  customers  that would  never be  retrieved  from
customers sites and was in effect given away to customers.

         For  the  reasons   outlined  above,   operating  income  increased  by
$2,418,000,  or 55.6%,  from  $4,349,000  in fiscal 1999 to $6,767,000 in fiscal
2000. As a percentage of sales, operating income increased 1.3 percentage points
from  6.7% in  fiscal  1999  to 8.0% in  fiscal  2000.  It is  anticipated  that
operating  expenses as a percentage of sales will continue to decrease in fiscal
2001, as the Company continues to grow sales and leverage expenses.

         Interest  expense from continuing  operations  decreased  $153,000,  or
20.8%,  from  $736,000  in fiscal  1999 to  $583,000  in fiscal  2000 due to the
reduction in the Company's  average  long-term debt made possible by strong cash
flows  from  operations  over the past two fiscal  years.  The  Company  expects
interest  expense in fiscal 2001 to be  approximately  50% higher than in fiscal
2000 due to higher  interest  rates and, more  importantly,  higher average debt
balances  related to fiscal 2000 repurchases of its common stock described under
"Liquidity and Capital Resources".

         Income tax expense from continuing  operations  increased $703,000,  or
51.1%, from $1,376,000 in fiscal 1999 to $2,079,000 in fiscal 2000. The decrease
in the Company's  effective tax rate, from 38% for fiscal 1999 to 33% for fiscal
2000,  is due to a  reduction  during the fourth  quarter of fiscal  2000 of the
deferred tax asset valuation  allowance  previously recorded on a manufacturer's
investment  tax credit from the State of Vermont.  The  reduction was based upon
management's  best estimate of future  taxable  income and that portion which is
expected to be allocable to Vermont on which the credit could be applied.  It is
expected  that  the  Company's   effective  tax  rate  in  future  periods  will
approximate 40%.

         For the  reasons  outlined  above,  income from  continuing  operations
increased $1,906,000,  or 84.8%, from $2,247,000 in fiscal 1999 to $4,153,000 in
fiscal 2000.

         During the third quarter of fiscal 1998, the Company recorded a loss of
$1,259,000  (net of a tax benefit of $834,000) on disposal of its  company-owned
retail stores operation.  During the second quarter of fiscal 1999, after having
sold or closed all of its stores, the Company revised its estimated pre-tax loss
on  disposal  and  reversed  $300,000  ($186,000  net of  tax)  of the  original
estimate,  primarily due to larger than expected proceeds from the sale of fixed
assets and lower lease termination  costs. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2000,
the Company reduced its estimate by another  $100,000  ($60,000 net of tax), due
to lower than expected lease termination costs.

         Net income increased  $1,780,000,  or 73.2%,  from $2,433,000 in fiscal
1999 to $4,213,000 in fiscal 2000.  The net income earned during the 2000 fiscal
year put the Company in a positive  retained  earnings position of $2,778,000 at
September  30,  2000,  compared  to an  accumulated  deficit  of  $1,435,000  at
September 25, 1999.

Fiscal 1999 versus Fiscal 1998
- ------------------------------

         Net sales from continuing operations increased by $9,056,000, or 16.2%,
from  $55,825,000 in fiscal 1998 to  $64,881,000  in fiscal 1999.  Coffee pounds
sold  increased by  approximately  1,265,000  pounds,  or 16.3%,  from 7,739,000
pounds in  fiscal  1998 to  9,004,000  pounds in  fiscal  1999.  The  percentage
increase in net sales and the  percentage  increase  in coffee  pounds sold were
very  similar,  as the decrease in average  selling  prices of Green  Mountain's
coffee during fiscal 1999 was offset by increased  sales of  convenience  coffee
products with higher sales prices per pound.

         The  year-over-year  increase in net sales from  continuing  operations
occurred  primarily  in the  wholesale  area in which  net  sales  increased  by
$8,708,000,  or 16.5%,  from $52,710,000 in fiscal 1998 to $61,418,000 in fiscal
1999.  The wholesale net sales  increase  resulted  primarily from the growth of
certain accounts in the office coffee service, supermarket and convenience store
channels.  Direct mail sales increased  $348,000,  or 11.2%,  from $3,115,000 in
fiscal 1998 to $3,463,000 in fiscal 1999.

         Green Mountain's gross profit from continuing  operations  increased by
$6,353,000,  or 33.0%,  from $19,267,000 in fiscal 1998 to $25,620,000 in fiscal
1999. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales increased 5.0 percentage  points
from 34.5% in fiscal  1998 to 39.5% in fiscal  1999.  Expressed  in dollars  per
coffee  pound sold,  gross profit  increased  14.0% to $2.85 in fiscal 1999 from
$2.50 in fiscal 1998.  The increase of gross profit as a percentage of sales was
primarily  attributable to sharply lower green coffee costs, which was partially
offset by decreases in average sales prices.

         Selling and operating expenses from continuing  operations increased by
$2,576,000,  or 18.7%,  from $13,805,000 in fiscal 1998 to $16,381,000 in fiscal
1999,  and  increased  0.5  percentage  points as a percentage of net sales from
24.7% in fiscal  1998 to 25.2% in fiscal  1999.  This  increased  was  primarily
caused  by higher  wholesale  sales and  sales  support  personnel  expenditures
($1,086,000) and advertising and promotional expenses ($838,000).

         General  and   administrative   expenses  from  continuing   operations
increased by $492,000, or 11.8%, from $4,169,000 in fiscal 1998 to $4,661,000 in
fiscal  1999.  As a  percentage  of net  sales,  this  change  represents  a 0.3
percentage  point  decrease from 7.5% in fiscal 1998 to 7.2% in fiscal 1999. The
dollar  increase  is  primarily  due  to  increased  management  consulting  and
personnel expenses.

         For  the  reasons   outlined  above,   operating  income  increased  by
$3,056,000,  or 236.4%,  from  $1,293,000 in fiscal 1998 to $4,349,000 in fiscal
1999. As a percentage of sales, operating income increased 4.4 percentage points
from 2.3% in fiscal 1998 to 6.7% in fiscal 1999.

         Interest  expense from  continuing  operations  decreased  $85,000,  or
10.4%,  from  $821,000  in fiscal  1998 to  $736,000  in fiscal  1999 due to the
reduction in the  Company's  long-term  debt made  possible by strong cash flows
from operations in fiscal 1999.

         Income tax expense from continuing  operations  increased from $198,000
in fiscal 1998 to  $1,376,000  in fiscal  1999.  The  increase in the  Company's
effective  tax  rate,  to 38% for  fiscal  1999  from 37% for  fiscal  1998,  is
attributable to changes in certain permanent differences.

         For the  reasons  outlined  above,  income from  continuing  operations
increased  $1,907,000,  or 560.9%, from $340,000 in fiscal 1998 to $2,247,000 in
fiscal 1999.

         During the third quarter of fiscal 1998, the Company recorded a loss of
$1,259,000  (net of a tax benefit of $834,000) on disposal of its  company-owned
retail stores operation.  During the second quarter of fiscal 1999, after having
sold or closed all of its stores, the Company revised its estimated pre-tax loss
on  disposal  and  reversed  $300,000  ($186,000  net of  tax)  of the  original
estimate,  primarily due to larger than expected proceeds from the sale of fixed
assets and lower lease termination costs.

         Net income increased $3,649,000 from a net loss of $1,216,000 in fiscal
1998 to a net income of $2,433,000 in fiscal 1999.

Liquidity and Capital Resources
- -------------------------------

         Working capital increased  $629,000 to $6,681,000 at September 30, 2000
from  $6,052,000 at September 25, 1999. This increase is primarily due to higher
accounts receivable and a decrease in the current portion of long-term debt, and
was partially offset by higher accounts payable and accrued expenses.

         Net cash provided by operating  activities from  continuing  operations
increased by $832,000, or 12.6%, from $6,587,000 in fiscal 1999 to $7,419,000 in
fiscal  2000.  This  increase is  primarily  due to the net income and  accounts
payable  increases,  and was offset by increases in accounts  receivable  due to
high sales volumes near the end of the fiscal year.  Cash flows from  operations
were partially used to fund capital expenditures in fiscal 2000.

         During the 2000 fiscal year, the Company made capital  expenditures  of
$4,597,000,  including  $2,025,000 for equipment on loan to wholesale customers;
$1,330,000  for computer  equipment and software;  $766,000 for  production  and
distribution  equipment;  $331,000 for leasehold  improvements and fixtures; and
$145,000 for vehicles.

         In fiscal 1999, Green Mountain Coffee made capital expenditures related
to continuing operations of $2,655,000,  which included $1,605,000 for equipment
on loan to customers; $533,000 for leasehold improvements,  production equipment
and  fixtures;  $389,000 for computer  hardware and  software;  and $128,000 for
vehicles.

         The Company currently plans to make capital expenditures in fiscal 2001
in the range of  $5,500,000  to  $6,000,000.  The  expected  increase in capital
expenditures  over fiscal  2000 is due to the  planned  purchase of a new coffee
roaster and the related green and roasted bean storage bin system,  as well as a
new fractional ground coffee packager.  However, management continuously reviews
capital  expenditure  needs and actual  amounts  expended  may differ from these
estimates.

         In the 2000 fiscal year,  the Company used  $1,852,000 of its cash flow
from  operations to  repurchase  189,486 of its  outstanding  shares in the open
market.  In addition,  on May 22, 2000,  the Company  concluded a Dutch  Auction
self-tender  offer and accepted for  purchase all 278,658  shares  tendered at a
purchase  price of $16 per  share.  The  total  cost of this  self-tender  offer
amounted  to   approximately   $4,523,000,   including   $64,000  of  associated
transaction  costs.  At September 30, 2000,  the Company held 568,753  shares of
treasury stock at an average per share cost of $12.36.

         To finance the cost of the Dutch Auction  self-tender  offer referenced
above and other  general  corporate  purposes,  the  Company  amended its credit
facility with Fleet Bank -NH ("Fleet") on April 7, 2000. The amendment  provides
for an expanded revolving line of credit of $15,000,000,  which matures on March
31, 2003 and is not subject to a borrowing  base  formula.  The interest paid on
the line of credit varies with the prime,  LIBOR and Bankers  Acceptance  rates,
plus a margin based on a performance  price structure.  On September 30, 2000, a
total of $8,500,000 was outstanding under the new line of credit and the average
interest  rate was 7.88%.  The new  facility  is  subject  to certain  quarterly
covenants,  and the Company was in compliance  with these covenants at September
30, 2000.

         Management believes that cash flow from operations,  existing cash, and
available borrowings under its credit facility will provide sufficient liquidity
to  pay  all  liabilities  in  the  normal  course  of  business,  fund  capital
expenditures and service debt requirements for the next twelve months.

Factors Affecting Quarterly Performance
- ---------------------------------------

         Historically,  the Company  has  experienced  variations  in sales from
quarter to quarter  due to the  holiday  season and a variety of other  factors,
including,  but not  limited  to,  general  economic  trends,  the cost of green
coffee, competition,  marketing programs, weather and special or unusual events.
Because of the  seasonality of the Company's  business,  results for any quarter
are not necessarily  indicative of the results that may be achieved for the full
fiscal  year.  Year-over-year  quarterly  earnings  comparisons  will  also show
significant  variations  due to the  reduction in the  allowance on the State of
Vermont  manufacturer's  investment  tax credit in the fourth  quarter of fiscal
2000.  Another factor that will impact  historical  comparisons is the fact that
the fourth  quarter of fiscal 2000 includes  thirteen weeks instead of the usual
twelve weeks.


<PAGE>


Item 7A - Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

         Market risks relating to the Company's operations result primarily from
changes in interest  rates and  commodity  prices (the "C" price of coffee).  To
address these risks,  the Company enters into hedging  transactions as described
below. The Company does not use financial instruments for trading purposes.

         For purposes of specific risk  analysis,  the Company uses  sensitivity
analysis to  determine  the impacts that market risk  exposures  may have on the
Company's financial position or earnings.

Interest rate risks
- -------------------

         At September  30, 2000,  the Company had  $8,508,000 of debt subject to
variable interest rates (Fleet Bank's prime rate,  Banker's  Acceptance or LIBOR
rates) plus a margin based on a performance  price structure.  A 100 basis point
increase  in  interest  rates  would  increase   annual   interest   expense  by
approximately $85,000.

         On May 29, 1998, the Company entered into a standard International Swap
Dealers  Association Inc.  interest rate swap agreement with Fleet National Bank
in order to limit the  effect of  increases  in the  interest  rates on up to $6
million  of its  floating  debt.  The  effect of this  agreement  was to convert
underlying variable-rate debt based on LIBOR to fixed rate debt with an interest
rate of 5.84% plus a margin based on a performance price structure  (between 175
and 200 basis points at  September  25,  1999).  At  September  25,  1999,  this
agreement left the Company with no variable-rate  debt and therefore no interest
rate risk. During the first quarter of fiscal 2000, the Company received $34,000
from  Fleet  National  Bank  for  the  termination  of its  interest  rate  swap
agreement.  This  payment  was netted  against  interest  expense for the fiscal
quarter.  Due to the termination of this  agreement,  at September 30, 2000, the
Company had  $8,508,000 of debt subject to variable  interest rates as described
above.

Commodity price risks
- ---------------------

         Green  coffee  prices are subject to  substantial  price  fluctuations,
generally caused by multiple factors including  weather,  political and economic
conditions  in  certain  coffee-producing  countries  and  other  supply-related
concerns.  The Company's gross profit margins can be  significantly  impacted by
changes in the price of green  coffee.  The  Company  enters  into fixed  coffee
purchase commitments in an attempt to secure an adequate supply of coffee. These
agreements are tied to specific market prices (defined by both the origin of the
coffee and the time of delivery) but the Company has significant  flexibility in
selecting the date of the market price to be used in each contract.  The Company
generally  fixes the price of its coffee  contracts  two to six months  prior to
delivery so that it can adjust its sales prices to the market.  At September 30,
2000,  the Company had  approximately  $9.0 million (for 8.1 million  pounds) in
purchase  commitments,  of  which  approximately  60% had a fixed  price.  These
commitments  represent  approximately  57% of  the  Company's  estimated  coffee
requirements through September 29, 2001, the end of its 2001 fiscal year.

         In  addition,  from  time to time,  the  Company  uses  commodity-based
financial   instruments  to  hedge   price-to-be-established   coffee   purchase
commitments   with  the  objective  of  minimizing   cost  risk  due  to  market
fluctuations.  Gains and losses  relating to  qualifying  hedges of  anticipated
inventory  transactions  or firm  commitments are deferred in current assets and
are included in the basis of the underlying transactions. At September 30, 2000,
the Company held call options  covering an aggregate of 562,500  pounds of green
coffee beans which are  exercisable  in fiscal 2001 at prices ranging from $1.20
to $1.50 per pound.  Additionally,  the  Company  held a short  position  on put
options covering 187,500 pounds of green coffee  exercisable in fiscal 2001 at a
price of $1.00. At September 30, 2000, the "C" price of coffee was $0.83. If the
price of coffee  remains under $1.00 when these  options come to term,  the loss
incurred will be approximately $57,000.  However, this loss, if realized,  would
be offset by lower costs of coffee purchased  during fiscal 2001.  Additionally,
the Company had  futures  contracts  outstanding  of  approximately  $743,000 at
September 30, 2000. The fair market value of these futures at September 30, 2000
was $706,000.  If the settlement price of these futures drops on average by 10%,
the additional loss incurred will be approximately $71,000.


Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

         See dated Financial Statements on Page F-1.


Item 9.   Changes  in and  Disagreements  with  Accountants  on  Accounting  and
          Financial Disclosure

         None.


<PAGE>



================================================================================
                                    PART III
================================================================================


Item 10.   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

         Except for information regarding the Company's executive officers,  the
information  called for by this Item is incorporated in this report by reference
to the Company's  definitive Proxy Statement for the Company's Annual Meeting of
Stockholders  to be held on  March  15,  2001,  which  will be  filed  with  the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission  not later than 120 days after the close of
the  Company's  fiscal  year ended  September  30, 2000 (the  "Definitive  Proxy
Statement").

         For information  concerning the executive officers of the Company,  see
"Executive Officers of the Registrant" under Part I of this report.


Item 11.   Executive Compensation

         The  information  required  by this  item  is  incorporated  herein  by
reference to the information contained in the Definitive Proxy Statement.


Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

         The  information  required  by this  item  is  incorporated  herein  by
reference to the information contained in the Definitive Proxy Statement.


Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

         The  information  required  by this  item  is  incorporated  herein  by
reference to the information contained in the Definitive Proxy Statement.


<PAGE>


================================================================================
                                     PART IV
================================================================================


Item 14.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K

 (a) 1.  Financial Statements

     The following  consolidated  financial statements are filed as part of this
     report:
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
     Index to Consolidated Financial Statements..........................   F-1

     Report of Independent Accountants...................................   F-2

     Consolidated Financial Statements:

     Consolidated Balance Sheet at September 30, 2000 and
        September 25, 1999...............................................   F-3

     Consolidated Statement of Operations for each of the three
        years in the period ended September 30, 2000.....................   F-4

     Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for
        each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2000...   F-5

     Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for each of the three
        years in the period ended September 30, 2000.....................   F-6

     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statments...........................   F-7

 (a) 2.  Financial Statement Schedules

      The  following  financial  statement  schedule  is  filed  as part of this
      report:

         Report of Independent Accountants on Financial
            Statement Schedules..........................................   F-25

         Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts..................   F-26

      All other  schedules  are  omitted  because  they are not  required or the
      required  information  is  shown  in the  financial  statements  or  notes
      thereto.

 (a) 3.  Exhibits

      The  exhibits listed  below  are  filed  as  part  of, or  incorporated by
      reference into, this report.  The Company shall furnish copies of exhibits
      for  a  reasonable  fee (covering  the expense of  furnishing copies) upon
      request in writing to:  Green  Mountain  Coffee, Inc.,  Investor Services,
      33 Coffee Lane, Waterbury, VT 05676.


<PAGE>


Exhibit No.       Exhibit Title
- -----------       -------------
3.1               Certificate of Incorporation of the Company(1)

3.2               Bylaws of the Company(1)

10.2              (b)    Term  Loan  Promissory  Note,  dated  August  11, 1993,
                         from Green  Mountain  Coffee  Roasters,  Inc. to  Fleet
                         Bank - NH(1)

                  (f)    Collateral  Assignment  of  Leasehold  Interest,  dated
                         August  11,  1993,  between   Green   Mountain   Coffee
                         Roasters, Inc. and Fleet Bank - NH(1)

                  (y)    Seventh Amendment and  First Restatement of  Commercial
                         Loan  Agreement,  dated  April  12, 1996,  among  Green
                         Mountain Coffee Roasters,  Inc., as borrower, and Fleet
                         Bank - NH as lender(10)

                  (aa)   Note  Modification Agreement, dated  April 12, 1996, to
                         modify  Term Promissory Note dated August 11, 1993 from
                         Green   Mountain   Coffee   Roasters,   Inc.  to  Fleet
                         Bank - NH(10)

                  (bb)   Eighth  Amendment to  Commercial  Loan Agreement, dated
                         February  19,  1997,  among   Green   Mountain   Coffee
                         Roasters,  Inc., as borrower,  and  Fleet  Bank - NH as
                         lender(12)

                  (ee)   Ninth  Amendment to  Commercial  Loan  Agreement, Fleet
                         Bank, dated June 9, 1997 among Green Mountain Coffee
                         Roasters, Inc. as borrower, and Fleet Bank - NH, as
                         lender(13)

                  (gg)   Eleventh Amendment to  Commercial Loan Agreement, dated
                         February 19, 1998, from Green Mountain Coffee Roasters,
                         Inc., to Fleet Bank - NH(14)

                  (hh)   Replacement Revolving  Line of Credit  Promissory Note,
                         dated  February 19, 1998, from  Green  Mountain  Coffee
                         Roasters, Inc., to Fleet Bank - NH(14)

                  (ii)   Revolving  Line of  Credit/Term  Promissory Note, dated
                         February 19, 1998, from Green Mountain Coffee Roasters,
                         Inc., to Fleet Bank - NH(14)

                  (jj)   Twelfth  Amendment to  Fleet  Bank - NH Commercial Loan
                         Agreement and Loan Documents dated April 7, 2000(22)

10.10             (g)    First Restatement of  Security  Agreement,  dated April
                         12, 1996, between Green Mountain Coffee Roasters, Inc.
                         and Fleet Bank - NH(10)

10.15             Assignment of Trademarks from  Green Mountain  Coffee, Inc. in
                  connection with the Fleet Bank - NH financing(1)

10.22             U.S. Small Business  Administration ("SBA")  Authorization and
                  Debenture Guaranty relating to $766,000 loan to Green Mountain
                  Coffe, Inc. together  with  Letters  dated 7/14/93 and 7/19/93
                  from SBA to Central Vermont  Economic Development  Corporation
                  relating thereto(1)
                  (a)    Small Business Administration  Guaranty dated September
                         30, 1993 from  Robert  P. Stiller  to  Central  Vermont
                         Economic Development Corporation(4)
                  (b)    Assignment,  dated   September  30,  1993,  by  Central
                         Vermont   Economic  Development  Corporation  to  Small
                         Business    Administration     of    Small     Business
                         Administration  Guaranty dated September 30, 1993  from
                         Robert   P.  Stiller  to  Central   Vermont    Economic
                         Development Corporation(4)
                  (c)    Mortgage,  dated  September  30,  1993,  between  Green
                         Mountain  Coffee  Roasters,  Inc. and  Central  Vermont
                         Economic Development Corporation(4)
                  (d)    Assignment,  dated   September  30,  1993,  by  Central
                         Vermont   Economic  Development  Corporation  to  Small
                         Business  Administration of  Mortgage, dated  September
                         30, 1993, between Green Mountain Coffee Roasters, Inc.
                         and Central Vermont Economic Development Corporation(4)
                  (e)    "504" Note, dated  September 30, 1993, in the amount of
                         $766,000, from Green Mountain  Coffee Roasters, Inc. to
                         Central  Vermont  Economic  Development Corporation, as
                         amended,  including  Servicing  Agent  Agreement  among
                         Green   Mountain  Coffee  Roasters,  Inc.  and   Colson
                         Services Corp.(5)
                  (f)    Assignment,  dated   September  30,  1993,  by  Central
                         Vermont   Economic  Development  Corporation  to  Small
                         Business Administration of "504" Note, dated  September
                         30, 1993,  in  the  amount  of  $766,000,  from   Green
                         Mountain  Coffee  Roasters,  Inc.  to  Central  Vermont
                         Economic Development Corporation(4)
                  (g)    Security Agreement from Green Mountain Coffee Roasters,
                         Inc. to Central Vermont Economic Corporation(4)
                  (h)    Assignment,  dated   September  30,  1993,  by  Central
                         Vermont   Economic  Development  Corporation  to  Small
                         Business  Administration  of  Security  Agreement  from
                         Green Mountain Coffee Roasters, Inc. to Central Vermont
                         Economic Development Corporation(4)
                  (i)    Letter Agreement, dated  October 1, 1993, among Central
                         Vermont Economic Development Corporation, Green
                         Mountain  Coffee  Roasters,  Inc.  and  Small Business
                         Administration,   amending   the   Authorization   and
                         Debenture Guaranty among Small Business Administration.
                         Central  Vermont Economic  Development Corporation, and
                         Green Mountain Coffee Roasters, Inc.(4)
                  (j)    Development  Company  504   Debenture,  issued  October
                         14, 1993, for principal amount of as Trustee(4)

10.33             Lease  Agreement, dated 4/28/93, between  Pilgrim  Partnership
                  and Green Mountain Coffee, Inc.(1)
                  (a)    Addendum to Lease Agreement, dated 4/28/93(1)
                  (b)    Lease Amendment dated August 16, 1993(4)
                  (c)    Letter Agreement dated July 30, 1997(16)

10.36             1993 Stock Option Plan of the Company, as revised(15)*

10.37             1998 Employee Stock Purchase  Plan with  Form of Participation
                  Agreement(17)*

10.38             1999 Stock Option Plan of the Company(18)*

10.40             Employment  Agreement  of  Robert  D.  Britt  dated  March 26,
                  1993(1)*

10.41             Employment Agreement of Stephen  J. Sabol  dated as of July 1,
                  1993(1)*

10.42             Employment  Agreement  of  Paul  Comey  dated  as  of  July 1,
                  1993(1)*

10.44             Employment  Agreement of  Jonathan  C.  Wettstein dated  as of
                  July 1, 1993(1)*

10.45             Stock  Option  Agreement, dated  July  21, 1993,  between  the
                  Company and Robert D. Britt(1)*

10.46             Stock Option  Agreement,  dated   July  21, 1993,  between the
                  Company and Agnes M. Cook(1)*

10.48             Stock  Option  Agreement, dated  July 21,  1993,  between  the
                  Company and Paul Comey(1)*

10.50             Stock Option  Agreement,  dated  July  21, 1993,  between  the
                  Company and James K. Prevo(1)*

10.51             Stock  Option  Agreement,  dated  July 21, 1993,  between  the
                  Company and Stephen J. Sabol(1)*

10.52             Stock  Option  Agreement,  dated July 21, 1993,   between  the
                  Company and Jonathan C. Wettstein(1)*

10.59             Stock  Option  Agreement,  dated  July 22, 1994,  between  the
                  Company and William D. Davis(8)*

10.60             Stock  Option  Agreement,  dated  July 22, 1994,  between  the
                  Company and Jules A. del Vecchio(8)*

10.61             Stock  Option  Agreement,  dated  July 22, 1994,   between the
                  Company and Ian W. Murray(8)*

10.62             Stock  Option  Agreement,  dated  December  30, 1994,  between
                  the Company and Robert D. Britt(9)*

10.63             Stock  Option  Agreement,  dated  December 30, 1994,   between
                  the Company and Stephen J. Sabo(l9)*

10.64             Stock  Option  Agreement,  dated  December 30, 1994,   between
                  the  Company  and  Jonathan  C.  Wettstein(9)*

10.65             Stock  Option  Agreement,  dated  December 30, 1994,   between
                  the Company and Paul Comey(9)*

10.66             Stock  Option  Agreement,  dated  November 27, 1995,   between
                  the Company and David E. Moran(11)*

10.68             First Amendment to Stock Option Agreement, dated July 21, 1993
                  between the Company and Robert D. Britt(11)*

10.69             First Amendment to Stock Option Agreement, dated July 21, 1993
                  between the Company and Paul Comey(11)*

10.70             First Amendment to Stock Option Agreement, dated July 21, 1993
                  between the Company and Jonathan C. Wettstein(11)*

10.75             Stock  Option  Agreement,  dated  July  31, 1997  between  the
                  Company and James K. Prevo(16)*

10.76             Stock  Option  Agreement,  dated  October 21, 1997 between the
                  Company and Robert D. Britt(14)*

10.77             Stock  Option  Agreement,  dated  October 21, 1997 between the
                  Company and Paul Comey (14)*

10.78             Stock  Option  Agreement,  dated  October 21, 1997 between the
                  Company and Jonathan C. Wettstein(14)*

10.80             Stock  Option  Agreement,  dated  October 21, 1997 between the
                  Company and Stephen J. Sabol(14)*

10.81             Stock  Option  Agreement,  dated  January 8, 1999 between  the
                  Company and Robert D. Britt(18)*

10.82             Stock  Option  Agreement,  dated  January 8, 1999 between  the
                  Company and Paul Comey(18)*

10.83             Stock  Option  Agreement,  dated  January 8, 1999 between  the
                  Company and Paul Comey(18)*

10.84             Stock  Option  Agreement,  dated  January 8, 1999 between  the
                  Company and Jonathan C. Wettstein(18)*

10.85             Stock  Option  Agreement,  dated  January 8, 1999 between  the
                  Company and Jonathan C. Wettstein(18)*

10.87             Stock  Option  Agreement,  dated  January 8, 1999 between  the
                  Company and Stephen J. Sabol(18)*

10.89             Stock  Option  Agreement,  dated  January 8, 1999 between  the
                  Company and James K. Prevo(18)*

10.90             Stock  Option  Agreement,  dated  January 8, 1999 between  the
                  Company and James K. Prevo(18)*

10.91             Stock  Option  Agreement,  dated  April 13, 1999  between  the
                  Company and David E. Moran(19)*

10.92             Stock  Option  Agreement,  dated  April 13, 1999  between  the
                  Company and William D. Davis(19)*

10.93             Stock  Option  Agreement,  dated  April 13, 1999  between  the
                  Company and Jules A. del Vecchio(19)*

10.94             Stock  Option  Agreement,  dated  April 13, 1999  between  the
                  Company and Hinda Miller(19)*

10.95             Stock  Option  Agreement, dated September 13, 1999 between the
                  Company and Kevin G. McBride*(20)

10.96             Stock  Option  Agreement,  dated November 1, 1999  between the
                  Company and Agnes M. Cook*(20)

10.97             Promissory note from Robert  P. Stiller to the  Company, dated
                  September 24, 1999(20)

10.98             Promissory note from Robert  P. Stiller to the  Company, dated
                  October 18, 1999(20)

10.99             Promissory note from Robert  P. Stiller to the  Company, dated
                  November 3, 1999(20)

10.100            Stock  Option Agreement, dated as of December 21, 1999, by and
                  between Robert D. Britt and the Company*(21)

10.101            Stock  Option Agreement, dated as of December 21, 1999, by and
                  between Agnes M. Cook and the Company*(21)

10.102            Stock  Option Agreement, dated as of December 21, 1999, by and
                  between Jonathan C. Wettstein and the Company*(21)

10.103            Stock  Option Agreement, dated as of December 21, 1999, by and
                  between James K. Prevo and the Company*(21)

10.104            Stock  Option Agreement, dated as of December 21, 1999, by and
                  between Paul Comey and the Company*(21)

10.105            2000 Stock Option Plan of the Company

10.106            Stock  Option Agreement,  dated as of October 2, 2000,  by and
                  between Robert D. Britt and the Company*

10.107            Stock  Option Agreement,  dated as of October 2, 2000,  by and
                  between Agnes M. Cook and the Company*

10.108            Stock  Option Agreement,  dated as of October 2, 2000,  by and
                  between Jonathan C. Wettstein and the Company*

10.109            Stock  Option Agreement,  dated as of October 2, 2000,  by and
                  between Paul Comey and the Company*

10.110            Stock  Option Agreement,  dated as of October 2, 2000,  by and
                  between James K. Prevo and the Company*

10.111            Stock  Option Agreement,  dated as of October 2, 2000,  by and
                  between Stephen Sabol and the Company*

10.112            Stock  Option Agreement,  dated as of October 2, 2000,  by and
                  between Kevin McBride and the Company*

10.113            Green Mountain Coffee, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan

10.114            Green Mountain Coffee, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Trust

10.115            Chef Express.net, Inc.  Series A  Convertible  Preferred Stock
                  Purchase Agreement

10.116            Promissory note from Robert P. Stiller, dated April 12, 2000

21                List of Subsidiaries of the Company

23                Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

24                Powers of Attorney

27                Financial Data Schedule

 (b)  Reports on Form 8-K
      No  reports on  Form  8-K were filed  during  the  quarter ended September
      30, 2000.


<PAGE>


Notes to exhibits listed above

*       Management contract or compensatory plan

1.      Incorporated by  reference to  the corresponding  exhibit number  in the
        Registration  Statement on Form  SB-2 (Registration  No. 33-66646) filed
        on July 28, 1993 and declared effective September 21, 1993

2.      Incorporated by  reference to  the corresponding  exhibit number  in the
        Quarterly  Report on  Form 10-QSB for the  12 weeks ended April 9, 1994,
        filed on May 24, 1994

3.      Incorporated by  reference to  the corresponding  exhibit number  in the
        Annual Report on  Form  10-KSB for  the fiscal year ended  September 24,
        1994, filed December 8, 1994

4.      Incorporated by  reference to  the corresponding  exhibit number  in the
        Annual Report on  Form  10-KSB for  the fiscal year ended  September 25,
        1993, filed on December 23, 1993

5.      Incorporated by  reference to  the corresponding  exhibit number  in the
        Quarterly  Report on  Form  10-QSB for  the 16 weeks  ended  January 15,
        1994, filed on February 25, 1994

6.      Incorporated by  reference to  the corresponding  exhibit number  in the
        Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the 16 weeks ended January 14, 1995,
        filed on February 25, 1995

7.      Incorporated by  reference to  the corresponding  exhibit number  in the
        Quarterly  Report on  Form  10-QSB for the 12 weeks ended April 8, 1995,
        filed on May 23, 1995

8.      Incorporated  by  reference to  the  corresponding  exhibit   number  in
        Amendment No. 1 to the  Annual  Report on  Form 10-KSB/A for  the fiscal
        year ended September 24, 1994, filed on December 16, 1994

9.      Incorporated by  reference to  the corresponding  exhibit number  in the
        Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the fisca year ended September 30, 1995

10.     Incorporated by  reference to  the corresponding  exhibit number  in the
        Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the 12 weeks ended April 13, 1996

11.     Incorporated by  reference  to the corresponding  exhibit number  in the
        Annual Report on  Form  10-KSB for the  fiscal year ended  September 26,
        1996

12.     Incorporated by  reference to  the corresponding  exhibit number  in the
        Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the 16 weeks ended January 18, 1997

13.     Incorporated by  reference to the  corresponding  exhibit number  in the
        Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the 12 weeks ended April 12, 1997

14.     Incorporated by  reference to  the corresponding  exhibit number  in the
        Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the 12 weeks ended July 5, 1997

15..    Incorporated by  reference to  the corresponding  exhibit number  in the
        Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year September 27, 1997

16.     Incorporated by  reference to  the corresponding  exhibit number  in the
        Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the 16 weeks January 17, 1998

17.     Incorporated by  reference to  the corresponding  exhibit number  in the
        Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year September 26, 1998

18.     Incorporated by  reference to  the corresponding  exhibit number  in the
        Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the 16 weeks January 18, 1999

19.     Incorporated by  reference to the  corresponding  exhibit number  in the
        Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the 12 weeks July 3, 1999

20.     Incorporated by  reference to  the corresponding  exhibit number in  the
        Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 25, 1999

21.     Incorporated by  reference to  the corresponding  exhibit number  in the
        Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the 12 weeks ended January 15, 2000

22.     Incorporated by  reference to  the corresponding  exhibit number  in the
        Schedule TO filed on April 17, 2000


<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES


         Pursuant to the  requirements  of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
and Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant  caused this Report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                     GREEN MOUNTAIN COFFEE, INC.


                                     By:   /s/ Robert P. Stiller
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           ROBERT P. STILLER
                                           Chairman of the Board of Directors,
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer



         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the  Securities  and  Exchange Act of
1934,  this report has been signed below by the  following  persons on behalf of
the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

      Signature                         Title                        Date

/s/ Robert P. Stiller   Chairman of the Board of Directors,    December 27, 2000
- ---------------------   President and Chief Executive Officer
                        (Principle Executive Officer)

/s/ Robert D. Britt     Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer,    December 27, 2000
- ---------------------   Secretary and Director (Principal
                        Financial and Accounting Officer)

STEPHEN J. SABOL*       Director                               December 27, 2000

JONATHAN C. WETTSTEIN*  Director                               December 27, 2000

WILLIAM D. DAVIS*       Director                               December 27, 2000

JULES A. DEL VECCHIO*   Director                               December 27, 2000

HINDA MILLER*           Director                               December 27, 2000

DAVID E. MORAN*         Director                               December 27, 2000


*By:   /s/ Robert P. Stiller
       -----------------------------------
       Robert P. Stiller, Attorney-in-fact



<PAGE>


                           GREEN MOUNTAIN COFFEE, INC.
                   Index to Consolidated Financial Statements


                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
Report of Independent Accountants........................................   F-2

Consolidated Financial Statements:

   Consolidated Balance Sheet at September 30, 2000 and
   September 25, 1999....................................................   F-3

   Consolidated Statement of Operations for each of the
   three years in the period ended September 30, 2000....................   F-4

   Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders'
   Equity for each of the three years in the period
   ended September 30, 2000..............................................   F-5

   Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for each of the
   three years in the period ended September 30, 2000....................   F-6

   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements............................   F-7


<PAGE>


                        Report of Independent Accountants


To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Green Mountain Coffee, Inc.:

In our opinion,  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance sheets and the related
consolidated statements of operations,  changes in stockholders' equity and cash
flows present fairly, in all material respects,  the financial position of Green
Mountain  Coffee,  Inc. at  September  30, 2000 and  September  25, 1999 and the
results of its  operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the
period  ended  September  30,  2000 in  conformity  with  accounting  principles
generally accepted in the United States of America.  These financial  statements
are the  responsibility of the Company's  management;  our  responsibility is to
express  an  opinion  on these  financial  statements  based on our  audits.  We
conducted our audits of these  statements in accordance with auditing  standards
generally  accepted in the United States of America,  which require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a
test basis,  evidence  supporting  the amounts and  disclosures in the financial
statements,  assessing the accounting  principles used and significant estimates
made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.


/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
November 10, 2000


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
                           Green Mountain Coffee, Inc.
                           Consolidated Balance Sheet
                             (Dollars in thousands)

                                                          September 30,   September 25,
                                                              2000            1999
                                                          -------------   -------------

<S>                                                       <C>             <C>
         Assets
Current assets:
   Cash and cash equivalents...........................   $         489   $         415
   Receivables, less allowances of $320 at
   September 30, 2000 and $190 at September 25, 1999...           8,454           6,223
   Inventories.........................................           5,350           5,409
   Other current assets................................             580             497
   Loans to officers...................................               -             250
   Deferred income taxes, net..........................             182             490
                                                          -------------   -------------

      Total current assets.............................          15,055          13,284


Fixed assets, net......................................          11,274          10,183
Other long-term assets.................................             348             250
Deferred income taxes, net.............................             497             161
                                                          -------------  --------------
                                                          $      27,174   $      23,878
                                                          =============   =============

         Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Current liabilities:
   Current portion of long-term debt...................   $         135   $       1,127
   Accounts payable....................................           6,125           4,551
   Accrued compensation costs..........................           1,381           1,005
   Accrued expenses....................................             614             357
   Accrued losses and other costs of discontinued
   operations, net.....................................             119             192
                                                          -------------   -------------

         Total current liabilities.....................           8,374           7,232
                                                          -------------   -------------

Long-term debt.........................................             283           1,908
                                                          -------------   -------------

Long-term line of credit...............................           8,500           3,056
                                                          -------------   -------------

Commitments and contingencies (Note 15)

Stockholders' equity:
   Common stock, $0.10 par value:
   Authorized - 10,000,000  shares;  Issued -
   3,671,005 and 3,615,404  shares at September
   30, 2000 and September 25, respectively.............             367             362

   Additional paid-in capital..........................          13,901          13,409
   Retained earnings (accumulated deficit).............           2,778          (1,435)
   Treasury  shares,  at cost - 568,753 and
   100,609 shares at September 30, 2000 and
   September 25, 1999, respectively....................          (7,029)           (654)
                                                          -------------   -------------
   Total stockholders' equity..........................          10,017          11,682
                                                          -------------   -------------
                                                          $      27,174   $      23,878
                                                          =============   =============
</TABLE>
[FN]
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part
of the financial statements.
</FN>


<PAGE>


                           GREEN MOUNTAIN COFFEE, INC.
                      Consolidated Statement of Operations
                  (Dollars in thousands except per share data)


                                                                   Year Ended

<TABLE>
                                                  September 30,   September 25,   September 26,
                                                      2000            1999            1998
                                                  -------------   -------------   -------------

<S>                                               <C>             <C>             <C>
Net sales......................................   $      84,001   $      64,881   $      55,825

Cost of sales..................................          50,465          39,261          36,558
                                                  -------------   -------------   -------------

     Gross profit..............................          33,536          25,620          19,267

Selling and operating expenses.................          20,747          16,381          13,805
General and administrative expenses............           5,887           4,661           4,169
Loss on abandonment of equipment...............             135             229               -
                                                  -------------  --------------   -------------

     Operating income..........................           6,767           4,349           1,293

Other income...................................              48              10              66
Interest expense...............................            (583)           (736)           (821)
                                                  -------------   -------------   -------------

     Income from continuing operations
     before income taxes.......................           6,232           3,623             538

Income tax expense.............................          (2,079)         (1,376)           (198)
                                                  -------------   -------------   -------------

     Income from continuing operations.........           4,153           2,247             340

Discontinued operations:

Loss from discontinued retail stores operations,
net of income tax benefits of $196.............               -               -            (297)

Income (loss) on disposal of retail stores,
net of income tax expense of $40 and $114 for
the years ended September 30, 2000 and September
25, 1999, respectively, and income tax benefit
of $834 for the year ended September 26, 1998..              60             186          (1,259)
                                                  -------------   -------------   -------------

Net income (loss)..............................   $       4,213   $       2,433   $      (1,216)
                                                  =============   =============   =============

Basic income (loss) per share:
Weighted average shares outstanding............       3,293,422       3,503,412       3,530,657
Income from continuing operations..............   $        1.26   $        0.64   $        0.10
Income (loss) from discontinued operations.....   $        0.02   $        0.05   $       (0.44)
Net income (loss)..............................   $        1.28   $        0.69   $       (0.34)

Diluted income (loss) per share:
Weighted average shares outstanding............       3,489,622       3,547,155       3,539,231
Income from continuing operations..............   $        1.19   $        0.64   $        0.10
Income (loss) from discontinued operations.....   $        0.02   $        0.05   $       (0.44)
Net income (loss)..............................   $        1.21   $        0.69   $       (0.34)

</TABLE>
[FN]
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part
of the financial statements.
</FN>


<PAGE>


<TABLE>

                           GREEN MOUNTAIN COFFEE, INC.
            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 For the years ended September 30, 2000, September 25, 1999, and September 26, 1998
                             (Dollars in thousands)


                                                                        Retained
                                                           Additional     earnings                               Total
                                         Common stock        paid-in    (accumulated     Treasury stock      stockholders'
                                       Shares     Amount    capital       deficit)      Shares     Amount       equity
                                     ----------   ------   ----------   ------------   --------   --------   -------------
<S>                                  <C>          <C>      <C>          <C>            <C>        <C>        <C>
Balance at September 27, 1997.....    3,530,818   $  353   $   12,954   $     (2,652)         -          -   $      10,655

Issuance of common stock under
   employee stock purchase plan...       15,023        2           64              -          -          -              66
Purchase of treasury shares.......            -        -            -              -     (7,350)  $    (37)            (37)
Net loss..........................            -        -            -         (1,216)         -          -          (1,216)
                                     ----------   ------   ----------   ------------   --------   --------   -------------

Balance at September 26, 1998.....    3,545,841      355       13,018         (3,868)    (7,350)       (37)          9,468
Issuance of common stock under
   employee stock purchase plan...       37,263        4          186              -          -          -             190
Options exercised.................       32,300        3          205              -          -          -             208
Purchase of treasury shares.......            -        -            -              -    (93,259)      (617)           (617)
Net income........................            -        -            -          2,433          -          -           2,433
                                     ----------   ------   ----------   ------------   --------   --------   -------------

Balance at September 25, 1999.....    3,615,404      362       13,409         (1,435)  (100,609)      (654)         11,682
Issuance of common stock under
   employee stock purchase plan...       32,309        3          276              -          -          -             279
Options exercised.................       23,292        2          167              -          -          -             169
Purchase of treasury shares.......            -        -            -              -   (468,144)    (6,375)         (6,375)
Non cash compensation expense.....            -        -           49              -          -          -              49
Net income........................            -        -            -          4,213          -          -           4,213
                                     ----------   ------   ----------   ------------   --------   --------   -------------
Balance at September 30, 2000.....    3,671,005   $  367   $   13,901   $      2,778   (568,753)  $ (7,029)  $      10,017
                                     ==========   ======   ==========   ============   ========   ========   =============

</TABLE>
[FN]
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part
of the financial statements.
</FN>


<PAGE>


                           GREEN MOUNTAIN COFFEE, INC.
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                             (Dollars in thousands)
<TABLE>
                                                                           Year ended
                                                          ---------------------------------------------
                                                          September 30,   September 25,   September 26,
                                                              2000            1999            1998
                                                          -------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                                       <C>             <C>             <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
   Net income (loss)...................................   $       4,213   $       2,433   $      (1,216)
   Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to
        net cash provided by (used for) operating
        activities:
        (Income) loss from discontinued operations.....             (60)           (186)          1,556
        Depreciation and amortization..................           2,968           2,943           2,754
        Loss on disposal and abandonment of
           fixed assets................................             173             240              63
        Provision for doubtful accounts................             361             241             577
        Non-cash compensation..........................              49               3               -
        Deferred income taxes..........................             (28)            966             (70)
        Changes in assets and liabilities:
        Receivables....................................          (2,592)         (1,675)         (1,247)
        Inventories....................................              59             227            (565)
        Other current assets...........................             167             (73)           (325)
        Other long-term assets.........................             (98)             20              63
        Accounts payable...............................           1,574           1,420          (1,823)
        Accrued compensation costs.....................             376             178             211
        Accrued expenses...............................             257            (150)            228
                                                          -------------   -------------   -------------

Net cash provided by continuing operations.............           7,419           6,587             206
Net cash (used for) provided by discontinued
      operations.......................................             (13)             42            (406)
                                                          -------------   -------------   -------------

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities...           7,406           6,629            (200)
                                                          -------------   -------------   -------------

Cash flows from investing activities:
  Expenditures for fixed assets........................          (4,597)         (2,655)         (3,375)
  Proceeds from disposals of fixed assets..............             365              89             170
  Capital expenditures for discontinued operations.....               -               -            (208)
  Proceeds from disposal of discontinued operations....               -             158             118
                                                          -------------   -------------   -------------
Net cash used for investing activities                           (4,232)         (2,408)         (3,295)
                                                          -------------   -------------   -------------

Cash flows from financing activities:
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock...............             448             395              66
  Purchase of treasury shares..........................          (6,375)           (617)            (37)
  Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt.............             123               -           4,500
  Repayment of long-term debt..........................          (2,740)         (2,255)         (2,121)
  Borrowings under (repayment of) revolving
      line of credit...................................           5,444          (2,094)          1,165
  Principal payments under capital lease obligation....               -             (12)           (132)
                                                          -------------   -------------   -------------

Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities...          (3,100)         (4,583)          3,441
                                                          -------------   -------------   -------------

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents...              74            (362)            (54)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year.........             415             777             831
                                                          -------------   -------------   -------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year...............   $         489   $         415   $         777
                                                          =============   =============   =============

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
   Cash paid for interest..............................   $         607   $         719   $         786
   Cash paid for income taxes..........................   $       1,896   $         248   $          56

</TABLE>
[FN]
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part
of the financial statements.
</FN>


<PAGE>


                           GREEN MOUNTAIN COFFEE, INC.
                     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


1.    Nature of Business and Organization

      The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
      Green  Mountain   Coffee,   Inc.  (the  "Company")  and  its  wholly-owned
      subsidiary,   Green  Mountain  Coffee   Roasters,   Inc.  All  significant
      inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated.

      The Company purchases high-quality arabica coffee beans for roasting, then
      packages and distributes the roasted coffee  primarily in the northeastern
      United States.  The majority of the Company's  revenue is derived from its
      wholesale  operation  which  serves  supermarket,  specialty  food  store,
      convenience store, food service, hotel, restaurant, university, travel and
      office  coffee  service  customers.  The  Company  also has a direct  mail
      operation serving customers nationwide.

      The Company's  fiscal year ends on the last Saturday in September.  Fiscal
      2000,  fiscal 1999 and fiscal 1998 represent the years ended September 30,
      2000,  September 25, 1999,  and September 26, 1998,  respectively.  Fiscal
      2000  consists of 53 weeks,  whereas  fiscal  1999 and 1998  consist of 52
      weeks each.


2.    Significant Accounting Policies

      CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
      The Company  considers  all highly  liquid  investments  purchased  with a
      maturity  of three  months or less to be cash  equivalents.  Cash and cash
      equivalents  include  money market  funds which are carried at cost,  plus
      accrued interest,  which approximates market. The Company does not believe
      that it is subject to any unusual credit and market risk.

      INVENTORIES
      Inventories  are  stated at the lower of cost or  market,  with cost being
      determined  by  the  first-in,   first-out  method.   Inventories  consist
      primarily of green and roasted coffee,  packaging  materials and purchased
      finished goods.

      HEDGING
      The Company  uses  futures and options  contracts  to hedge the effects of
      fluctuations in the price of green coffee beans.  These  transactions meet
      the  requirements  for  hedge   accounting,   including   designation  and
      correlation.  To obtain a proper matching of revenue and expense, gains or
      losses arising from open and closed hedging  transactions  are included in
      inventory as a cost of the  commodity  and  reflected in the  statement of
      operations  when the  hedged  coffee  purchase  contract  is fixed and the
      hedging  instrument is closed.  Risks arise from the possible inability of
      counterparties  to meet the terms of their contracts and from movements in
      the  price of  green  coffee.  The  overall  exposure  to  credit  risk is
      considered to be minimal.

      In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
      Financial   Accounting  Standards  No.  133,  "Accounting  for  Derivative
      Instruments and Hedging  Activities" ("SFAS 133"). This pronouncement will
      require the Company to recognize  derivatives on its balance sheet at fair
      value.  Derivatives  that are not hedges  must be  adjusted  to fair value
      through income.  If the derivative is a hedge,  depending on the nature of
      the hedge,  changes in the fair value of derivatives will either be offset
      against the change in fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities or firm
      commitments through earnings or recognized in other  comprehensive  income
      until the hedged item is recognized in earnings.  The ineffective  portion
      of a derivative's  change in fair value will be immediately  recognized in
      earnings.  In June 1999,  Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards No.
      137  "Accounting  for  Derivative  Instruments  and Hedging  Activities  -
      Deferral of the Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 133" ("SFAS 137") was
      issued.  SFAS 137 deferred the effective  date of SFAS 133 until the first
      quarter of fiscal  2001.  The Company will adopt SFAS 133 as of October 1,
      2000. The adoption of SFAS 133 is expected to have an immaterial impact on
      the Company's financial position and results from operations.  The Company
      does not believe the  adoption  of SFAS 133 will  significantly  alter the
      Company's  hedging  strategies  or cause a  significant  change  in normal
      business practices.

      OTHER LONG-TERM ASSETS
      Other  long-term  assets  consist of  deposits,  debt  issuance  costs and
      minority  investments  in  Keurig,  Inc  and  ChefExpress.net,  Inc.  Debt
      issuance  costs  represent  those costs  incurred in  connection  with the
      issuance  of debt.  Amortization  is  calculated  using the  straight-line
      method  over  the  respective  original  lives  of the  applicable  issue.
      Amortization  calculated using the straight-line  method is not materially
      different  from  amortization  that  would  have  resulted  from using the
      interest method. Debt issuance costs included in other long-term assets in
      the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheet at September  30, 2000 and
      September  25,  were  $22,000  and  $32,000,  respectively.  The  minority
      investments,  which  represent  less than 5% interests,  are accounted for
      under the cost  method.  The  balance in the  investment  in Keurig,  Inc.
      included  in  other  long-term  assets  in the  accompanying  consolidated
      balance  sheet at September  30, 2000 and  September 25, 1999 is $151,000.
      The balance in the  investment in  ChefExpress.net,  Inc. (an entity whose
      Chief  Executive  Officer and  President is also a member of the Company's
      Board of Directors- see note 18) included in other long-term assets in the
      accompanying consolidated balance sheet at September 30, 2000 is $104,000.

      ADVERTISING COSTS
      The  Company  expenses  the  costs  of  advertising  the  first  time  the
      advertising  takes place.  At September  30, 2000 and  September  25, 1999
      prepaid  advertising  costs of $83,000  and  $81,000,  respectively,  were
      recorded in other current assets in the accompanying  consolidated balance
      sheet. Advertising expense totaled $4,553,000,  $3,499,000, and $2,791,000
      for the years ended September 30, 2000,  September 25, 1999, and September
      26, 1998, respectively.

      FIXED ASSETS
      Fixed  assets  are  carried  at  cost,  net of  accumulated  depreciation.
      Expenditures  for  maintenance,  repairs  and  renewals of minor items are
      charged to expense  as  incurred.  Depreciation  is  calculated  using the
      straight-line method over the assets' estimated useful lives. The cost and
      accumulated  depreciation  for fixed  assets sold,  retired,  or otherwise
      disposed of are relieved  from the accounts,  and the resultant  gains and
      losses are reflected in income.

      In order  to  facilitate  sales,  the  Company  follows  an  industry-wide
      practice of purchasing and loaning coffee brewing and related equipment to
      wholesale  customers.  These  assets  are also  carried  at  cost,  net of
      accumulated depreciation.

      REVENUE RECOGNITION
      Revenue from  wholesale and direct mail sales is  recognized  upon product
      shipment.

      In December 1999, the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), released
      Staff Accounting  Bulletin No. 101 ("SAB 101"), which provides guidance on
      the  recognition,  presentation,  and  disclosure  of revenue in financial
      statements  filed  with  the  SEC.  In June  2000,  the SEC  released  SAB
      101B,which  postponed the effective  date of SAB 101 to the fourth quarter
      of fiscal years beginning  after December 15, 1999.  Green Mountain Coffee
      will be required to be in conformity with the provisions of SAB 101 in the
      fourth quarter of fiscal 2001. The Company does not expect the adoption of
      SAB 101 will have a material impact on the Company's financial position or
      results of operations.

      INCOME TAXES
      The Company  utilizes the asset and  liability  method of  accounting  for
      income taxes, as set forth in Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards
      No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes" ("SFAS 109"). SFAS 109 requires the
      recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future
      tax consequences of temporary  differences between the financial statement
      carrying  amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their  respective
      tax bases.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted
      tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary  differences are
      expected to be recovered or settled.

      INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE
      In February 1997 the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
      of Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 128,  "Earnings Per Share" ("SFAS
      128").  This  pronouncement  supersedes the previous  methodology  for the
      calculation of earnings per share as promulgated under APB Opinion No. 15.
      SFAS 128 requires presentation of "basic" earnings per share and "diluted"
      earnings per share. The Company adopted SFAS 128 in fiscal 1998.

      FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
      The Company  enters into  various  types of financial  instruments  in the
      normal course of business.  Fair values are estimated based on assumptions
      concerning  the  amount  and  timing of  estimated  future  cash flows and
      assumed discount rates  reflecting  varying degrees of perceived risk. The
      fair  values of cash,  cash  equivalents,  accounts  receivable,  accounts
      payable,  accrued  expenses and debt  approximate  their carrying value at
      September 30, 2000. It was not  practicable  to estimate the fair value of
      minority  investments  representing less than 5% of the preferred stock of
      two untraded  companies.  The investment in Keurig, Inc. is carried at its
      original  cost of $151,000 at September  30, 2000 and  September 25, 1999,
      respectively.  The investment in  ChefExpress.net,  Inc. is carried at its
      original cost of $104,000 at September 30, 2000.

      USE OF ESTIMATES
      The  preparation  of financial  statements  in conformity  with  generally
      accepted  accounting  principles requires management to make estimates and
      assumptions that affect amounts reported in the accompanying  consolidated
      financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

      SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMER CREDIT RISK AND SUPPLY RISK
      The  extensive  network of Exxon  Mobil  Corporation  convenience  stores,
      corporate-owned  or  managed by  independent  franchisees,  accounted  for
      approximately  17.0%,  18.6%,  and  17.7%  of net  sales  from  continuing
      operations in the years ended September 30, 2000,  September 25, 1999, and
      September    26,   1998,  respectively.    During    the   same   periods,
      corporate-owned  Exxon Mobil  convenience stores made up  less than 10% of
      the  Company's revenues.  Exxon Mobil  Corporation  is a customer  of  the
      wholesale segment (see footnote 17 on Segment Reporting).  The majority of
      the  Company's customers  are located  in the  northeastern  part  of  the
      United  States.  Concentration  of  credit risk with  respect to  accounts
      receivable  is  limited  due to the large  number of  customers in various
      channels  comprising the  Company's customer base.  The  Company  does not
      require  collateral  from  customers  as  ongoing  credit  evaluations  of
      customers' payment history are  performed.  The Company maintains reserves
      for  potential credit losses  and such losses, in the aggregate,  have not
      exceeded management's expectations.

      SEGMENT REPORTING
      In accordance  with Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 131,
      "Disclosures  about  Segments of an  Enterprise  and Related  Information"
      ("SFAS 131"), the Company's business is comprised of two distinct business
      segments determined by the distribution  channel.  The direct mail segment
      is comprised of all  consumer-direct  sales and sales to small  businesses
      which  are  solicited  via  catalogs  and  the  Company's  online  store -
      www.GreenMountainCoffee.com.  The wholesale  segment is comprised of sales
      to customers  who resell Green  Mountain  coffee either as coffee beans or
      brewed   coffee  by  the  cup,   such  as   supermarkets,   office  coffee
      distributors, convenience stores, restaurants, and others. Wholesale sales
      are  generated  through  the  Company's  direct  sales force and a limited
      number of distributors.

      RECLASSIFICATIONS
      Certain reclassifications of prior year balances have been made to conform
      to the current presentation.


3.     Inventories

      Inventories consist of the following:

                                       September 30, 2000    September 25, 1999
                                       ------------------    ------------------
      Raw materials and supplies...    $        2,557,000    $        2,809,000
      Finished goods...............             2,793,000             2,600,000
                                       ------------------    ------------------
                                       $        5,350,000    $        5,409,000
                                       ==================    ==================



      Inventory  values  above are  presented  net of $127,000  and  $136,000 of
      obsolescence  reserves at  September  30,  2000 and  September  25,  1999,
      respectively.

      As of September 30, 2000, the Company had inventory  purchase  commitments
      for  green  coffee   totaling   approximately   $9.0  million,   of  which
      approximately  60% had a fixed price. The value of the variable portion of
      these commitments was calculated using the March 2001 C price of coffee at
      September   30,  2000  or  $0.8775.   The  Company   believes,   based  on
      relationships   established   with  its   suppliers,   that  the  risk  of
      non-delivery on such purchase commitments is remote.


4.       Fixed Assets

      Fixed assets consist of the following:

<TABLE>
                                                      Useful
                                                      Life in   September 30,   September 25,
                                                       Years        2000            1999
                                                      -------   -------------   -------------

        <S>                                           <C>       <C>             <C>
        Leasehold improvements......................   2 - 10   $   2,339,000   $   2,216,000
        Production equipment........................   2 - 10       5,323,000       5,539,000
        Office equipment and software...............   2 - 10       7,050,000       5,581,000
        Equipment on loan to wholesale customers....   3 -  5       5,849,000       4,133,000
        Vehicles....................................   4 -  5         657,000         512,000
        Construction-in-progress....................                  247,000         162,000
                                                                -------------   -------------

          Total fixed assets........................               21,465,000      18,143,000

      Accumulated depreciation......................              (10,191,000)     (7,960,000)
                                                                -------------   -------------
                                                                $  11,274,000   $  10,183,000
                                                                =============   =============
</TABLE>

      Total  depreciation  and amortization  expense from continuing  operations
      relating to all fixed assets was $2,968,000, $2,943,000 and $2,754,000 for
      fiscal 2000, 1999, and 1998, respectively.

      During fiscal 2000,  following a thorough  review of its production  fixed
      assets,  the Company  recorded a $135,000 loss on disposal and abandonment
      of production equipment and software.  The original aggregate cost of this
      equipment  was  $908,000  and its  related  accumulated  depreciation  was
      $573,000.

      During  fiscal  1999,  the  Company  disposed  of  assets  with a cost  of
      $5,012,000 and related accumulated depreciation of $4,683,000 resulting in
      a loss on disposal and abandonment of fixed assets of $240,000. As part of
      this loss,  the Company  recorded a $229,000 loss on abandonment of loaner
      equipment.  This resulted from a thorough  review of its brewing and other
      equipment  on loan to  customers,  through  which  it  identified  a small
      portion of its old equipment that would not be retrieved.


<PAGE>


5.       Income Taxes

      The provision for income taxes from  continuing  operations  for the years
      ended  September  30, 2000,  September  25, 1999,  and  September 26, 1998
      consists of the following:


<TABLE>
                                         September 30,   September 25,   September 26,
                                             2000            1999            1998
                                         -------------   -------------   -------------

      <S>                                <C>             <C>             <C>
      Current tax expense:
         Federal......................   $   2,029,000   $     862,000               -
         State........................         348,000         186,000    $     17,000
         Benefit of net operating
            loss carryforwards........        (272,000)       (948,000)              -
                                         -------------   -------------   -------------

      Total current...................       2,105,000         100,000          17,000
                                         -------------   -------------   -------------

      Deferred tax expense:
         Federal......................         217,000       1,098,000         187,000
         State........................         291,000         178,000          30,000
                                         -------------   -------------   -------------

      Total deferred..................         508,000       1,276,000         217,000

      Tax asset valuation allowance...        (534,000)              -         (36,000)
                                         -------------   -------------   -------------

      Total tax expense...............   $   2,079,000   $   1,376,000   $     198,000
                                         =============   =============   =============
</TABLE>


      SFAS 109 is an asset and liability  approach that requires the recognition
      of  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for the  expected  future tax
      consequences  of  events  that  have  been  recognized  in  the  Company's
      financial   statements   or  tax  returns.   In   estimating   future  tax
      consequences,  SFAS 109 generally  considers  expected future events other
      than enactments of changes in the tax law or rates.

      Deferred tax assets (liabilities), including temporary differences related
      to discontinued operations (see Note 6), consist of the following:

                                                   September 30,  September 25,
                                                       2000           1999
                                                   -------------  ------------

     Deferred tax assets:
        Net operating loss carryforwards.........              -  $     272,000
        Federal investment tax credits...........              -          3,000
        Vermont state manufacturers investment
           tax credit............................  $   2,440,000      2,627,000
        Section 263A adjustment..................          3,000          4,000
        Other reserves and temporary differences.        277,000        467,000
                                                   -------------  -------------

        Gross deferred tax assets................      2,720,000      3,373,000

        Deferred tax asset valuation allowance...     (1,821,000)    (2,355,000)

     Deferred tax liability:
     Depreciation...............................        (140,000)      (239,000)
                                                    -------------  -------------

        Net deferred tax assets..................  $     759,000  $     779,000
                                                    =============  =============

      In November  1996,  the Company  received  notification  from the State of
      Vermont  that it had approved a $4,041,000  manufacturers  investment  tax
      credit  pertaining to certain fixed assets purchased  between July 1, 1993
      and June 30, 1996,  which will expire in 2004.  During  fiscal  2000,  the
      Company  utilized  $185,000 of this  credit.  The  resulting  deferred tax
      asset,  which  is  substantially  offset  by  a  valuation  allowance,  is
      reflected in the above table net of the federal tax effect.

      During fiscal 2000, the deferred tax asset valuation allowance was reduced
      by $534,000,  based  primarily upon estimates of future taxable income and
      that  portion  which is expected to be  allocable  to Vermont on which the
      credit could be applied.  Although realization is not assured,  management
      believes  that the net deferred  tax asset  represents  management's  best
      estimate,  based upon the weight of available  evidence as  prescribed  in
      SFAS 109, of the amount which is more likely than not to be  realized.  If
      such evidence were to change,  based upon near-term  operating results and
      longer-term  projections,  the amount of the valuation  allowance recorded
      against the gross deferred tax asset may be decreased or increased.  Also,
      if certain  substantial  changes in the Company's  ownership should occur,
      there would be an annual  limitation  on the amount of loss  carryforwards
      which could be utilized, and restrictions on the utilization of investment
      tax credit carryforwards.

      A reconciliation for continuing  operations between the amount of reported
      income  tax  expense  and the  amount  computed  using  the  U.S.  Federal
      Statutory rate of 34% is as follows:

<TABLE>
                                               September 30,   September 25,   September 26,
                                                   2000            1999            1998
                                               -------------    ------------   -------------

      <S>                                      <C>             <C>             <C>
      Tax at U.S. Federal Statutory rate....   $   2,120,000   $   1,231,000   $     183,000
      Increase (decrease) in rates
      resulting from:
            Other nondeductible items.......          42,000          28,000          22,000
            State taxes, net of federa
                benefit.....................         447,000         217,000          42,000
            Deferred tax asset valuation
                allowance and other.........        (530,000)       (100,000)        (49,000)
                                               -------------   -------------   -------------

      Tax at effective rates................   $   2,079,000   $   1,376,000   $     198,000
                                               =============   =============    ============
</TABLE>


6.   Discontinued Operations

     During the third fiscal quarter of 1998, the Company  announced that it was
     discontinuing its  company-owned  retail store operations and estimated its
     loss on disposal at  $1,259,000  (net of a tax  benefit of  $834,000).  The
     pre-tax loss on disposal of  $2,093,000  in 1998  consisted of an estimated
     loss on disposal of the business of $1,692,000  and a provision of $401,000
     for  anticipated  losses  from May 29,  1998 (the  measurement  date) until
     disposal.  The loss on disposal  included  provisions  for estimated  lease
     termination  costs,  write-off  of leasehold  improvements  and other fixed
     assets,  severance  and  employee  benefits.  During the second  quarter of
     fiscal 1999, the Company revised its estimated pre-tax loss on disposal and
     reversed $300,000 ($186,000 net of tax) of the original estimate, primarily
     due to larger  than  expected  proceeds  from the sale of fixed  assets and
     lower lease  termination  costs.  During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2000,
     the Company  further  revised its  estimated  pre-tax  loss on disposal and
     reversed  $100,000  ($60,000 net of tax) of the original  estimate,  due to
     lower lease termination costs.

     The  assets  and  liabilities  of the  discontinued  retail  operations  at
     September  30, 2000 and  September  25, 1999 are reflected as a net current
     liability  in  the  accompanying   consolidated   balance  sheet.  The  net
     liabilities  of the  discontinued  operations in the September 30, 2000 and
     September 25, 1999 consolidated balance sheet are summarized as follows:

                                             September 30,    September 25,
                                                 2000             1999
                                             -------------    -------------

Fixed assets, net.........................   $      36,000    $      46,000
Deferred tax assets, net..................          80,000          128,000
Estimated accrued losses and other costs
 on disposal of discontinued operations...        (235,000)        (366,000)
                                             -------------    -------------
Net accrued losses and other costs of
 discontinued operations..................   $    (119,000)   $    (192,000)
                                             =============    =============


7.       Credit Facility

     The Company maintains a credit facility (the "Credit  Facility") with Fleet
     Bank -NH ("Fleet").  Borrowings are  collateralized by substantially all of
     the Company's assets.  During fiscal 1999, the Credit Facility provided for
     a $9,000,000  revolving  line of credit  maturing March 31, 2001 as well as
     term debt with a limit of $4,500,000  maturing  March 31, 2003. On April 7,
     2000,  the Company  consolidated  its credit  facilities  with  Fleet.  The
     amended  debt  agreement  provides  for  a  revolving  line  of  credit  of
     $15,000,000,  which  matures  on March  31,  2003 and is not  subject  to a
     borrowing  base  formula.  The  purpose of the new  facility is to fund the
     Company's  ordinary working capital  requirements,  planned  repurchases of
     shares of stock and other general corporate  purposes.  The Fleet term debt
     facility was  extinguished on April 7, 2000 using new borrowings  under the
     line of  credit.  The terms of the Credit  Facility  also  provide  for the
     maintenance of specified financial ratios and restrict certain transactions
     without  prior bank  approval.  The  Company was in  compliance  with these
     covenants at September 30, 2000.

     The  principal  amounts  outstanding  on the  revolving  line of  credit at
     September 30, 2000 and September 25, 1999 were  $8,500,000  and  3,056,000,
     respectively.  The  outstanding  balance on the term debt at September  25,
     1999 was $2,500,000.

     The interest paid on the credit facility  varies with the prime,  LIBOR and
     Bankers  Acceptance  rates,  plus a  margin  based on a  performance  price
     structure.  Interest  rates on  September  30, 2000 for each portion of the
     line of credit were as follows:  6.56% plus 135 basis points on $2,200,000;
     6.57% plus 110 basis points on  $2,500,000;  6.56% plus 110 basis points on
     $2,000,000; 6.53% plus 135 basis points on $1,000,000; 6.62% plus 150 basis
     points on $400,000; and the prime rate or 9.5% on $400,000.

     Interest on the Bankers  Acceptance  loans is paid in advance and amortized
     over the  duration of the loans.  Interest on LIBOR loans and the  variable
     portion  of the  Credit  Facility  accrues  daily and is paid  monthly,  in
     arrears.

     At September  25, 1999,  the interest  rate on  $2,500,000 of the principal
     amount  outstanding  on the  revolving  line of credit was at the one-month
     LIBOR  rate  plus 175  basis  points or 7.11%  while  the  interest  on the
     remaining  portion  (equal to $556,000) was at the prime rate or 8.25%.  At
     September 25, 1999, the interest rate on the $2,500,000 term debt was equal
     to LIBOR plus 200 basis points or 7.36%.

     On May 29, 1998,  the Company  entered into a standard  International  Swap
     Dealers  Association Inc.  interest rate swap agreement with Fleet National
     Bank to manage the interest rate risk associated with its Credit  Facility.
     The swap agreement had a notional  amount of $6,000,000 and maturity of May
     2001.  The  effect of the swap  agreement  was to limit the  interest  rate
     exposure to a fixed rate of 5.84% (versus the 30-day LIBOR rate). Under the
     agreement,  interest expense was calculated on a monthly basis. If interest
     expense as  calculated  was greater  based on the 30-day LIBOR rate,  Fleet
     National Bank paid the  difference to the Company;  if interest  expense as
     calculated  was  greater  based on the fixed  rate,  the  Company  paid the
     difference to Fleet National  Bank. For the year ended  September 25, 1999,
     the Company paid $43,000 in  additional  interest  expense  pursuant to the
     swap  agreement.  The fair value of the interest rate swap is the estimated
     amount that the Company  would receive or pay to terminate the agreement at
     the reporting  date. At September 25, 1999,  the Company  estimated that it
     would  have paid  $14,000  to  terminate  the  agreement.  During the first
     quarter of fiscal 2000,  the Company  received  $34,000 from Fleet National
     Bank  for the  termination  of its  interest  rate  swap  agreement  with a
     $6,000,000 nominal amount. This payment was netted against interest expense
     for the  fiscal  quarter.  Due to the  termination  of this  agreement,  at
     September 30, 2000,  the Company had $8,500,000 of debt subject to variable
     interest rates as described above.


8.       Long-term Debt

                                              September 30,   September 25,
                                                  2000            1999
                                              -------------   -------------

     Fleet line of credit (Note 7).........   $   8,500,000   $   3,056,000
     Fleet term debt (Note 7)..............               -       2,500,000
     Facility and equipment term loans.....           8,000         101,000
     Central Vermont Economic Development
        Coporation Debenture...............         307,000         382,000
     Vermont Economic Development Authority
        Promissory Note....................               -          42,000
     Service vehicle installment loans.....         103,000          10,000
                                              -------------   -------------
                                                  8,918,000       6,091,000
     Less current portion..................         135,000       1,127,000
                                              -------------   -------------
                                              $   8,783,000   $   4,964,000
                                              =============   =============


<PAGE>


      FACILITY AND EQUIPMENT TERM LOANS
      This loan is expiring on October 15, 2000 and bears an interest rate equal
      to the lesser of 25 basis points above  Fleet's  variable base rate or 275
      basis points  above the LIBOR rate for  maturities  of up to one year.  At
      September  30, 2000,  this loan had an  outstanding  balance of $8,000 and
      bore interest at 9.37%.

      CENTRAL VERMONT ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION DEBENTURE
      The debenture from the Central Vermont  Economic  Development  Corporation
      (CVEDC) is  guaranteed  by the U.S.  Small  Business  Administration.  The
      debenture  matures on January 1, 2004 and requires equal monthly principal
      and interest payments of approximately $8,500 and carries a fixed interest
      rate of 5.812%.  The debenture is secured by a secondary security interest
      in the related fixed assets and is guaranteed by the majority  stockholder
      of the Company.  Additional guarantees will be required of any stockholder
      obtaining more than 20% ownership of the Company.

      SERVICE VEHICLE INSTALLMENT LOANS
      The service vehicle installment loans represent several loans to financing
      institutions for the purchase of service vehicles.  At September 30, 2000,
      the notes bear interest at a rate of varying from 2.9% to 3.9% and require
      monthly  installments  of principal  and interest  totaling  approximately
      $3,700. Maturities vary from January to March 2003.

      MATURITIES
      Maturities  of long-term  debt for years  subsequent to September 30, 2000
      are as follows:
                   Fiscal Year
                   -----------
                      2001......................   $     135,000
                      2002......................         133,000
                      2003......................       8,616,000
                      2004......................          34,000
                      2005......................               -
                                                   -------------
                                                   $   8,918,000
                                                   =============


9.       Dutch Auction Self-Tender Offer and Open-Market Stock Repurchases

     On April 17, 2000, the Company commenced a Dutch Auction  self-tender offer
     for up to 300,000 shares of the Company's  Common Stock at a price range of
     $14.50 to $16 per share.  Effective May 22, 2000, the Company  accepted for
     purchase all 278,658 shares  tendered at a purchase price of $16 per share.
     The costs associated with this transaction totaled $64,000.

     In fiscal 2000, the Company also  repurchased  189,486 shares of its common
     stock in open-market transactions at a cost of $1,852,000, or an average of
     $9.77 per share. In fiscal 1999, the Company  repurchased 93,259 shares for
     $617,000, or an average of $6.62 per share.

     The stock  repurchases  were made  because  the  Company  deemed  its stock
     undervalued by the market at the time.

10.      Hedging

      The Company  uses  futures and options  contracts  to hedge the effects of
      fluctuations  in the price of green coffee  beans.  At September 30, 2000,
      the Company held call options  covering an aggregate of 562,500  pounds of
      green coffee beans which are  exercisable in fiscal 2001 at prices ranging
      from $1.20 to $1.50 per  pound.  In  addition,  the  Company  held a short
      position on put options  covering  187,500  pounds of green  coffee  beans
      which are  exercisable  in fiscal  2001 at a price of $1.00 per pound.  At
      September 25, 1999, the Company held call options covering an aggregate of
      863,000 pounds of green coffee beans which were exercisable in fiscal 2000
      at prices ranging from $1.80 to $2.00 per pound.  The fair market value of
      these options was approximately  $(33,000) at September 30, 2000. The fair
      market  value of the options  outstanding  at  September  25, 1999 was not
      material.  Additionally,  the Company had futures contracts outstanding of
      approximately  $743,000 at September  30,  2000.  The fair market value of
      these futures at September  30, 2000 was  $706,000.  The fair market value
      for  the  futures  and  options  was  obtained  from  a  major   financial
      institution  based on the market value of those  financial  instruments at
      September  30, 2000 and  September  25, 1999.  At  September  30, 2000 and
      September 25, 1999, $70,000 and $48,000, respectively, of deferred hedging
      losses were  included in the value of the  inventory  in the  accompanying
      consolidated balance sheet.

11.      Employee Compensation Plans

      STOCK OPTION PLANS
      Prior to the  establishment  on September 21, 1993 of the Company's  first
      employee  stock  option plan (the "1993  Plan"),  the  Company  granted to
      certain key management  employees  individual  non-qualified  stock option
      agreements to purchase shares of the Company's common stock. These options
      had a maximum  life of 10 years and vested  immediately.  On December  21,
      1999,  all options  outstanding  under these  individual  agreements  were
      amended to extend the expiration date of these options from April 15, 2003
      to April 15, 2008. At the time of this  amendment,  the exercise  price of
      the options  exceeded the fair market value of the stock,  and as such, no
      compensation  expense was  recognized.  At  September  30,  2000,  140,444
      options were outstanding under these individual agreements.

      The  1993  Plan   provides  for  the  granting  of  both   incentive   and
      non-qualified stock options,  with an aggregate number of 75,000 shares of
      common stock to be made available under the 1993 Plan.  Effective July 26,
      1996,  the total  number of shares of  authorized  common stock to be made
      available  under the 1993 Plan was increased to 275,000.  Grants under the
      1993 Plan expire 10 years after the grant date,  or earlier if  employment
      terminates.  At September  30, 2000 and  September  25, 1999,  options for
      41,768 shares and 43,611  shares of common stock were  available for grant
      under the plan, respectively.

      On May 20, 1999, the Company  registered on Form S-8 the 1999 Stock Option
      Plan (the "1999 Plan").  Under this plan,  250,000  shares of common stock
      are  available  for  grants  of both  incentive  and  non-qualified  stock
      options.  Grants under the 1999 Plan expire 10 years after the grant date,
      or earlier if employment  terminates.  At September 30, 2000 and September
      25, 1999,  options for 7,621 shares and 57,321 shares of common stock were
      available for grant under the plan, respectively.

      Under  both the 1993 Plan and the 1999  Plan,  the  option  price for each
      incentive  stock  option  shall not be less than the fair market value per
      share of common stock on the date of grant, with certain  provisions which
      increase  the option  price to 110% of the fair market value of the common
      stock if the grantee owns in excess of 10% of the  Company's  common stock
      at the date of grant. The option price for each non-qualified stock option
      shall not be less than 85% of the fair market value of the common stock at
      the date of grant.  Options  under the 1993 Plan and the 1999 Plan  become
      exercisable over periods determined by the Board of Directors.



      Option activity is summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
                                                                                 Weighted-
                                                                                  average
                                            Number of                             Exercise
                                             Shares        Option Price            Price
                                            ---------   ------------------       ---------


     <S>                                    <C>         <C>                      <C>
     Outstanding at September 27, 1997...     258,240   $   6.00  -  9.625       $    7.73
        Granted..........................     100,834       6.375 -  10.00            9.00
        Exercised........................           -                    -               -
        Canceled.........................      (9,261)       6.25 -   8.50            7.60
                                            ---------   ------------------       ---------

     Outstanding at September 26, 1998...     349,813        6.00 -  10.00            8.10
        Granted..........................     290,212       4.375 -  7.625            5.95
        Exercised........................     (32,300)      6.00  -   7.00            6.30
        Canceled.........................     (74,513)      4.375 -  10.00            7.14
                                            ---------   ------------------       ---------

     Outstanding at September 25, 1999...     533,212       4.375 -  10.00            7.18
        Granted..........................      61,300        7.00 - 17.938            9.88
        Exercised........................     (23,292)      4.375 -   8.50            7.25
        Canceled.........................      (9,757)      4.375 -  12.75            6.28
                                            ---------   ------------------       ---------
     Outstanding at September 30, 2000...     561,463   $   4.375 - 17.938       $    7.48
                                            ========

     Exercisable at September 30, 2000...     299,310   $   4.375 -  10.00       $    7.76
                                            =========
</TABLE>



                                 Options outstanding     Options exercisable
                                ---------------------  ------------------------
                                 Weighted
                                  average
                    Number       remaining   Weighted      Number      Weighted
                outstanding at  contractual  average   exercisable at  average
   Range of      September 30,     life      exercise  September 30,   exercise
exercise price      2000        (in years)    price        2000         price
- --------------  --------------  -----------  --------  --------------  --------
$  4.38 - 6.00         163,660       8       $   5.26          47,510  $   5.41
   6.25 - 7.00          64,005       8           6.82          21,703      6.65
   7.44 - 7.63          80,000       9           7.61          26,250      7.62
   8.02                140,444       8           8.02         140,444      8.02
   8.13 - 8.50          28,754       5           8.44          25,570      8.48
  9.13 - 10.00          65,600       7           9.84          37,833      9.96
 10.25 - 13.31           9,000      10          12.51               -         -
 15.69 - 17.94          10,000      10          16.81               -         -
                --------------                         --------------
                       561,463                                299,310
                ==============                         ==============


      EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
      On October 5, 1998,  the Company  registered on Form S-8 the 1998 Employee
      Stock  Purchase  Plan.  Under this plan,  eligible  employees may purchase
      shares of the Company's common stock, subject to certain  limitations,  at
      not  less  than  85  percent  of the  lower  of the  beginning  or  ending
      withholding  period fair market  value as defined in the plan.  A total of
      150,000  shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance  under the
      plan. There are two six-month withholding periods in each fiscal year.

      The Company has chosen to continue to account for stock-based compensation
      using the intrinsic value method prescribed by Accounting Principles Board
      Opinion No. 25 "Accounting  for Stock Issued to  Employees".  Accordingly,
      except  for two grants to outside  consultants  in fiscal  1999 and fiscal
      2000, no  compensation  expense has been  recognized  for its stock option
      awards and its stock  purchase  plan  because  the  exercise  price of the
      Company's  stock  options  equals  or  exceeds  the  market  price  of the
      underlying  stock on the date of the grant.  The  Company  has adopted the
      disclosure-only   provision of  Statement of Accounting  Standards No. 123
      "Accounting for Stock Based  Compensation" ("SFAS 123").  Had compensation
      cost for the  Company's  stock option  awards and the stock  purchase plan
      been determined  based on the fair value at the grant dates for the awards
      under those plans,  consistent  with the  provisions  of SFAS No. 123, the
      Company's  net income (loss) and net income (loss) per share for the years
      ended September 30, 2000, September 25, 1999, and September 26, 1998 would
      have decreased to the pro forma amounts indicated below:


                                    Fiscal 2000    Fiscal 1999    Fiscal 1998

Net income (loss):
                     As reported   $      4,213    $     2,433   $     (1,216)
                     Pro forma            3,812          2,160         (1,336)
Diluted net income
 (loss) per share:
                     As reported           1.21           0.69          (0.34)
                     Pro forma             1.09           0.61          (0.38)


      The fair  value of each  stock  option  under the 1993 and 1999  Plans are
      estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes  option-pricing
      model with the  following  assumptions:  an  expected  life of 6 years,  7
      years,  and 7 years in  fiscal  2000,  1999,  and 1998,  respectively;  an
      average  volatility of 59%, 70%, and 64% for fiscal 2000,  1999,  and 1998
      respectively;  no dividend yield; and a risk-free  interest rate of 6.32%,
      6.35%, and 4.56% for fiscal 2000, 1999, and 1998 grants, respectively. The
      weighted-average  fair values of options  granted  during 2000,  1999, and
      1998 are $6.05, $4.57, and $5.97, respectively.

      The fair value of the employees'  purchase  rights under the Purchase Plan
      was estimated using the Black-Scholes model with the following assumptions
      for fiscal  2000,  1999,  and 1998:  an expected  life of six months,  six
      months and one year respectively; expected volatility of 59%, 70%, and 64%
      respectively;  and a risk-free  interest rate of 6.04%,  5.33%; and 4.59%,
      respectively.  The weighted  average fair value of those  purchase  rights
      granted in fiscal 2000, fiscal 1999, and fiscal 1998 was $3.71, $2.31, and
      $1.98 respectively.


12.      Defined Contribution Plan

     The Company has a defined contribution plan which meets the requirements of
     section  401(k) of the Internal  Revenue Code. All employees of the Company
     with one year or more of service who are at least  twenty-one  years of age
     are eligible to participate in the plan. The plan allows employees to defer
     a portion of their  salary on a pre-tax  basis and the Company  contributes
     50% of amounts  contributed by employees up to 6% of their salary.  Company
     contributions to the plan amounted to $276,000,  $204,000, and $160,000 for
     the years ended  September 30, 2000,  September 25, 1999, and September 26,
     1998, respectively.


13.      Employee Stock Ownership Plan


     On  September  14, 2000,  the Board of  Directors of the Company  adopted a
     resolution  establishing  the Green  Mountain  Coffee Inc.  Employee  Stock
     Ownership Plan ("ESOP").  The ESOP is qualified  under sections  401(a) and
     4975(e)(7) of the Internal  Revenue Code. All employees of the Company with
     one year or more of service  who are at least  twenty-one  years of age are
     eligible to  participate  in the Plan, in accordance  with the terms of the
     Plan.  The Company  may, at its  discretion,  contribute  shares of Company
     stock or cash that is used to  purchase  shares of Company  stock.  Company
     contributions  are  credited to eligible  participants'  accounts  pro-rata
     based on their compensation.  Plan participants become vested in their Plan
     benefits ratably over five years from the date of hire of the employee. The
     Company  made a  contribution  of  $200,000 to the ESOP for the fiscal year
     ended on September  30, 2000.  No shares had been  purchased by the Plan at
     September 30, 2000.


14.      Loans to Officers

     During fiscal 2000 and fiscal 1999,  certain executive  officers  delivered
     promissory  notes to the Company in the  principal  amount of $430,000  and
     $650,000,  respectively.  Interest  accrued on the unpaid  principal at the
     prime rate as reported in the Wall Street  Journal and was payable upon the
     maturity of the note.  During fiscal 2000, the prime rate ranged from 8.25%
     to 9.50%.  During  fiscal 1999,  the prime rate ranged from 7.75% to 8.50%.
     The balance on loans to officers at September  25, 1999 was  $250,000.  All
     principal and accrued  interest  amounts were paid to the Company and there
     was no balance outstanding on September 30, 2000.

15.      Commitments, Lease Contingencies and Contingent Liabilities

      LEASES
      The Company leases office and retail space,  production,  distribution and
      service  facilities  and certain  equipment  under various  non-cancelable
      operating  leases,  with terms  ranging  from one to ten  years.  Property
      leases normally require payment of a minimum annual rental plus a pro-rata
      share of certain landlord operating expenses. Total rent expense under all
      operating  leases was  $1,616,000,  $1,628,000,  and  $1,599,000 in fiscal
      2000,  1999, and 1998,  respectively  (net of sublease income of $137,000,
      $196,000, and $67,000 in fiscal 2000, 1999, and 1998, respectively).

      Minimum  future lease  payments (net of committed  sublease  agreements of
      $135,000  for fiscal  2001,  $80,000 for fiscal  2002,  $53,000 for fiscal
      2003,  $54,000  for fiscal  2004,  $55,000  for fiscal  2005 and  $119,000
      thereafter) under non-cancelable  operating leases for years subsequent to
      September 30, 2000 are as follows:

      Fiscal Year                             Operating Leases
      -----------                             ----------------
          2001............................    $      1,425,000
          2002............................             932,000
          2003............................             696,000
          2004............................             571,000
          2005............................             514,000
          Thereafter......................             778,000
                                              ----------------
      Total minimum lease payments........    $      4,916,000
                                              ================

      In addition to the minimum  operating  future lease  payments in the table
      above,  on November 3, 2000,  the Company  entered  into a ten-year  lease
      commitment  for 10,000  square feet of warehouse  space with total minimum
      annual lease payments of $70,000.


16.      Earnings per share

     The following  table  illustrates the  reconciliation  of the numerator and
     denominator  of  basic  and  diluted  income  per  share  from   continuing
     operations  computations as required by SFAS No. 128 (dollars in thousands,
     except share and per share data):


<TABLE>
                                                                 Year ended
                                                ---------------------------------------------
                                                September 30,   September 25,   September 26,
                                                    2000            1999            1998
                                                -------------   -------------   -------------
     <S>                                        <C>             <C>             <C>
     Numerator - basic and diluted
     earnings per share:
     Net income from continuing
     operations..............................   $       4,153   $       2,247   $         340
                                                =============   =============   =============
     Denominator:
     Basic earnings per share - weighted
     average share outstanding...............       3,293,422       3,503,412       3,530,657
     Effect of dilutive securities - stock
     options.................................         196,200          43,743           8,574
                                                -------------   -------------   -------------
     Diluted earnings per share - weighted
     average shares outstanding..............       3,489,622       3,547,155       3,539,231
                                                =============   =============   =============

     Basic earnings per share................   $        1.26   $        0.64   $        0.10
     Diluted earnings per share..............   $        1.19   $        0.64   $        0.10
</TABLE>


     For the fiscal years ended  September  30, 2000,  September  25, 1999,  and
     September 26, 1998  anti-dilutive  options of 5,000,  345,967,  and 341,239
     respectively,  have been excluded from the  calculation  of EPS because the
     options'  exercise  price was greater  than the market  price of the common
     shares.

17.      Segment Reporting

     Business  conducted by the Company can be segmented into two distinct areas
     determined  by  the  distribution  channel.  The  direct  mail  segment  is
     comprised of all consumer-direct  sales and sales to small businesses which
     are   solicited   via   catalogs   and  the   Company's   online   store  -
     www.GreenMountainCoffee.com.  The  wholesale  segment is  comprised  of all
     sales to customers who resell Green Mountain  coffee either as coffee beans
     or  brewed  coffee  by  the  cup,  such  as  supermarkets,   office  coffee
     distributors,  convenience stores, restaurants, and others. Wholesale sales
     are generated through the Company's direct sales force and a limited number
     of distributors.

     Both  segments of the Company  sell similar  products,  although the entire
     Company product range is not fully  available to both segments,  and direct
     mail  customers do not have access to the same range of equipment  service,
     delivery and merchandising support as wholesale customers.

     Selling  and  operating  costs  directly  attributable  to the direct  mail
     segment are charged  accordingly  while all remaining  selling,  operating,
     general   and   administrative   expenses   (including   depreciation   and
     amortization)  are  charged  to  the  wholesale   segment.   The  Company's
     management does not review assets by segment.

     The  table  below  discloses  segment  net sales and  pre-tax  income  from
     continuing operations for fiscal 2000, 1999, and 1998 (in thousands):

                                    2000            1999            1998
                                ------------    ------------    ------------
                                   Net sales from continuing operations
     Reportable segments:
     Wholesale..............    $     79,855    $     61,418    $     52,710
     Direct mail............           4,146           3,463           3,115
                                ------------    ------------    ------------
     Total net sales........    $     84,001    $     64,881    $     55,825
                                ============    ============    ============

                                 Pre-tax income from continuing operations
     Reportable segments:
     Wholesale..............    $      6,316    $      4,084    $      1,255
     Direct mail............             451             265              38
                                ------------    ------------    ------------
     Operating income.......           6,767           4,349           1,293

     Reconciling items:
     Other income...........              48              10              66
     Interest expense.......            (583)           (736)           (821)
                                ------------    ------------    ------------
     Pre-tax income.........    $      6,232    $      3,623    $        538
                                ============    ============    ============

         International sales make up less than one percent of wholesale sales in
all periods presented.

18.      ChefExpress.net, Inc. Promissory Note

         On March 21, 2000, ChefExpress.net, Inc. delivered a promissory note to
         the  Company  in the  principal  amount of  $100,000  bearing an annual
         interest rate of 8%. In the fourth  quarter of fiscal 2000, The Company
         converted  this  loan  into an  equity  investment.  In  addition  to a
         minority  ownership  interest,  the  investment in the  ChefExpress.net
         venture  represents an  opportunity  for the Company to be  prominently
         featured  in  an  e-procurement   website  that  targets  to  chefs  in
         restaurants  and the  high-end  sector of the food service  channel.  A
         board member of Green Mountain  Coffee is the Chief  Executive  Officer
         and President of ChefExpress.net.

19.      Subsequent  Event - Stock Split (Unaudited)

         On December 4, 2000, the Company  announced that its Board of Directors
         had approved a two-for-one Common Stock split effected in the form of a
         100% Common Stock dividend. The record date of the dividend is December
         28, 2000,  and the payment  date is January 11, 2001.  The par value of
         the Common Stock remains unchanged at $0.10 per share. The tables below
         display the effect of the  two-for-one  stock split on a proforma basis
         on the Company's  stockholders' equity as of September 30, 2000 as well
         as on earnings per share (dollars in thousands):


                                              September 30,      Proforma
                                                  2000          (unaudited)
                                              -------------     -----------
Common Stock, $0.10 par value: authorized -
10,000,000 shares, issued 3,671,005 at
September 30, 2000, proforma 7,342,010.....   $         367     $       734
Additional paid-in capital.................          13,901          13,534
Retained earnings..........................           2,778           2,778
Treasury stock.............................          (7,029)         (7,029)
                                              -------------     -----------
Total stockholders' equity.................   $      10,017     $    10,017
                                              =============     ===========




                                        Fiscal 2000   Fiscal 1999   Fiscal 1998
                                        -----------   -----------   -----------

Basic net income (loss) per share
As reported..........................   $      1.28   $      0.69   $     (0.34)
Proforma (unaudited).................   $      0.64   $      0.35   $     (0.17)

Diluted net income (loss) per share
As reported..........................   $      1.21   $      0.69   $     (0.34)
Proforma (unaudited).................   $      0.60   $      0.34   $     (0.17)


<PAGE>



20.       Unaudited Quarterly Financial Data

         The following table presents the quarterly  information for fiscal 2000
         and fiscal 1999  (dollars in  thousands,  except per share  data).  All
         quarters  presented  are made of 12 weeks  except for the first  fiscal
         quarters of fiscal  2000 and fiscal 1999 which  comprise 16 weeks each,
         and the fourth fiscal quarter of fiscal 2000 which includes 13 weeks.


<TABLE>
                                                     Fiscal quarters ended
                                       ------------------------------------------------
                                       January 15,   April 8,     July 1,   September 30,
         Fiscal 2000                      2000         2000      2000         2000
         -----------                   -----------   ---------   ---------  -------------
<S>                                    <C>           <C>         <C>        <C>
Net sales...........................   $    24,742   $  18,259   $  19,668  $      21,332
Gross profit........................   $    10,046   $   7,269   $   7,759  $       8,462
Income from continuing operations...   $     1,300   $     615   $     802  $       1,436
Net income..........................   $     1,300   $     615   $     802  $       1,496
Earnings per share
     Basic..........................   $      0.38   $    0.18   $    0.25  $        0.49
     Diluted........................   $      0.37   $    0.17   $    0.23  $        0.45


                                       January 16,   April 10,    July 3,   September 25,
         Fiscal 1999                      1999         1999        1999         1999
         -----------                   -----------   ---------   ---------  -------------

Net sales...........................   $    20,068   $  14,452   $  14,973  $      15,388
Gross profit........................   $     7,528   $   5,560   $   6,152  $       6,380
Income from continuing operations...   $       541   $     358   $     515  $         833
Net income..........................   $       541   $     544   $     515  $         833
Earnings per share
     Basic..........................   $      0.15   $    0.16   $    0.15  $        0.24
     Diluted........................   $      0.15   $    0.15   $    0.14  $        0.23
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


                                       Report of Independent Accountants on
                                           Financial Statement Schedules



  To the Board of Directors of Green Mountain Coffee, Inc.:



  Our audits of the consolidated  financial statements referred to in our report
  dated  November 10, 2000 appearing in this Form 10-K also included an audit of
  the financial  statement  schedules listed in Item 14(a)(2) of this Form 10-K.
  In our opinion,  these financial  statement  schedules  present fairly, in all
  material respects,  the information set forth therein when read in conjunction
  with the related consolidated financial statements.



  /s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  Boston, Massachusetts
  November 10, 2000



<PAGE>


                 Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
                           for the fiscal years ended
         September 30, 2000, September 25, 1999, and September 26, 1998


<TABLE>
                                                                     Additions
                                                            ----------------------------
                                              Balance at    Charged to
                                             Beginning of   Costs and       Charged to                   Balance at
Description                                     Period       Expenses     Other Accounts   Deductions   End of Period
- -----------                                  ------------   ----------    --------------   ----------   -------------

<S>                                          <C>            <C>           <C>              <C>          <C>
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
   Fiscal 2000............................   $    190,000   $  361,000          -          $  231,000   $     320,000
   Fiscal 1999............................   $    378,000   $  241,000          -          $  429,000   $     190,000
   Fiscal 1998............................   $    116,000   $  577,000          -          $  315,000   $     378,000

Obsolete inventory valuation allowance:
   Fiscal 2000............................   $    136,000   $   77,000          -          $   86,000   $     127,000
   Fiscal 1999............................   $     75,000   $  151,000          -          $   90,000   $     136,000
   Fiscal 1998............................   $     10,000   $  101,000          -          $   36,000   $      75,000

Deferred tax asset valuation allowance:
   Fiscal 2000............................   $  2,355,000         -             -          $  534,000   $   1,821,000
   Fiscal 1999............................   $  2,355,000         -             -                   -   $   2,355,000
   Fiscal 1998............................   $  2,391,000         -             -          $   36,000   $   2,355,000
</TABLE>
</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.105
<SEQUENCE>2
<FILENAME>0002.txt
<DESCRIPTION>2000 STOCK OPTION PLAN
<TEXT>


                           GREEN MOUNTAIN COFFEE, INC.
                             2000 STOCK OPTION PLAN

         1.       Purpose of the Plan.

         The purpose of the Green Mountain  Coffee,  Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan
(the  "Plan") is to advance the  interests  of Green  Mountain  Coffee,  Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  by providing an opportunity for ownership
of the  stock  of the  Company  by  employees,  agents  and  directors  of,  and
consultants to, the Company and its subsidiaries, as defined below. By providing
an opportunity for such stock ownership, the Company seeks to attract and retain
such  qualified  personnel,  and otherwise to provide  additional  incentive for
optionees to promote the success of its business.

         2.       Stock Subject to the Plan.

                  (a) The total number of shares of the  authorized but unissued
or  Treasury  shares of the  common  stock,  $0.10 par value per  share,  of the
Company (the  "Common  Stock") for which  options may be granted  under the Plan
(the "Options")  shall be 400,000,  subject to adjustment as provided in Section
13 hereof.

                  (b) If an Option granted or assumed  hereunder shall expire or
terminate for any reason without having been exercised in full, the  unpurchased
shares  subject  thereto shall again be available for  subsequent  Option grants
under the Plan.

                  (c) Stock  issuable  upon exercise of an Option may be subject
to such  restrictions on transfer,  repurchase  rights or other  restrictions as
shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board").

         3.       Administration of the Plan.

         The Plan shall be  administered  by the  Board.  No member of the Board
shall act upon any matter  exclusively  affecting  any  Option  granted or to be
granted to himself or herself  under the Plan.  A majority of the members of the
Board shall  constitute  a quorum,  and any action may be taken by a majority of
those  present and voting at any  meeting.  The  decision of the Board as to all
questions of interpretation and application of the Plan shall be final,  binding
and  conclusive on all persons.  The Board,  in its sole  discretion,  may grant
Options to purchase shares of the Common Stock, and the Board shall issue shares
upon  exercise of such  Options as  provided  in the Plan.  The Board shall have
authority,  subject to the  express  provisions  of the Plan,  to  construe  the
respective Option agreements and the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules
and  regulations  relating to the Plan, to determine the terms and provisions of
the respective Option  agreements,  which may but need not be identical,  and to
make  all  other  determinations  in the  judgment  of the  Board  necessary  or
desirable for the  administration  of the Plan. The Board may correct any defect
or supply any  omission or  reconcile  any  inconsistency  in the Plan or in any
Option  agreement  in the manner and to the  extent it shall deem  expedient  to
implement the Plan and shall be the sole and final judge of such expediency.  No
director shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith. The
Board, in its discretion, may delegate its power, duties and responsibilities to
a committee,  consisting  of two or more  members of the Board,  all of whom are
"disinterested   persons"  (as  hereinafter  defined).  If  a  committee  is  so
appointed,  all  references  to the Board  herein  shall mean and relate to such
committee, unless the context otherwise requires.

         4.      Type of Options.

         Options  granted  pursuant to the Plan shall be authorized by action of
the Board and may be designated as either  incentive  stock options  meeting the
requirements  of Section 422 of the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended
(the  "Code"),  or  non-qualified  options  which are not  intended  to meet the
requirements  of such Section 422 of the Code, the designation to be in the sole
discretion of the Board. Options designated as incentive stock options that fail
to  continue  to meet the  requirements  of  Section  422 of the  Code  shall be
redesignated as non-qualified  options  automatically  without further action by
the Board on the date of such  failure to continue to meet the  requirements  of
Section 422 of the Code.

         5.       Eligibility.

         Options  designated  as incentive  stock  options may be granted to any
employees  of  the  Company  or  any  subsidiary   corporation   (herein  called
"subsidiary"  or  "subsidiaries"),  as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code and
the Treasury regulations  promulgated thereunder (the "Regulations").  Directors
who are not  otherwise  employees  of the Company or a  subsidiary  shall not be
eligible to be granted  incentive  stock options  pursuant to the Plan.  Options
designated  as  non-qualified  options  may be granted to (i)  officers  and key
employees  of  the  Company  or of  any of its  subsidiaries,  or  (ii)  agents,
directors of and consultants to the Company,  whether or not otherwise employees
of the Company.

         In  determining  the  eligibility  of an  individual  to be  granted an
Option,  as well as in  determining  the number of shares to be  optioned to any
individual,  the Board shall take into account the position and responsibilities
of the individual being  considered,  the nature and value to the Company or its
subsidiaries of his or her service and  accomplishments,  his or her present and
potential  contribution to the success of the Company or its  subsidiaries,  and
such other factors as the Board may deem relevant.

         6.       Restrictions on Incentive Stock Options.

         Incentive stock options (but not  non-qualified  options) granted under
this Plan shall be subject to the following restrictions:


<PAGE>


         (a)  Limitation on Number of Shares.  Ordinarily,  the  aggregate  fair
         market  value of the  shares  of Common  Stock  with  respect  to which
         incentive  stock  options  are granted  (determined  as of the date the
         incentive stock options are granted), exercisable for the first time by
         an individual during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000. If an
         incentive stock option is granted  pursuant to which the aggregate fair
         market  value  of  shares  with  respect  to  which  it  first  becomes
         exercisable in any calendar year by an individual exceeds such $100,000
         limitation,  the  portion  of such  option  which is in  excess  of the
         $100,000 limitation shall be treated as a non-qualified option pursuant
         to Section  422(d)(1) of the Code.  In the event that an  individual is
         eligible to  participate  in any other stock option plan of the Company
         or any  subsidiary of the Company which is also intended to comply with
         the  provisions of Section 422 of the Code,  such  $100,000  limitation
         shall apply to the aggregate number of shares for which incentive stock
         options may be granted under this Plan and all such other plans.

         (b) Ten Percent (10%) Shareholder. If any employee to whom an incentive
         stock option is granted  pursuant to the  provisions of this Plan is on
         the date of grant  the  owner of stock  (as  determined  under  Section
         424(d) of the  Code)  possessing  more  than 10% of the total  combined
         voting  power of all classes of stock of the Company or any  subsidiary
         of  the  Company,  then  the  following  special  provisions  shall  be
         applicable to the incentive stock options granted to such individual:

                                    (i) The  Option  price per share  subject to
                           such  incentive  stock options shall be not less than
                           110% of the fair market value of the stock determined
                           at the time such Option was granted.  In  determining
                           the fair market  value  under this  clause  (i),  the
                           provisions of Section 8 hereof shall apply.

                                    (ii) The incentive stock option by its terms
                           shall not be exercisable after the expiration of five
                           (5) years from the date such option is granted.

         7.       Option Agreement.

         Each Option shall be evidenced by an Option agreement (the "Agreement")
duly  executed on behalf of the Company and by the  optionee to whom such Option
is granted,  which  Agreement  shall comply with and be subject to the terms and
conditions of the Plan.  The Agreement may contain such other terms,  provisions
and conditions which are not inconsistent  with the Plan as may be determined by
the Board;  provided that Options  designated  as incentive  stock options shall
meet all of the conditions for incentive stock options as defined in Section 422
of the Code.  No Option  shall be granted  within the meaning of the Plan and no
purported  grant of any Option shall be effective until the Agreement shall have
been duly  executed  on behalf of the Company  and the  optionee.  More than one
Option may be granted to an individual.


<PAGE>


         8.       Option Price.

         (a) The  Option  price or  prices of  shares  of the  Common  Stock for
Options designated as non-qualified  stock options shall be as determined by the
Board as of the date of grant of such Option.

         (b) Subject to the  conditions  set forth in Section 6(b)  hereof,  the
Option price or prices of shares of the  Company's  Common  Stock for  incentive
stock  options  shall be at least the fair market  value of such Common Stock at
the time the Option is granted as determined by the Board in accordance with the
Regulations promulgated under Section 422 of the Code.

         (c) If such shares are then listed on any national securities exchange,
the fair market value shall be the last sales price on the largest such exchange
on the date of the grant of the  Option  or,  if none,  shall be  determined  by
taking a weighted  average of the means  between the  highest  and lowest  sales
prices on the nearest  date before and the nearest date after the date of grant.
If the shares are not then listed on any such exchange, the fair market value of
such  shares  shall  be the  last  sales  price  as  reported  in  the  National
Association of Securities Dealers Automated  Quotation System ("NASDAQ") for the
date of the grant of the Option,  or, if none,  shall be  determined by taking a
weighted average of the means between the highest and lowest sales prices on the
nearest date before and the nearest date after the date of grant.  If the shares
are not then either  listed on any such  exchange or quoted in NASDAQ,  the fair
market  value shall be the mean between the average of the "Bid" and "Ask" price
quotations on the National Daily Quotation  Service for the date of the grant of
the Option, or, if none, shall be determined by taking a weighted average of the
means between the highest and lowest sales prices on the nearest date before and
the nearest  date after the date of grant.  If the fair market  value  cannot be
determined under the preceding three  sentences,  it shall be determined in good
faith by the Board.

         9.       Manner of Payment: Manner of Exercise.

         (a) Options  granted  under the Plan may provide for the payment of the
exercise  price by delivery  of (i) cash or a check  payable to the order of the
Company in an amount equal to the exercise price of such Options, (ii) shares of
Common Stock owned by the optionee having a fair market value equal in amount to
the exercise price of the Options being  exercised,  or (iii) any combination of
(i) and (ii); provided,  however, that payment of the exercise price by delivery
of shares  of  Common  Stock  owned by such  optionee  may be made only upon the
condition  that  such  payment  does not  result  in a charge  to  earnings  for
financial  accounting purposes as determined by the Board, unless such condition
is waived by the Board.  The fair  market  value of any  shares of Common  Stock
which may be delivered  upon  exercise of an Option shall be  determined  by the
Board in accordance with Section 8 hereof.

         (b) To the extent that the right to purchase shares under an Option has
accrued  and is in effect,  Options may be  exercised  in full at one time or in
part  from time to time,  by  giving  written  notice,  signed by the  person or
persons exercising the Option, to the Company, stating the number of shares with
respect to which the Option is being  exercised,  accompanied by payment in full
for such shares as  provided  in  subparagraph  (a) above.  Upon such  exercise,
delivery of a certificate for paid-up non-assessable shares shall be made at the
principal  office of the Company to the person or persons  exercising the Option
at such time,  during ordinary  business  hours,  after thirty (30) days but not
more  than  ninety  (90)  days  from the date of  receipt  of the  notice by the
Company,  as shall be  designated  in such  notice,  or at such time,  place and
manner as may be agreed upon by the Company and the person or persons exercising
the Option.

         10.      Exercise of Options.

         Each Option granted under the Plan shall, subject to Section 11 (b) and
Section 13 hereof,  be  exercisable at such time or times and during such period
as shall be set  forth  in the  Agreement;  provided,  however,  that no  Option
granted  under the Plan  shall  have a term in excess of ten (10) years from the
date of grant.  To the extent that an Option to purchase shares is not exercised
by an optionee when it becomes  initially  exercisable,  it shall not expire but
shall be carried forward and shall be exercisable,  on a cumulative basis, until
the expiration of the exercise period.  No partial exercise may be made for less
than twenty five(25) full shares of Common Stock.

         11.      Term of Options: Exercisability.

         (a)      Term.
                  -----

                                    (i)  Each  Option  shall  expire  on a  date
                           determined  by the  Board  which is not more than ten
                           (10)  years  from the date of the  granting  thereof,
                           except  (a) as  otherwise  provided  pursuant  to the
                           provisions  of  Section  6(b)  hereof,  and  (b)  for
                           earlier termination as herein provided.

                                    (ii)  Except as  otherwise  provided in this
                           Section 11, an Option  granted to any optionee  whose
                           employment,   for   the   Company   or   any  of  its
                           subsidiaries,  is terminated,  shall terminate on the
                           earlier of ninety days after the date such optionee's
                           employment,  for the Company or any such  subsidiary,
                           is  terminated,  or (ii) the date on which the Option
                           expires by its terms.

                                    (iii) If the  employment  of an  optionee is
                           terminated by the Company or any of its  subsidiaries
                           for cause or because the optionee is in breach of any
                           employment  agreement,  such Option will terminate on
                           the date the  optionee's  employment is terminated by
                           the Company or any such subsidiary.
                                    (iv) If the  employment  of an  optionee  is
                           terminated by the Company or any of its  subsidiaries
                           because the optionee has become permanently  disabled
                           (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code),
                           such Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) one
                           year after the date such optionee's  employment,  for
                           the Company or any such subsidiary, is terminated, or
                           (ii) the  date on which  the  Option  expires  by its
                           terms.

                                    (v)  In  the  event  of  the  death  of  any
                           optionee,  any Option  granted to such optionee shall
                           terminate one year after the date of death, or on the
                           date  on  which  the  Option  expires  by its  terms,
                           whichever occurs first.

         (b)      Exercisability.
                  --------------

                                    (i)  Except  as  provided  below,  an Option
                           granted  to an  optionee  whose  employment,  for the
                           Company or any of its  subsidiaries,  is  terminated,
                           shall  be  exercisable  only to the  extent  that the
                           right  to  purchase  shares  under  such  Option  has
                           accrued and is in effect on the date such  optionee's
                           employment,  for the Company or any such  subsidiary,
                           is terminated.

                                    (ii) An Option  granted to an optionee whose
                           employment is terminated by the Company or any of its
                           subsidiaries because he or she has become permanently
                           disabled,  as  defined  above,  shall be  immediately
                           exercisable  as to the full number of shares  covered
                           by such Option,  whether or not under the  provisions
                           of  Section  10  hereof  such  Option  was  otherwise
                           exercisable as of the date of disability.

                                    (iii)  In  the  event  of  the  death  of an
                           optionee,  the Option granted to such optionee may be
                           exercised  as to the full  number of  shares  covered
                           thereby,  whether  or not  under  the  provisions  of
                           Section 10 hereof the  optionee was entitled to do so
                           at the  date of his or her  death,  by the  executor,
                           administrator  or  personal  representative  of  such
                           optionee,  or by any person or persons  who  acquired
                           the  right to  exercise  such  Option by  bequest  or
                           inheritance  or  by  reason  of  the  death  of  such
                           optionee.

         12.      Options Not Transferable.

         The right of any optionee to exercise any Option  granted to him or her
shall not be assignable or  transferable  by such optionee other than by will or
the laws of descent and  distribution,  and any such Option shall be exercisable
during the  lifetime of such  optionee  only by him or her.  Any Option  granted
under the Plan shall be null and void and without  effect upon the bankruptcy of
the optionee to whom the Option is granted, or upon any attempted  assignment or
transfer, except as herein provided, including without limitation, any purported
assignment,  whether voluntary or by operation of law, pledge,  hypothecation or
other disposition, attachment, trustee process or similar process, whether legal
or equitable, upon such Option.

         13.      Recapitalization, Reorganizations and the Like.

         In the  event  that the  outstanding  shares  of the  Common  Stock are
changed  into or  exchanged  for a  different  number or kind of shares or other
securities  of  the  Company  or  of  another   corporation  by  reason  of  any
reorganization, merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock
split-up,  combination  of  shares,  or  dividends  payable  in  capital  stock,
appropriate  adjustment  shall be made in the  number  and kind of  shares as to
which Options may be granted under the Plan and as to which outstanding  Options
or portions thereof then unexercised  shall be exercisable,  to the end that the
proportionate  interest  of the  optionee  shall be  maintained  as  before  the
occurrence of such event;  such adjustment in outstanding  Options shall be made
without change in the total price applicable to the unexercised  portion of such
Options and with a corresponding adjustment in the Option price per share.

         In  addition,  in the case of any (i)  sale or  conveyance  to  another
entity of all or substantially  all of the property and assets of the Company or
(ii) Change in Control (as hereinafter defined) of the Company, the purchaser(s)
of the  Company's  assets  or stock,  in his,  her or its sole  discretion,  may
deliver to the optionee the same kind of consideration  that is delivered to the
shareholders  of the Company as a result of such sale,  conveyance  or Change in
Control,  or the Board,  in its sole  discretion,  may  cancel  all  outstanding
Options in exchange for consideration in cash or in kind, which consideration in
both  cases  shall be equal in value to the  value of those  shares  of stock or
other  securities the optionee would have received had the Option been exercised
(whether or not then  exercisable) and had no disposition of the shares acquired
upon  such  exercise  been  made  prior to such  sale,  conveyance  or Change in
Control, less the Option price therefor. Upon receipt of such consideration, all
Options (whether or not then exercisable) shall immediately  terminate and be of
no  further  force or  effect.  The value of the stock or other  securities  the
optionee  would  have  received  if the  Option  had  been  exercised  shall  be
determined  in good  faith by the  Board,  and in the case of  shares  of Common
Stock, in accordance with the provisions of Section 8 hereof.

         Any  Options  that  are  not  yet  exercisable,   notwithstanding   any
limitations  in  this  Plan  or  in  the  Agreement  shall  become   immediately
exercisable  upon  such a sale,  conveyance  or  Change  in  Control.  Upon such
acceleration,  any Options or portion thereof originally designated as incentive
stock  options that no longer  qualify as incentive  stock options under Section
422 of the Code as a  result  of such  acceleration  shall  be  redesignated  as
non-qualified stock options.

         A "Change in Control"  shall be deemed to have  occurred if any person,
or any two or more persons acting as a group,  and all affiliates of such person
or persons,  who prior to such time owned less than fifty  percent  (50%) of the
then outstanding  Common Stock,  shall acquire such additional  shares of Common
Stock  in one or  more  transactions,  or  series  of  transactions,  such  that
following such transaction or transactions,  such person or group and affiliates
beneficially own fifty percent (50%) or more of the Common Stock outstanding.

         Upon  dissolution or liquidation  of the Company,  all Options  granted
under  this Plan  shall  terminate,  but each  optionee  (if at such time in the
employ of or otherwise associated with the Company or any of its subsidiaries as
a director, agent or consultant) shall have the right, immediately prior to such
dissolution  or  liquidation,  to exercise  his or her Option to the extent then
exercisable.

         If by reason  of a  corporate  merger,  consolidation,  acquisition  of
property or stock, separation,  reorganization,  or liquidation, the Board shall
authorize  the issuance or  assumption  of a stock option or stock  options in a
transaction to which Section 424(a) of the Code applies,  then,  notwithstanding
any other  provision of the Plan,  the Board may grant an option or options upon
such  terms  and  conditions  as it may  deem  appropriate  for the  purpose  of
assumption  of the old  Option,  or  substitution  of a new  option  for the old
Option, in conformity with the provisions of such Section 424(a) of the Code and
the Regulations  thereunder,  and any such option shall not reduce the number of
shares otherwise available for issuance under the Plan.

         No fraction of a share shall be  purchasable  or  deliverable  upon the
exercise of any Option, but in the event any adjustment  hereunder in the number
of shares covered by the Option shall cause such number to include a fraction of
a share,  such fraction shall be adjusted to the nearest smaller whole number of
shares.

         14.      No Special Employment Rights.

         Nothing  contained in the Plan or in any Option  granted under the Plan
shall confer upon any Option  holder any right with respect to the  continuation
of his or her  employment  by the Company or any  subsidiary or interfere in any
way with the right of the Company or any subsidiary, subject to the terms of any
separate  employment  agreement to the contrary,  at any time to terminate  such
employment or to increase or decrease the compensation of the Option holder from
the  rate in  existence  at the  time of the  grant  of an  Option.  Whether  an
authorized leave of absence, or absence in military or government service, shall
constitute  termination  of  employment  shall be determined by the Board at the
time of such occurrence.

         15.      Withholding.

         The  Company's  obligation  to deliver  shares upon the exercise of any
non-qualified  Option  granted  under the Plan  shall be  subject  to the Option
holder's  satisfaction  of all  applicable  Federal,  state and local income and
employment tax withholding  requirements.  The Company and optionee may agree to
withhold  shares of Common Stock purchased upon exercise of an Option to satisfy
the above-mentioned withholding requirements.


<PAGE>


         16.      Restrictions on Issuance of Shares.

         (a)  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9, the Company may delay
the issuance of shares  covered by the exercise of an Option and the delivery of
a  certificate  for such shares until one of the following  conditions  shall be
satisfied:

                                    (i) The  shares  with  respect to which such
                           Option  has  been  exercised  are at the  time of the
                           issue  of  such  shares  effectively   registered  or
                           qualified   under   applicable   Federal   and  state
                           securities acts now in force or as hereafter amended;
                           or

                                    (ii)  Counsel  for the  Company  shall  have
                           given  an  opinion,   which   opinion  shall  not  be
                           unreasonably   conditioned  or  withheld,  that  such
                           shares are exempt from registration and qualification
                           under  applicable  Federal and state  securities acts
                           now in force or as hereafter amended.

         (b) It is intended  that all  exercises of Options  shall be effective,
and the Company  shall use its best efforts to bring about  compliance  with the
above  conditions  within a reasonable  time,  except that the Company  shall be
under no obligation to qualify shares or to cause a registration  statement or a
post-effective  amendment to any  registration  statement to be prepared for the
purpose  of  covering  the issue of shares in respect of which any Option may be
exercised,  except as otherwise  agreed to by the Company in writing in its sole
discretion.

         17.      Purchase  for  Investment:  Rights  of  Holder  on  Subsequent
                  Registration.

         Unless and until the  shares to be issued  upon  exercise  of an Option
granted under the Plan have been  effectively  registered under the 1933 Act, as
now in force or hereafter  amended,  the Company shall be under no obligation to
issue any  shares  covered by any Option  unless the person who  exercises  such
Option, in whole or in part, shall give a written representation and undertaking
to the  Company  which is  satisfactory  in form and  scope to  counsel  for the
Company  and upon  which,  in the  opinion  of such  counsel,  the  Company  may
reasonably  rely, that he or she is acquiring the shares issued pursuant to such
exercise of the Option for his or her own account as an investment  and not with
a view to, or for sale in connection  with, the distribution of any such shares,
and that he or she will make no transfer of the same except in  compliance  with
any rules and  regulations  in force at the time of such transfer under the 1933
Act, or any other  applicable  law,  and that if shares are issued  without such
registration,  a legend to this effect may be endorsed  upon the  securities  so
issued.

         In the event that the Company shall, nevertheless, deem it necessary or
desirable to register under the 1933 Act or other applicable statutes any shares
with  respect to which an Option  shall have been  exercised,  or to qualify any
such shares for exemption from the 1933 Act or other applicable  statutes,  then
the  Company  may take such  action  and may  require  from each  optionee  such
information  in writing  for use in any  registration  statement,  supplementary
registration statement, prospectus,  preliminary prospectus or offering circular
as is reasonably necessary for such purpose and may require reasonable indemnity
to the Company  and its  officers  and  directors  from such holder  against all
losses, claims, damages and liabilities arising from such use of the information
so furnished and caused by any untrue  statement of any material fact therein or
caused by the omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary  to make the  statements  therein not  misleading  in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made.

         18.      Loans.

         At the  discretion  of the Board,  the Company may loan to the optionee
some or all of the purchase  price of the shares  acquired  upon  exercise of an
Option.

         19.      Modification of Outstanding Options.

         Subject to any applicable  limitations  contained herein, the Board may
authorize  the  amendment  of any  outstanding  Option  with the  consent of the
optionee  when and  subject to such  conditions  as are deemed to be in the best
interests of the Company and in accordance with the purposes of the Plan.

         20.    Approval of Stockholders.

         The Plan shall become  effective upon adoption by the Board;  provided,
however,  that the Plan shall be submitted for approval by the  stockholders  of
the Company no later than  twelve (12) months  after the date of adoption of the
Plan by the Board.  Should the  stockholders  of the Company fail to approve the
Plan within such twelve-month  period,  all Options granted  thereunder shall be
and become null and void.  Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in this
Plan, no option may be exercised until the stockholders have approved this Plan.

         21.      Termination and Amendment of Plan.

         Unless sooner  terminated as herein provided,  the Plan shall terminate
ten (10) years  from the date upon which the Plan was duly  adopted by the Board
of the  Company.  The  Board  may at any time  terminate  the Plan or make  such
modification or amendment thereof as it deems advisable;  provided, however, (i)
the Board may not,  without  the  approval  of the  stockholders  of the Company
obtained in the manner  stated in Section  20,  increase  the maximum  number of
shares for which Options may be granted or change the  designation  of the class
of  persons  eligible  to  receive  Options  under the  Plan,  and (ii) any such
modification  or  amendment  of the Plan shall be  approved by a majority of the
stockholders  of the  Company to the extent  that such  stockholder  approval is
necessary to comply with applicable  provisions of the Code,  rules  promulgated
pursuant to Section 16 of the Exchange Act,  applicable state law, or applicable
NASD or  exchange  listing  requirements.  Termination  or any  modification  or
amendment of the Plan shall not, without the consent of an optionee,  affect his
or her rights under an Option theretofore granted to him or her.

         22.    Limitation of Rights in the Option Shares.

         An optionee  shall not be deemed for any purpose to be a stockholder of
the Company  with  respect to any of the  Options  except to the extent that the
Option  shall have been  exercised  with respect  thereto  and, in  addition,  a
certificate shall have been issued theretofore and delivered to the optionee.

         23.    Notices.

         Any communication or notice required or permitted to be given under the
Plan  shall be in  writing,  and  mailed  by  registered  or  certified  mail or
delivered by hand,  if to the Company,  to the attention of the President at the
Company's  principal  place of business;  and, if to an optionee,  to his or her
address as it appears on the records of the Company.


</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.106
<SEQUENCE>3
<FILENAME>0003.txt
<DESCRIPTION>STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
<TEXT>


                           GREEN MOUNTAIN COFFEE, INC.
               STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT UNDER 2000 STOCK OPTION PLAN
                             INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION

                                 October 2, 2000


         AGREEMENT  entered into by and between Green Mountain  Coffee,  Inc., a
Delaware corporation with its principal place of business in Waterbury,  Vermont
(together with its subsidiaries, the "Company"), and the undersigned employee of
the Company (the "Optionee").

         The Company  desires to grant the  Optionee an  incentive  stock option
under the  Company's  2000 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the "Plan") to acquire
shares of the Company's Common Stock, par value $.10 per share (the "Shares").

         The Plan  provides  that each  option is to be  evidenced  by an option
agreement, setting forth the terms and conditions of the option.

         ACCORDINGLY,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and  of  the  mutual
covenants and agreements  contained herein,  the Company and the Optionee hereby
agree as follows:

         1.       Grant of Option.

         The Company  hereby  grants to the  Optionee  incentive  stock  options
(collectively, the "Option") to purchase all or any part of the number of Shares
shown at the end of this Agreement on the terms and conditions  hereinafter  set
forth.  This Option is intended to be treated as an incentive stock option under
Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

         2.       Purchase Price.

         The purchase  price  ("Purchase  Price") for the Shares  covered by the
Option  shall  be the  dollar  amount  per  Share  set  forth at the end of this
Agreement.

         3.       Time of Exercise of Option.

         This Option shall be first  exercisable as to 25% of the Shares on each
of the first four anniversary dates of this Agreement.

         To the extent  the  Option is not  exercised  by the  Optionee  when it
becomes exercisable, it shall not expire, but shall be carried forward and shall
be exercisable, on a cumulative basis, until the Expiration Date, as hereinafter
defined.

         4.       Term of Options; Exercisability.

         (a)      Term.

                  (i)      Each Option shall expire on the date shown at the end
                           of  this  Agreement  (the  "Expiration   Date"),   as
                           determined  by the Board of  Directors of the Company
                           (the "Board").

                  (ii)     Except as  otherwise  provided in this  Section 4, if
                           the   Optionee's   employment   by  the   Company  is
                           terminated,   the  Option  granted  to  the  Optionee
                           hereunder  shall  terminate  on the earlier of ninety
                           days after the date the Optionee's  employment by the
                           Company is terminated,  or (ii) the date on which the
                           Option expires by its terms.

                  (iii)    If the  Optionee's  employment  is  terminated by the
                           Company  for  cause or  because  the  Optionee  is in
                           breach of any employment agreement,  such Option will
                           terminate on the date the  Optionee's  employment  is
                           terminated by the Company.

                  (iv)     If the  Optionee's  employment  is  terminated by the
                           Company  because the Optionee has become  permanently
                           disabled  (within the meaning of Section  22(e)(3) of
                           the Code), such Option shall terminate on the earlier
                           of (i)  one  year  after  the  date  such  Optionee's
                           employment by the Company is terminated,  or (ii) the
                           date on which the option expires by its terms.

                  (v)      In the event of the death of the Optionee, the Option
                           granted  to  such  Optionee  shall  terminate  on the
                           earlier   of  (i)  one  year   after  the  date  such
                           optionee's  employment by the Company is  terminated;
                           or (ii) the date on which the  option  expires by its
                           terms.

         (b)      Exercisability.

                  (i)      Except  as   provided   below,   if  the   Optionee's
                           employment by the Company is  terminated,  the Option
                           granted   to  the   Optionee   hereunder   shall   be
                           exercisable  only to the  extent  that  the  right to
                           purchase  shares under such Option has accrued and is
                           in effect on the date the  Optionee's  employment  by
                           the Company is terminated.

                  (ii)     If the  Optionee's  employment  is  terminated by the
                           Company  because  he or she  has  become  permanently
                           disabled, as defined above, the option granted to the
                           Optionee  hereunder shall be immediately  exercisable
                           as to the  full  number  of  Shares  covered  by such
                           Option,  whether  or  not  under  the  provisions  of
                           Section   3  hereof   such   Option   was   otherwise
                           exercisable as of the date of disability.

                  (iii)    In the event of the death of the Optionee, the Option
                           granted to such Optionee may be exercised to the full
                           number  of Shares  covered  thereby,  whether  or not
                           under the provisions of Section 3 hereof the Optionee
                           was  entitled  to do so at  the  date  of  his or her
                           death,  by the  executor,  administrator  or personal
                           representative of such Optionee,  or by any person or
                           persons  who  acquired  the  right to  exercise  such
                           Option by bequest or  inheritance or by reason of the
                           death of such Optionee.

         5.       Manner of Exercise of Option.

         (a) To the extent that the right to exercise the Option has accrued and
is in effect,  the option may be exercised in full or in part by giving  written
notice to the Company stating the number of Shares  exercised and accompanied by
payment in full for such Shares.  No partial  exercise may be made for less than
twenty-five  (25) full shares of Common  Stock.  Payment may be either wholly in
cash or in whole or in part in Shares already owned by the person exercising the
Option,  valued  at fair  market  value  as of the date of  exercise;  provided,
however,  that payment of the exercise price by delivery of Shares already owned
by the person  exercising  the Option may be made only if such  payment does not
result in a charge to earnings for financial  accounting  purposes as determined
by the  Board.  Upon such  exercise,  delivery  of a  certificate  for  paid-up,
non-assessable  Shares shall be made at the  principal  office of the Company to
the person  exercising  the option,  not less than thirty (30) and not more than
ninety (90) days from the date of receipt of the notice by the Company.

         (b) The  Company  shall at all  times  during  the  term of the  Option
reserve  and keep  available  such  number of Shares  as will be  sufficient  to
satisfy the requirements of the Option.

         6.       Non-Transferability.

         The  right  of  the  Optionee  to  exercise  the  option  shall  not be
assignable or transferable by the Optionee otherwise than by will or the laws of
descent and distribution, and the Option may be exercised during the lifetime of
the  Optionee  only by him or her. The Option shall be null and void and without
effect upon the  bankruptcy of the Optionee or upon any attempted  assignment or
transfer,  except as  hereinabove  provided,  including  without  limitation any
purported  assignment,  whether  voluntary  or  by  operation  of  law,  pledge,
hypothecation or other disposition contrary to the provisions hereof, or levy of
execution,  attachment,  trustee  process or similar  process,  whether legal or
equitable, upon the Option.

         7.       Representation Letter and Investment Legend.

         (a) In the event  that for any  reason  the  Shares  to be issued  upon
exercise of the Option shall not be effectively  registered under the Securities
Act of 1933,  as amended (the "1933 Act"),  upon any date on which the option is
exercised  in whole or in part,  the person  exercising  the Option shall give a
written  representation  to the Company in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1
and the Company shall place an "investment legend",  so-called,  as described in
Exhibit  1,  upon any  certificate  for the  Shares  issued  by  reason  of such
exercise.

         (b) The Company shall be under no  obligation  to qualify  Shares or to
cause a registration statement or a post-effective amendment to any registration
statement to be prepared for the purposes of covering the issue of Shares.

         8.       Adjustments on Changes in Capitalization.

         Adjustments on changes in capitalization  and the like shall be made in
accordance with the Plan, as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

         9.       No Special Employment Rights.

         Nothing  contained in the Plan or this Agreement  shall be construed or
deemed by any person under any circumstances to bind the Company to continue the
employment  of the  Optionee  for the period  within  which  this  Option may be
exercised. However, during the period of the Optionee's employment, the Optionee
shall render  diligently  and  faithfully the services which are assigned to the
Optionee  from time to time by the  Board or by the  executive  officers  of the
Company and shall at no time take any action which directly or indirectly  would
be inconsistent with the best interests of the Company.

         10.      Rights as a Shareholder.

         The Optionee shall have no rights as a shareholder  with respect to any
Shares  which may be  purchased  by exercise  of this option  unless and until a
certificate  or  certificates  representing  such  Shares  are duly  issued  and
delivered to the Optionee.  Except as otherwise  expressly provided in the Plan,
no  adjustment  shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record
date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued.

         11.      Withholding Taxes.

         Whenever  Shares are to be issued  upon  exercise of this  Option,  the
Company  shall have the right to require the Optionee to remit to the Company an
amount  sufficient  to satisfy  all  Federal,  state and local  withholding  tax
requirements  prior to the delivery of any certificate or certificates  for such
Shares.  The  Company  may agree to  permit  the  Optionee  to  withhold  Shares
purchased   upon  exercise  of  this  Option  to  satisfy  the   above-mentioned
withholding requirement.

         IN  WITNESS  HEREOF,  the  Company  has  caused  this  Agreement  to be
executed,  and the Optionee has hereunto set his or her hand and seal, all as of
the day and year first above written.

GREEN MOUNTAIN COFFEE, INC.                  OPTIONEE

By:  /s/ Robert P. Stiller                   Robert D. Britt
     ---------------------                   ---------------
     Robert P. Stiller                       Optionee
     President
                                             10,000
                                             ----------------
                                             Number of Shares

                                             $18.875
                                             ------------------------
                                             Purchase Price Per Share

                                             October 2, 2010
                                             ---------------
                                             Expiration Date


</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.107
<SEQUENCE>4
<FILENAME>0004.txt
<DESCRIPTION>STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
<TEXT>

                           GREEN MOUNTAIN COFFEE, INC.
               STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT UNDER 2000 STOCK OPTION PLAN
                             INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION

                                October 2, 2000


         AGREEMENT  entered into by and between Green Mountain  Coffee,  Inc., a
Delaware corporation with its principal place of business in Waterbury,  Vermont
(together with its subsidiaries, the "Company"), and the undersigned employee of
the Company (the "Optionee").

         The Company  desires to grant the  Optionee an  incentive  stock option
under the  Company's  2000 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the "Plan") to acquire
shares of the Company's Common Stock, par value $.10 per share (the "Shares").

         The Plan  provides  that each  option is to be  evidenced  by an option
agreement, setting forth the terms and conditions of the option.

         ACCORDINGLY,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and  of  the  mutual
covenants and agreements  contained herein,  the Company and the Optionee hereby
agree as follows:

         1.       Grant of Option.

         The Company  hereby  grants to the  Optionee  incentive  stock  options
(collectively, the "Option") to purchase all or any part of the number of Shares
shown at the end of this Agreement on the terms and conditions  hereinafter  set
forth.  This Option is intended to be treated as an incentive stock option under
Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

         2.       Purchase Price.

         The purchase  price  ("Purchase  Price") for the Shares  covered by the
Option  shall  be the  dollar  amount  per  Share  set  forth at the end of this
Agreement.

         3.       Time of Exercise of Option.

         This Option shall be first  exercisable as to 25% of the Shares on each
of the first four anniversary dates of this Agreement.

         To the extent  the  Option is not  exercised  by the  Optionee  when it
becomes exercisable, it shall not expire, but shall be carried forward and shall
be exercisable, on a cumulative basis, until the Expiration Date, as hereinafter
defined.

         4.       Term of Options; Exercisability.

         (a)      Term.

                  (i)      Each Option shall expire on the date shown at the end
                           of  this  Agreement  (the  "Expiration   Date"),   as
                           determined  by the Board of  Directors of the Company
                           (the "Board").

                  (ii)     Except as  otherwise  provided in this  Section 4, if
                           the   Optionee's   employment   by  the   Company  is
                           terminated,   the  Option  granted  to  the  Optionee
                           hereunder  shall  terminate  on the earlier of ninety
                           days after the date the Optionee's  employment by the
                           Company is terminated,  or (ii) the date on which the
                           Option expires by its terms.

                  (iii)    If the  Optionee's  employment  is  terminated by the
                           Company  for  cause or  because  the  Optionee  is in
                           breach of any employment agreement,  such Option will
                           terminate on the date the  Optionee's  employment  is
                           terminated by the Company.

                  (iv)     If the  Optionee's  employment  is  terminated by the
                           Company  because the Optionee has become  permanently
                           disabled  (within the meaning of Section  22(e)(3) of
                           the Code), such Option shall terminate on the earlier
                           of (i)  one  year  after  the  date  such  Optionee's
                           employment by the Company is terminated,  or (ii) the
                           date on which the option expires by its terms.

                  (v)      In the event of the death of the Optionee, the Option
                           granted  to  such  Optionee  shall  terminate  on the
                           earlier   of  (i)  one  year   after  the  date  such
                           optionee's  employment by the Company is  terminated;
                           or (ii) the date on which the  option  expires by its
                           terms.

         (b)      Exercisability.

                  (i)      Except  as   provided   below,   if  the   Optionee's
                           employment by the Company is  terminated,  the Option
                           granted   to  the   Optionee   hereunder   shall   be
                           exercisable  only to the  extent  that  the  right to
                           purchase  shares under such Option has accrued and is
                           in effect on the date the  Optionee's  employment  by
                           the Company is terminated.

                  (ii)     If the  Optionee's  employment  is  terminated by the
                           Company  because  he or she  has  become  permanently
                           disabled, as defined above, the option granted to the
                           Optionee  hereunder shall be immediately  exercisable
                           as to the  full  number  of  Shares  covered  by such
                           Option,  whether  or  not  under  the  provisions  of
                           Section   3  hereof   such   Option   was   otherwise
                           exercisable as of the date of disability.

                  (iii)    In the event of the death of the Optionee, the Option
                           granted to such Optionee may be exercised to the full
                           number  of Shares  covered  thereby,  whether  or not
                           under the provisions of Section 3 hereof the Optionee
                           was  entitled  to do so at  the  date  of  his or her
                           death,  by the  executor,  administrator  or personal
                           representative of such Optionee,  or by any person or
                           persons  who  acquired  the  right to  exercise  such
                           Option by bequest or  inheritance or by reason of the
                           death of such Optionee.

         5.       Manner of Exercise of Option.

         (a) To the extent that the right to exercise the Option has accrued and
is in effect,  the option may be exercised in full or in part by giving  written
notice to the Company stating the number of Shares  exercised and accompanied by
payment in full for such Shares.  No partial  exercise may be made for less than
twenty-five  (25) full shares of Common  Stock.  Payment may be either wholly in
cash or in whole or in part in Shares already owned by the person exercising the
Option,  valued  at fair  market  value  as of the date of  exercise;  provided,
however,  that payment of the exercise price by delivery of Shares already owned
by the person  exercising  the Option may be made only if such  payment does not
result in a charge to earnings for financial  accounting  purposes as determined
by the  Board.  Upon such  exercise,  delivery  of a  certificate  for  paid-up,
non-assessable  Shares shall be made at the  principal  office of the Company to
the person  exercising  the option,  not less than thirty (30) and not more than
ninety (90) days from the date of receipt of the notice by the Company.

         (b) The  Company  shall at all  times  during  the  term of the  Option
reserve  and keep  available  such  number of Shares  as will be  sufficient  to
satisfy the requirements of the Option.

         6.       Non-Transferability.

         The  right  of  the  Optionee  to  exercise  the  option  shall  not be
assignable or transferable by the Optionee otherwise than by will or the laws of
descent and distribution, and the Option may be exercised during the lifetime of
the  Optionee  only by him or her. The Option shall be null and void and without
effect upon the  bankruptcy of the Optionee or upon any attempted  assignment or
transfer,  except as  hereinabove  provided,  including  without  limitation any
purported  assignment,  whether  voluntary  or  by  operation  of  law,  pledge,
hypothecation or other disposition contrary to the provisions hereof, or levy of
execution,  attachment,  trustee  process or similar  process,  whether legal or
equitable, upon the Option.

         7.       Representation Letter and Investment Legend.

         (a) In the event  that for any  reason  the  Shares  to be issued  upon
exercise of the Option shall not be effectively  registered under the Securities
Act of 1933,  as amended (the "1933 Act"),  upon any date on which the option is
exercised  in whole or in part,  the person  exercising  the Option shall give a
written  representation  to the Company in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1
and the Company shall place an "investment legend",  so-called,  as described in
Exhibit  1,  upon any  certificate  for the  Shares  issued  by  reason  of such
exercise.

         (b) The Company shall be under no  obligation  to qualify  Shares or to
cause a registration statement or a post-effective amendment to any registration
statement to be prepared for the purposes of covering the issue of Shares.

         8.       Adjustments on Changes in Capitalization.

         Adjustments on changes in capitalization  and the like shall be made in
accordance with the Plan, as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

         9.       No Special Employment Rights.

         Nothing  contained in the Plan or this Agreement  shall be construed or
deemed by any person under any circumstances to bind the Company to continue the
employment  of the  Optionee  for the period  within  which  this  Option may be
exercised. However, during the period of the Optionee's employment, the Optionee
shall render  diligently  and  faithfully the services which are assigned to the
Optionee  from time to time by the  Board or by the  executive  officers  of the
Company and shall at no time take any action which directly or indirectly  would
be inconsistent with the best interests of the Company.

         10.      Rights as a Shareholder.

         The Optionee shall have no rights as a shareholder  with respect to any
Shares  which may be  purchased  by exercise  of this option  unless and until a
certificate  or  certificates  representing  such  Shares  are duly  issued  and
delivered to the Optionee.  Except as otherwise  expressly provided in the Plan,
no  adjustment  shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record
date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued.

         11.      Withholding Taxes.

         Whenever  Shares are to be issued  upon  exercise of this  Option,  the
Company  shall have the right to require the Optionee to remit to the Company an
amount  sufficient  to satisfy  all  Federal,  state and local  withholding  tax
requirements  prior to the delivery of any certificate or certificates  for such
Shares.  The  Company  may agree to  permit  the  Optionee  to  withhold  Shares
purchased   upon  exercise  of  this  Option  to  satisfy  the   above-mentioned
withholding requirement.

         IN  WITNESS  HEREOF,  the  Company  has  caused  this  Agreement  to be
executed,  and the Optionee has hereunto set his or her hand and seal, all as of
the day and year first above written.

GREEN MOUNTAIN COFFEE, INC.                  OPTIONEE

By:   /s/ Robert P. Stiller                  Agnes Cook
     ----------------------                  ----------
     Robert P. Stiller                       Optionee
     President
                                             5,000
                                             ----------------
                                             Number of Shares

                                             $18.875
                                             ------------------------
                                             Purchase Price Per Share

                                             October 2, 2010
                                             ---------------
                                             Expiration Date


</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.108
<SEQUENCE>5
<FILENAME>0005.txt
<DESCRIPTION>STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
<TEXT>



                           GREEN MOUNTAIN COFFEE, INC.
               STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT UNDER 2000 STOCK OPTION PLAN
                             INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION

                                 October 2, 2000


         AGREEMENT  entered into by and between Green Mountain  Coffee,  Inc., a
Delaware corporation with its principal place of business in Waterbury,  Vermont
(together with its subsidiaries, the "Company"), and the undersigned employee of
the Company (the "Optionee").

         The Company  desires to grant the  Optionee an  incentive  stock option
under the  Company's  2000 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the "Plan") to acquire
shares of the Company's Common Stock, par value $.10 per share (the "Shares").

         The Plan  provides  that each  option is to be  evidenced  by an option
agreement, setting forth the terms and conditions of the option.

         ACCORDINGLY,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and  of  the  mutual
covenants and agreements  contained herein,  the Company and the Optionee hereby
agree as follows:

         1.       Grant of Option.

         The Company  hereby  grants to the  Optionee  incentive  stock  options
(collectively, the "Option") to purchase all or any part of the number of Shares
shown at the end of this Agreement on the terms and conditions  hereinafter  set
forth.  This Option is intended to be treated as an incentive stock option under
Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

         2.       Purchase Price.

         The purchase  price  ("Purchase  Price") for the Shares  covered by the
Option  shall  be the  dollar  amount  per  Share  set  forth at the end of this
Agreement.

         3.       Time of Exercise of Option.

         This Option shall be first  exercisable as to 25% of the Shares on each
of the first four anniversary dates of this Agreement.

         To the extent  the  Option is not  exercised  by the  Optionee  when it
becomes exercisable, it shall not expire, but shall be carried forward and shall
be exercisable, on a cumulative basis, until the Expiration Date, as hereinafter
defined.

         4.       Term of Options; Exercisability.

         (a)      Term.

                  (i)      Each Option shall expire on the date shown at the end
                           of  this  Agreement  (the  "Expiration   Date"),   as
                           determined  by the Board of  Directors of the Company
                           (the "Board").

                  (ii)     Except as  otherwise  provided in this  Section 4, if
                           the   Optionee's   employment   by  the   Company  is
                           terminated,   the  Option  granted  to  the  Optionee
                           hereunder  shall  terminate  on the earlier of ninety
                           days after the date the Optionee's  employment by the
                           Company is terminated,  or (ii) the date on which the
                           Option expires by its terms.

                  (iii)    If the  Optionee's  employment  is  terminated by the
                           Company  for  cause or  because  the  Optionee  is in
                           breach of any employment agreement,  such Option will
                           terminate on the date the  Optionee's  employment  is
                           terminated by the Company.

                  (iv)     If the  Optionee's  employment  is  terminated by the
                           Company  because the Optionee has become  permanently
                           disabled  (within the meaning of Section  22(e)(3) of
                           the Code), such Option shall terminate on the earlier
                           of (i)  one  year  after  the  date  such  Optionee's
                           employment by the Company is terminated,  or (ii) the
                           date on which the option expires by its terms.

                  (v)      In the event of the death of the Optionee, the Option
                           granted  to  such  Optionee  shall  terminate  on the
                           earlier   of  (i)  one  year   after  the  date  such
                           optionee's  employment by the Company is  terminated;
                           or (ii) the date on which the  option  expires by its
                           terms.

         (b)      Exercisability.

                  (i)      Except  as   provided   below,   if  the   Optionee's
                           employment by the Company is  terminated,  the Option
                           granted   to  the   Optionee   hereunder   shall   be
                           exercisable  only to the  extent  that  the  right to
                           purchase  shares under such Option has accrued and is
                           in effect on the date the  Optionee's  employment  by
                           the Company is terminated.

                  (ii)     If the  Optionee's  employment  is  terminated by the
                           Company  because  he or she  has  become  permanently
                           disabled, as defined above, the option granted to the
                           Optionee  hereunder shall be immediately  exercisable
                           as to the  full  number  of  Shares  covered  by such
                           Option,  whether  or  not  under  the  provisions  of
                           Section   3  hereof   such   Option   was   otherwise
                           exercisable as of the date of disability.

                  (iii)    In the event of the death of the Optionee, the Option
                           granted to such Optionee may be exercised to the full
                           number  of Shares  covered  thereby,  whether  or not
                           under the provisions of Section 3 hereof the Optionee
                           was  entitled  to do so at  the  date  of  his or her
                           death,  by the  executor,  administrator  or personal
                           representative of such Optionee,  or by any person or
                           persons  who  acquired  the  right to  exercise  such
                           Option by bequest or  inheritance or by reason of the
                           death of such Optionee.

         5.       Manner of Exercise of Option.

         (a) To the extent that the right to exercise the Option has accrued and
is in effect,  the option may be exercised in full or in part by giving  written
notice to the Company stating the number of Shares  exercised and accompanied by
payment in full for such Shares.  No partial  exercise may be made for less than
twenty-five  (25) full shares of Common  Stock.  Payment may be either wholly in
cash or in whole or in part in Shares already owned by the person exercising the
Option,  valued  at fair  market  value  as of the date of  exercise;  provided,
however,  that payment of the exercise price by delivery of Shares already owned
by the person  exercising  the Option may be made only if such  payment does not
result in a charge to earnings for financial  accounting  purposes as determined
by the  Board.  Upon such  exercise,  delivery  of a  certificate  for  paid-up,
non-assessable  Shares shall be made at the  principal  office of the Company to
the person  exercising  the option,  not less than thirty (30) and not more than
ninety (90) days from the date of receipt of the notice by the Company.

         (b) The  Company  shall at all  times  during  the  term of the  Option
reserve  and keep  available  such  number of Shares  as will be  sufficient  to
satisfy the requirements of the Option.

         6.       Non-Transferability.

         The  right  of  the  Optionee  to  exercise  the  option  shall  not be
assignable or transferable by the Optionee otherwise than by will or the laws of
descent and distribution, and the Option may be exercised during the lifetime of
the  Optionee  only by him or her. The Option shall be null and void and without
effect upon the  bankruptcy of the Optionee or upon any attempted  assignment or
transfer,  except as  hereinabove  provided,  including  without  limitation any
purported  assignment,  whether  voluntary  or  by  operation  of  law,  pledge,
hypothecation or other disposition contrary to the provisions hereof, or levy of
execution,  attachment,  trustee  process or similar  process,  whether legal or
equitable, upon the Option.

         7.       Representation Letter and Investment Legend.

         (a) In the event  that for any  reason  the  Shares  to be issued  upon
exercise of the Option shall not be effectively  registered under the Securities
Act of 1933,  as amended (the "1933 Act"),  upon any date on which the option is
exercised  in whole or in part,  the person  exercising  the Option shall give a
written  representation  to the Company in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1
and the Company shall place an "investment legend",  so-called,  as described in
Exhibit  1,  upon any  certificate  for the  Shares  issued  by  reason  of such
exercise.

         (b) The Company shall be under no  obligation  to qualify  Shares or to
cause a registration statement or a post-effective amendment to any registration
statement to be prepared for the purposes of covering the issue of Shares.

         8.       Adjustments on Changes in Capitalization.

         Adjustments on changes in capitalization  and the like shall be made in
accordance with the Plan, as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

         9.       No Special Employment Rights.

         Nothing  contained in the Plan or this Agreement  shall be construed or
deemed by any person under any circumstances to bind the Company to continue the
employment  of the  Optionee  for the period  within  which  this  Option may be
exercised. However, during the period of the Optionee's employment, the Optionee
shall render  diligently  and  faithfully the services which are assigned to the
Optionee  from time to time by the  Board or by the  executive  officers  of the
Company and shall at no time take any action which directly or indirectly  would
be inconsistent with the best interests of the Company.

         10.      Rights as a Shareholder.

         The Optionee shall have no rights as a shareholder  with respect to any
Shares  which may be  purchased  by exercise  of this option  unless and until a
certificate  or  certificates  representing  such  Shares  are duly  issued  and
delivered to the Optionee.  Except as otherwise  expressly provided in the Plan,
no  adjustment  shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record
date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued.

         11.      Withholding Taxes.

         Whenever  Shares are to be issued  upon  exercise of this  Option,  the
Company  shall have the right to require the Optionee to remit to the Company an
amount  sufficient  to satisfy  all  Federal,  state and local  withholding  tax
requirements  prior to the delivery of any certificate or certificates  for such
Shares.  The  Company  may agree to  permit  the  Optionee  to  withhold  Shares
purchased   upon  exercise  of  this  Option  to  satisfy  the   above-mentioned
withholding requirement.

         IN  WITNESS  HEREOF,  the  Company  has  caused  this  Agreement  to be
executed,  and the Optionee has hereunto set his or her hand and seal, all as of
the day and year first above written.

GREEN MOUNTAIN COFFEE, INC.                  OPTIONEE

By:   /s/ Robert P. Stiller                  Jonathan C. Wettstein
     ----------------------                  ---------------------
     Robert P. Stiller                       Optionee
     President
                                             10,000
                                             ----------------
                                             Number of Shares

                                             $18.875
                                             ------------------------
                                             Purchase Price Per Share

                                            October 2, 2010
                                            ---------------
                                             Expiration Date


</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.109
<SEQUENCE>6
<FILENAME>0006.txt
<DESCRIPTION>STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
<TEXT>


                           GREEN MOUNTAIN COFFEE, INC.
               STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT UNDER 2000 STOCK OPTION PLAN
                             INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION

                                 October 2, 2000


         AGREEMENT  entered into by and between Green Mountain  Coffee,  Inc., a
Delaware corporation with its principal place of business in Waterbury,  Vermont
(together with its subsidiaries, the "Company"), and the undersigned employee of
the Company (the "Optionee").

         The Company  desires to grant the  Optionee an  incentive  stock option
under the  Company's  2000 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the "Plan") to acquire
shares of the Company's Common Stock, par value $.10 per share (the "Shares").

         The Plan  provides  that each  option is to be  evidenced  by an option
agreement, setting forth the terms and conditions of the option.

         ACCORDINGLY,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and  of  the  mutual
covenants and agreements  contained herein,  the Company and the Optionee hereby
agree as follows:

         1.       Grant of Option.

         The Company  hereby  grants to the  Optionee  incentive  stock  options
(collectively, the "Option") to purchase all or any part of the number of Shares
shown at the end of this Agreement on the terms and conditions  hereinafter  set
forth.  This Option is intended to be treated as an incentive stock option under
Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

         2.       Purchase Price.

         The purchase  price  ("Purchase  Price") for the Shares  covered by the
Option  shall  be the  dollar  amount  per  Share  set  forth at the end of this
Agreement.

         3.       Time of Exercise of Option.

         This Option shall be first  exercisable as to 25% of the Shares on each
of the first four anniversary dates of this Agreement.

         To the extent  the  Option is not  exercised  by the  Optionee  when it
becomes exercisable, it shall not expire, but shall be carried forward and shall
be exercisable, on a cumulative basis, until the Expiration Date, as hereinafter
defined.

         4.       Term of Options; Exercisability.

         (a)      Term.

                  (i)      Each Option shall expire on the date shown at the end
                           of  this  Agreement  (the  "Expiration   Date"),   as
                           determined  by the Board of  Directors of the Company
                           (the "Board").

                  (ii)     Except as  otherwise  provided in this  Section 4, if
                           the   Optionee's   employment   by  the   Company  is
                           terminated,   the  Option  granted  to  the  Optionee
                           hereunder  shall  terminate  on the earlier of ninety
                           days after the date the Optionee's  employment by the
                           Company is terminated,  or (ii) the date on which the
                           Option expires by its terms.

                  (iii)    If the  Optionee's  employment  is  terminated by the
                           Company  for  cause or  because  the  Optionee  is in
                           breach of any employment agreement,  such Option will
                           terminate on the date the  Optionee's  employment  is
                           terminated by the Company.

                  (iv)     If the  Optionee's  employment  is  terminated by the
                           Company  because the Optionee has become  permanently
                           disabled  (within the meaning of Section  22(e)(3) of
                           the Code), such Option shall terminate on the earlier
                           of (i)  one  year  after  the  date  such  Optionee's
                           employment by the Company is terminated,  or (ii) the
                           date on which the option expires by its terms.

                  (v)      In the event of the death of the Optionee, the Option
                           granted  to  such  Optionee  shall  terminate  on the
                           earlier   of  (i)  one  year   after  the  date  such
                           optionee's  employment by the Company is  terminated;
                           or (ii) the date on which the  option  expires by its
                           terms.

         (b)      Exercisability.

                  (i)      Except  as   provided   below,   if  the   Optionee's
                           employment by the Company is  terminated,  the Option
                           granted   to  the   Optionee   hereunder   shall   be
                           exercisable  only to the  extent  that  the  right to
                           purchase  shares under such Option has accrued and is
                           in effect on the date the  Optionee's  employment  by
                           the Company is terminated.

                  (ii)     If the  Optionee's  employment  is  terminated by the
                           Company  because  he or she  has  become  permanently
                           disabled, as defined above, the option granted to the
                           Optionee  hereunder shall be immediately  exercisable
                           as to the  full  number  of  Shares  covered  by such
                           Option,  whether  or  not  under  the  provisions  of
                           Section   3  hereof   such   Option   was   otherwise
                           exercisable as of the date of disability.

                  (iii)    In the event of the death of the Optionee, the Option
                           granted to such Optionee may be exercised to the full
                           number  of Shares  covered  thereby,  whether  or not
                           under the provisions of Section 3 hereof the Optionee
                           was  entitled  to do so at  the  date  of  his or her
                           death,  by the  executor,  administrator  or personal
                           representative of such Optionee,  or by any person or
                           persons  who  acquired  the  right to  exercise  such
                           Option by bequest or  inheritance or by reason of the
                           death of such Optionee.

         5.       Manner of Exercise of Option.

         (a) To the extent that the right to exercise the Option has accrued and
is in effect,  the option may be exercised in full or in part by giving  written
notice to the Company stating the number of Shares  exercised and accompanied by
payment in full for such Shares.  No partial  exercise may be made for less than
twenty-five  (25) full shares of Common  Stock.  Payment may be either wholly in
cash or in whole or in part in Shares already owned by the person exercising the
Option,  valued  at fair  market  value  as of the date of  exercise;  provided,
however,  that payment of the exercise price by delivery of Shares already owned
by the person  exercising  the Option may be made only if such  payment does not
result in a charge to earnings for financial  accounting  purposes as determined
by the  Board.  Upon such  exercise,  delivery  of a  certificate  for  paid-up,
non-assessable  Shares shall be made at the  principal  office of the Company to
the person  exercising  the option,  not less than thirty (30) and not more than
ninety (90) days from the date of receipt of the notice by the Company.

         (b) The  Company  shall at all  times  during  the  term of the  Option
reserve  and keep  available  such  number of Shares  as will be  sufficient  to
satisfy the requirements of the Option.

         6.       Non-Transferability.

         The  right  of  the  Optionee  to  exercise  the  option  shall  not be
assignable or transferable by the Optionee otherwise than by will or the laws of
descent and distribution, and the Option may be exercised during the lifetime of
the  Optionee  only by him or her. The Option shall be null and void and without
effect upon the  bankruptcy of the Optionee or upon any attempted  assignment or
transfer,  except as  hereinabove  provided,  including  without  limitation any
purported  assignment,  whether  voluntary  or  by  operation  of  law,  pledge,
hypothecation or other disposition contrary to the provisions hereof, or levy of
execution,  attachment,  trustee  process or similar  process,  whether legal or
equitable, upon the Option.

         7.       Representation Letter and Investment Legend.

         (a) In the event  that for any  reason  the  Shares  to be issued  upon
exercise of the Option shall not be effectively  registered under the Securities
Act of 1933,  as amended (the "1933 Act"),  upon any date on which the option is
exercised  in whole or in part,  the person  exercising  the Option shall give a
written  representation  to the Company in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1
and the Company shall place an "investment legend",  so-called,  as described in
Exhibit  1,  upon any  certificate  for the  Shares  issued  by  reason  of such
exercise.

         (b) The Company shall be under no  obligation  to qualify  Shares or to
cause a registration statement or a post-effective amendment to any registration
statement to be prepared for the purposes of covering the issue of Shares.

         8.       Adjustments on Changes in Capitalization.

         Adjustments on changes in capitalization  and the like shall be made in
accordance with the Plan, as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

         9.       No Special Employment Rights.

         Nothing  contained in the Plan or this Agreement  shall be construed or
deemed by any person under any circumstances to bind the Company to continue the
employment  of the  Optionee  for the period  within  which  this  Option may be
exercised. However, during the period of the Optionee's employment, the Optionee
shall render  diligently  and  faithfully the services which are assigned to the
Optionee  from time to time by the  Board or by the  executive  officers  of the
Company and shall at no time take any action which directly or indirectly  would
be inconsistent with the best interests of the Company.

         10.      Rights as a Shareholder.

         The Optionee shall have no rights as a shareholder  with respect to any
Shares  which may be  purchased  by exercise  of this option  unless and until a
certificate  or  certificates  representing  such  Shares  are duly  issued  and
delivered to the Optionee.  Except as otherwise  expressly provided in the Plan,
no  adjustment  shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record
date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued.

         11.      Withholding Taxes.

         Whenever  Shares are to be issued  upon  exercise of this  Option,  the
Company  shall have the right to require the Optionee to remit to the Company an
amount  sufficient  to satisfy  all  Federal,  state and local  withholding  tax
requirements  prior to the delivery of any certificate or certificates  for such
Shares.  The  Company  may agree to  permit  the  Optionee  to  withhold  Shares
purchased   upon  exercise  of  this  Option  to  satisfy  the   above-mentioned
withholding requirement.

<PAGE>


         IN  WITNESS  HEREOF,  the  Company  has  caused  this  Agreement  to be
executed,  and the Optionee has hereunto set his or her hand and seal, all as of
the day and year first above written.

GREEN MOUNTAIN COFFEE, INC.                  OPTIONEE

By:  /s/ Robert P. Stiller                   Paul Comey
     ---------------------                   ----------
     Robert P. Stiller                       Optionee
     President
                                             5,000
                                             ----------------
                                             Number of Shares

                                             $18.875
                                             ------------------------
                                             Purchase Price Per Share

                                             October 2, 2010
                                             ---------------
                                             Expiration Date


</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.110
<SEQUENCE>7
<FILENAME>0007.txt
<DESCRIPTION>STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
<TEXT>



                           GREEN MOUNTAIN COFFEE, INC.
               STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT UNDER 2000 STOCK OPTION PLAN
                             INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION

                                 October 2, 2000


         AGREEMENT  entered into by and between Green Mountain  Coffee,  Inc., a
Delaware corporation with its principal place of business in Waterbury,  Vermont
(together with its subsidiaries, the "Company"), and the undersigned employee of
the Company (the "Optionee").

         The Company  desires to grant the  Optionee an  incentive  stock option
under the  Company's  2000 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the "Plan") to acquire
shares of the Company's Common Stock, par value $.10 per share (the "Shares").

         The Plan  provides  that each  option is to be  evidenced  by an option
agreement, setting forth the terms and conditions of the option.

         ACCORDINGLY,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and  of  the  mutual
covenants and agreements  contained herein,  the Company and the Optionee hereby
agree as follows:

         1.       Grant of Option.

         The Company  hereby  grants to the  Optionee  incentive  stock  options
(collectively, the "Option") to purchase all or any part of the number of Shares
shown at the end of this Agreement on the terms and conditions  hereinafter  set
forth.  This Option is intended to be treated as an incentive stock option under
Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

         2.       Purchase Price.

         The purchase  price  ("Purchase  Price") for the Shares  covered by the
Option  shall  be the  dollar  amount  per  Share  set  forth at the end of this
Agreement.

         3.       Time of Exercise of Option.

         This Option shall be first  exercisable as to 25% of the Shares on each
of the first four anniversary dates of this Agreement.

         To the extent  the  Option is not  exercised  by the  Optionee  when it
becomes exercisable, it shall not expire, but shall be carried forward and shall
be exercisable, on a cumulative basis, until the Expiration Date, as hereinafter
defined.

         4.       Term of Options; Exercisability.

         (a)      Term.

                  (i)      Each Option shall expire on the date shown at the end
                           of  this  Agreement  (the  "Expiration   Date"),   as
                           determined  by the Board of  Directors of the Company
                           (the "Board").

                  (ii)     Except as  otherwise  provided in this  Section 4, if
                           the   Optionee's   employment   by  the   Company  is
                           terminated,   the  Option  granted  to  the  Optionee
                           hereunder  shall  terminate  on the earlier of ninety
                           days after the date the Optionee's  employment by the
                           Company is terminated,  or (ii) the date on which the
                           Option expires by its terms.

                  (iii)    If the  Optionee's  employment  is  terminated by the
                           Company  for  cause or  because  the  Optionee  is in
                           breach of any employment agreement,  such Option will
                           terminate on the date the  Optionee's  employment  is
                           terminated by the Company.

                  (iv)     If the  Optionee's  employment  is  terminated by the
                           Company  because the Optionee has become  permanently
                           disabled  (within the meaning of Section  22(e)(3) of
                           the Code), such Option shall terminate on the earlier
                           of (i)  one  year  after  the  date  such  Optionee's
                           employment by the Company is terminated,  or (ii) the
                           date on which the option expires by its terms.

                  (v)      In the event of the death of the Optionee, the Option
                           granted  to  such  Optionee  shall  terminate  on the
                           earlier   of  (i)  one  year   after  the  date  such
                           optionee's  employment by the Company is  terminated;
                           or (ii) the date on which the  option  expires by its
                           terms.

         (b)      Exercisability.

                  (i)      Except  as   provided   below,   if  the   Optionee's
                           employment by the Company is  terminated,  the Option
                           granted   to  the   Optionee   hereunder   shall   be
                           exercisable  only to the  extent  that  the  right to
                           purchase  shares under such Option has accrued and is
                           in effect on the date the  Optionee's  employment  by
                           the Company is terminated.

                  (ii)     If the  Optionee's  employment  is  terminated by the
                           Company  because  he or she  has  become  permanently
                           disabled, as defined above, the option granted to the
                           Optionee  hereunder shall be immediately  exercisable
                           as to the  full  number  of  Shares  covered  by such
                           Option,  whether  or  not  under  the  provisions  of
                           Section   3  hereof   such   Option   was   otherwise
                           exercisable as of the date of disability.

                  (iii)    In the event of the death of the Optionee, the Option
                           granted to such Optionee may be exercised to the full
                           number  of Shares  covered  thereby,  whether  or not
                           under the provisions of Section 3 hereof the Optionee
                           was  entitled  to do so at  the  date  of  his or her
                           death,  by the  executor,  administrator  or personal
                           representative of such Optionee,  or by any person or
                           persons  who  acquired  the  right to  exercise  such
                           Option by bequest or  inheritance or by reason of the
                           death of such Optionee.

         5.       Manner of Exercise of Option.

         (a) To the extent that the right to exercise the Option has accrued and
is in effect,  the option may be exercised in full or in part by giving  written
notice to the Company stating the number of Shares  exercised and accompanied by
payment in full for such Shares.  No partial  exercise may be made for less than
twenty-five  (25) full shares of Common  Stock.  Payment may be either wholly in
cash or in whole or in part in Shares already owned by the person exercising the
Option,  valued  at fair  market  value  as of the date of  exercise;  provided,
however,  that payment of the exercise price by delivery of Shares already owned
by the person  exercising  the Option may be made only if such  payment does not
result in a charge to earnings for financial  accounting  purposes as determined
by the  Board.  Upon such  exercise,  delivery  of a  certificate  for  paid-up,
non-assessable  Shares shall be made at the  principal  office of the Company to
the person  exercising  the option,  not less than thirty (30) and not more than
ninety (90) days from the date of receipt of the notice by the Company.

         (b) The  Company  shall at all  times  during  the  term of the  Option
reserve  and keep  available  such  number of Shares  as will be  sufficient  to
satisfy the requirements of the Option.

         6.       Non-Transferability.

         The  right  of  the  Optionee  to  exercise  the  option  shall  not be
assignable or transferable by the Optionee otherwise than by will or the laws of
descent and distribution, and the Option may be exercised during the lifetime of
the  Optionee  only by him or her. The Option shall be null and void and without
effect upon the  bankruptcy of the Optionee or upon any attempted  assignment or
transfer,  except as  hereinabove  provided,  including  without  limitation any
purported  assignment,  whether  voluntary  or  by  operation  of  law,  pledge,
hypothecation or other disposition contrary to the provisions hereof, or levy of
execution,  attachment,  trustee  process or similar  process,  whether legal or
equitable, upon the Option.

         7.       Representation Letter and Investment Legend.

         (a) In the event  that for any  reason  the  Shares  to be issued  upon
exercise of the Option shall not be effectively  registered under the Securities
Act of 1933,  as amended (the "1933 Act"),  upon any date on which the option is
exercised  in whole or in part,  the person  exercising  the Option shall give a
written  representation  to the Company in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1
and the Company shall place an "investment legend",  so-called,  as described in
Exhibit  1,  upon any  certificate  for the  Shares  issued  by  reason  of such
exercise.

         (b) The Company shall be under no  obligation  to qualify  Shares or to
cause a registration statement or a post-effective amendment to any registration
statement to be prepared for the purposes of covering the issue of Shares.

         8.       Adjustments on Changes in Capitalization.

         Adjustments on changes in capitalization  and the like shall be made in
accordance with the Plan, as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

         9.       No Special Employment Rights.

         Nothing  contained in the Plan or this Agreement  shall be construed or
deemed by any person under any circumstances to bind the Company to continue the
employment  of the  Optionee  for the period  within  which  this  Option may be
exercised. However, during the period of the Optionee's employment, the Optionee
shall render  diligently  and  faithfully the services which are assigned to the
Optionee  from time to time by the  Board or by the  executive  officers  of the
Company and shall at no time take any action which directly or indirectly  would
be inconsistent with the best interests of the Company.

         10.      Rights as a Shareholder.

         The Optionee shall have no rights as a shareholder  with respect to any
Shares  which may be  purchased  by exercise  of this option  unless and until a
certificate  or  certificates  representing  such  Shares  are duly  issued  and
delivered to the Optionee.  Except as otherwise  expressly provided in the Plan,
no  adjustment  shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record
date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued.

         11.      Withholding Taxes.

         Whenever  Shares are to be issued  upon  exercise of this  Option,  the
Company  shall have the right to require the Optionee to remit to the Company an
amount  sufficient  to satisfy  all  Federal,  state and local  withholding  tax
requirements  prior to the delivery of any certificate or certificates  for such
Shares.  The  Company  may agree to  permit  the  Optionee  to  withhold  Shares
purchased   upon  exercise  of  this  Option  to  satisfy  the   above-mentioned
withholding requirement.


<PAGE>


         IN  WITNESS  HEREOF,  the  Company  has  caused  this  Agreement  to be
executed,  and the Optionee has hereunto set his or her hand and seal, all as of
the day and year first above written.

GREEN MOUNTAIN COFFEE, INC.                  OPTIONEE

By:  /s/ Robert P. Stiller                   James Prevo
     ---------------------                   -----------
     Robert P. Stiller                       Optionee
     President
                                             10,000
                                             ----------------
                                             Number of Shares

                                             $18.875
                                             ------------------------
                                             Purchase Price Per Share

                                             October 2, 2010
                                             ---------------
                                             Expiration Date


</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.111
<SEQUENCE>8
<FILENAME>0008.txt
<DESCRIPTION>STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
<TEXT>

                           GREEN MOUNTAIN COFFEE, INC.
               STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT UNDER 2000 STOCK OPTION PLAN
                             INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION

                                 October 2, 2000


         AGREEMENT  entered into by and between Green Mountain  Coffee,  Inc., a
Delaware corporation with its principal place of business in Waterbury,  Vermont
(together with its subsidiaries, the "Company"), and the undersigned employee of
the Company (the "Optionee").

         The Company  desires to grant the  Optionee an  incentive  stock option
under the  Company's  2000 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the "Plan") to acquire
shares of the Company's Common Stock, par value $.10 per share (the "Shares").

         The Plan  provides  that each  option is to be  evidenced  by an option
agreement, setting forth the terms and conditions of the option.

         ACCORDINGLY,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and  of  the  mutual
covenants and agreements  contained herein,  the Company and the Optionee hereby
agree as follows:

         1.       Grant of Option.

         The Company  hereby  grants to the  Optionee  incentive  stock  options
(collectively, the "Option") to purchase all or any part of the number of Shares
shown at the end of this Agreement on the terms and conditions  hereinafter  set
forth.  This Option is intended to be treated as an incentive stock option under
Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

         2.       Purchase Price.

         The purchase  price  ("Purchase  Price") for the Shares  covered by the
Option  shall  be the  dollar  amount  per  Share  set  forth at the end of this
Agreement.

         3.       Time of Exercise of Option.

         This Option shall be first  exercisable as to 25% of the Shares on each
of the first four anniversary dates of this Agreement.

         To the extent  the  Option is not  exercised  by the  Optionee  when it
becomes exercisable, it shall not expire, but shall be carried forward and shall
be exercisable, on a cumulative basis, until the Expiration Date, as hereinafter
defined.

         4.       Term of Options; Exercisability.

         (a)      Term.

                  (i)      Each Option shall expire on the date shown at the end
                           of  this  Agreement  (the  "Expiration   Date"),   as
                           determined  by the Board of  Directors of the Company
                           (the "Board").

                  (ii)     Except as  otherwise  provided in this  Section 4, if
                           the   Optionee's   employment   by  the   Company  is
                           terminated,   the  Option  granted  to  the  Optionee
                           hereunder  shall  terminate  on the earlier of ninety
                           days after the date the Optionee's  employment by the
                           Company is terminated,  or (ii) the date on which the
                           Option expires by its terms.

                  (iii)    If the  Optionee's  employment  is  terminated by the
                           Company  for  cause or  because  the  Optionee  is in
                           breach of any employment agreement,  such Option will
                           terminate on the date the  Optionee's  employment  is
                           terminated by the Company.

                  (iv)     If the  Optionee's  employment  is  terminated by the
                           Company  because the Optionee has become  permanently
                           disabled  (within the meaning of Section  22(e)(3) of
                           the Code), such Option shall terminate on the earlier
                           of (i)  one  year  after  the  date  such  Optionee's
                           employment by the Company is terminated,  or (ii) the
                           date on which the option expires by its terms.

                  (v)      In the event of the death of the Optionee, the Option
                           granted  to  such  Optionee  shall  terminate  on the
                           earlier   of  (i)  one  year   after  the  date  such
                           optionee's  employment by the Company is  terminated;
                           or (ii) the date on which the  option  expires by its
                           terms.

         (b)      Exercisability.

                  (i)      Except  as   provided   below,   if  the   Optionee's
                           employment by the Company is  terminated,  the Option
                           granted   to  the   Optionee   hereunder   shall   be
                           exercisable  only to the  extent  that  the  right to
                           purchase  shares under such Option has accrued and is
                           in effect on the date the  Optionee's  employment  by
                           the Company is terminated.

                  (ii)     If the  Optionee's  employment  is  terminated by the
                           Company  because  he or she  has  become  permanently
                           disabled, as defined above, the option granted to the
                           Optionee  hereunder shall be immediately  exercisable
                           as to the  full  number  of  Shares  covered  by such
                           Option,  whether  or  not  under  the  provisions  of
                           Section   3  hereof   such   Option   was   otherwise
                           exercisable as of the date of disability.

                  (iii)    In the event of the death of the Optionee, the Option
                           granted to such Optionee may be exercised to the full
                           number  of Shares  covered  thereby,  whether  or not
                           under the provisions of Section 3 hereof the Optionee
                           was  entitled  to do so at  the  date  of  his or her
                           death,  by the  executor,  administrator  or personal
                           representative of such Optionee,  or by any person or
                           persons  who  acquired  the  right to  exercise  such
                           Option by bequest or  inheritance or by reason of the
                           death of such Optionee.

         5.       Manner of Exercise of Option.

         (a) To the extent that the right to exercise the Option has accrued and
is in effect,  the option may be exercised in full or in part by giving  written
notice to the Company stating the number of Shares  exercised and accompanied by
payment in full for such Shares.  No partial  exercise may be made for less than
twenty-five  (25) full shares of Common  Stock.  Payment may be either wholly in
cash or in whole or in part in Shares already owned by the person exercising the
Option,  valued  at fair  market  value  as of the date of  exercise;  provided,
however,  that payment of the exercise price by delivery of Shares already owned
by the person  exercising  the Option may be made only if such  payment does not
result in a charge to earnings for financial  accounting  purposes as determined
by the  Board.  Upon such  exercise,  delivery  of a  certificate  for  paid-up,
non-assessable  Shares shall be made at the  principal  office of the Company to
the person  exercising  the option,  not less than thirty (30) and not more than
ninety (90) days from the date of receipt of the notice by the Company.

         (b) The  Company  shall at all  times  during  the  term of the  Option
reserve  and keep  available  such  number of Shares  as will be  sufficient  to
satisfy the requirements of the Option.

         6.       Non-Transferability.

         The  right  of  the  Optionee  to  exercise  the  option  shall  not be
assignable or transferable by the Optionee otherwise than by will or the laws of
descent and distribution, and the Option may be exercised during the lifetime of
the  Optionee  only by him or her. The Option shall be null and void and without
effect upon the  bankruptcy of the Optionee or upon any attempted  assignment or
transfer,  except as  hereinabove  provided,  including  without  limitation any
purported  assignment,  whether  voluntary  or  by  operation  of  law,  pledge,
hypothecation or other disposition contrary to the provisions hereof, or levy of
execution,  attachment,  trustee  process or similar  process,  whether legal or
equitable, upon the Option.

         7.       Representation Letter and Investment Legend.

         (a) In the event  that for any  reason  the  Shares  to be issued  upon
exercise of the Option shall not be effectively  registered under the Securities
Act of 1933,  as amended (the "1933 Act"),  upon any date on which the option is
exercised  in whole or in part,  the person  exercising  the Option shall give a
written  representation  to the Company in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1
and the Company shall place an "investment legend",  so-called,  as described in
Exhibit  1,  upon any  certificate  for the  Shares  issued  by  reason  of such
exercise.

         (b) The Company shall be under no  obligation  to qualify  Shares or to
cause a registration statement or a post-effective amendment to any registration
statement to be prepared for the purposes of covering the issue of Shares.

         8.       Adjustments on Changes in Capitalization.

         Adjustments on changes in capitalization  and the like shall be made in
accordance with the Plan, as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

         9.       No Special Employment Rights.

         Nothing  contained in the Plan or this Agreement  shall be construed or
deemed by any person under any circumstances to bind the Company to continue the
employment  of the  Optionee  for the period  within  which  this  Option may be
exercised. However, during the period of the Optionee's employment, the Optionee
shall render  diligently  and  faithfully the services which are assigned to the
Optionee  from time to time by the  Board or by the  executive  officers  of the
Company and shall at no time take any action which directly or indirectly  would
be inconsistent with the best interests of the Company.

         10.      Rights as a Shareholder.

         The Optionee shall have no rights as a shareholder  with respect to any
Shares  which may be  purchased  by exercise  of this option  unless and until a
certificate  or  certificates  representing  such  Shares  are duly  issued  and
delivered to the Optionee.  Except as otherwise  expressly provided in the Plan,
no  adjustment  shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record
date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued.

         11.      Withholding Taxes.

         Whenever  Shares are to be issued  upon  exercise of this  Option,  the
Company  shall have the right to require the Optionee to remit to the Company an
amount  sufficient  to satisfy  all  Federal,  state and local  withholding  tax
requirements  prior to the delivery of any certificate or certificates  for such
Shares.  The  Company  may agree to  permit  the  Optionee  to  withhold  Shares
purchased   upon  exercise  of  this  Option  to  satisfy  the   above-mentioned
withholding requirement.


<PAGE>


         IN  WITNESS  HEREOF,  the  Company  has  caused  this  Agreement  to be
executed,  and the Optionee has hereunto set his or her hand and seal, all as of
the day and year first above written.

GREEN MOUNTAIN COFFEE, INC.                  OPTIONEE

By:  /s/ Robert P. Stiller                   Stephen Sabol
     ---------------------                   -------------
     Robert P. Stiller                       Optionee
     President
                                             10,000
                                             ----------------
                                             Number of Shares

                                             $18.875
                                             ------------------------
                                             Purchase Price Per Share

                                             October 2, 2010
                                             ---------------
                                             Expiration Date


</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.112
<SEQUENCE>9
<FILENAME>0009.txt
<DESCRIPTION>STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
<TEXT>



                           GREEN MOUNTAIN COFFEE, INC.
               STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT UNDER 2000 STOCK OPTION PLAN
                             INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION

                                 October 2, 2000


         AGREEMENT  entered into by and between Green Mountain  Coffee,  Inc., a
Delaware corporation with its principal place of business in Waterbury,  Vermont
(together with its subsidiaries, the "Company"), and the undersigned employee of
the Company (the "Optionee").

         The Company  desires to grant the  Optionee an  incentive  stock option
under the  Company's  2000 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the "Plan") to acquire
shares of the Company's Common Stock, par value $.10 per share (the "Shares").

         The Plan  provides  that each  option is to be  evidenced  by an option
agreement, setting forth the terms and conditions of the option.

         ACCORDINGLY,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and  of  the  mutual
covenants and agreements  contained herein,  the Company and the Optionee hereby
agree as follows:

         1.       Grant of Option.

         The Company  hereby  grants to the  Optionee  incentive  stock  options
(collectively, the "Option") to purchase all or any part of the number of Shares
shown at the end of this Agreement on the terms and conditions  hereinafter  set
forth.  This Option is intended to be treated as an incentive stock option under
Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

         2.       Purchase Price.

         The purchase  price  ("Purchase  Price") for the Shares  covered by the
Option  shall  be the  dollar  amount  per  Share  set  forth at the end of this
Agreement.

         3.       Time of Exercise of Option.

         This Option shall be first  exercisable as to 25% of the Shares on each
of the first four anniversary dates of this Agreement.

         To the extent  the  Option is not  exercised  by the  Optionee  when it
becomes exercisable, it shall not expire, but shall be carried forward and shall
be exercisable, on a cumulative basis, until the Expiration Date, as hereinafter
defined.

         4.       Term of Options; Exercisability.

         (a)      Term.

                  (i)      Each Option shall expire on the date shown at the end
                           of  this  Agreement  (the  "Expiration   Date"),   as
                           determined  by the Board of  Directors of the Company
                           (the "Board").

                  (ii)     Except as  otherwise  provided in this  Section 4, if
                           the   Optionee's   employment   by  the   Company  is
                           terminated,   the  Option  granted  to  the  Optionee
                           hereunder  shall  terminate  on the earlier of ninety
                           days after the date the Optionee's  employment by the
                           Company is terminated,  or (ii) the date on which the
                           Option expires by its terms.

                  (iii)    If the  Optionee's  employment  is  terminated by the
                           Company  for  cause or  because  the  Optionee  is in
                           breach of any employment agreement,  such Option will
                           terminate on the date the  Optionee's  employment  is
                           terminated by the Company.

                  (iv)     If the  Optionee's  employment  is  terminated by the
                           Company  because the Optionee has become  permanently
                           disabled  (within the meaning of Section  22(e)(3) of
                           the Code), such Option shall terminate on the earlier
                           of (i)  one  year  after  the  date  such  Optionee's
                           employment by the Company is terminated,  or (ii) the
                           date on which the option expires by its terms.

                  (v)      In the event of the death of the Optionee, the Option
                           granted  to  such  Optionee  shall  terminate  on the
                           earlier   of  (i)  one  year   after  the  date  such
                           optionee's  employment by the Company is  terminated;
                           or (ii) the date on which the  option  expires by its
                           terms.

         (b)      Exercisability.

                  (i)      Except  as   provided   below,   if  the   Optionee's
                           employment by the Company is  terminated,  the Option
                           granted   to  the   Optionee   hereunder   shall   be
                           exercisable  only to the  extent  that  the  right to
                           purchase  shares under such Option has accrued and is
                           in effect on the date the  Optionee's  employment  by
                           the Company is terminated.

                  (ii)     If the  Optionee's  employment  is  terminated by the
                           Company  because  he or she  has  become  permanently
                           disabled, as defined above, the option granted to the
                           Optionee  hereunder shall be immediately  exercisable
                           as to the  full  number  of  Shares  covered  by such
                           Option,  whether  or  not  under  the  provisions  of
                           Section   3  hereof   such   Option   was   otherwise
                           exercisable as of the date of disability.

                  (iii)    In the event of the death of the Optionee, the Option
                           granted to such Optionee may be exercised to the full
                           number  of Shares  covered  thereby,  whether  or not
                           under the provisions of Section 3 hereof the Optionee
                           was  entitled  to do so at  the  date  of  his or her
                           death,  by the  executor,  administrator  or personal
                           representative of such Optionee,  or by any person or
                           persons  who  acquired  the  right to  exercise  such
                           Option by bequest or  inheritance or by reason of the
                           death of such Optionee.

         5.       Manner of Exercise of Option.

         (a) To the extent that the right to exercise the Option has accrued and
is in effect,  the option may be exercised in full or in part by giving  written
notice to the Company stating the number of Shares  exercised and accompanied by
payment in full for such Shares.  No partial  exercise may be made for less than
twenty-five  (25) full shares of Common  Stock.  Payment may be either wholly in
cash or in whole or in part in Shares already owned by the person exercising the
Option,  valued  at fair  market  value  as of the date of  exercise;  provided,
however,  that payment of the exercise price by delivery of Shares already owned
by the person  exercising  the Option may be made only if such  payment does not
result in a charge to earnings for financial  accounting  purposes as determined
by the  Board.  Upon such  exercise,  delivery  of a  certificate  for  paid-up,
non-assessable  Shares shall be made at the  principal  office of the Company to
the person  exercising  the option,  not less than thirty (30) and not more than
ninety (90) days from the date of receipt of the notice by the Company.

         (b) The  Company  shall at all  times  during  the  term of the  Option
reserve  and keep  available  such  number of Shares  as will be  sufficient  to
satisfy the requirements of the Option.

         6.       Non-Transferability.

         The  right  of  the  Optionee  to  exercise  the  option  shall  not be
assignable or transferable by the Optionee otherwise than by will or the laws of
descent and distribution, and the Option may be exercised during the lifetime of
the  Optionee  only by him or her. The Option shall be null and void and without
effect upon the  bankruptcy of the Optionee or upon any attempted  assignment or
transfer,  except as  hereinabove  provided,  including  without  limitation any
purported  assignment,  whether  voluntary  or  by  operation  of  law,  pledge,
hypothecation or other disposition contrary to the provisions hereof, or levy of
execution,  attachment,  trustee  process or similar  process,  whether legal or
equitable, upon the Option.

         7.       Representation Letter and Investment Legend.

         (a) In the event  that for any  reason  the  Shares  to be issued  upon
exercise of the Option shall not be effectively  registered under the Securities
Act of 1933,  as amended (the "1933 Act"),  upon any date on which the option is
exercised  in whole or in part,  the person  exercising  the Option shall give a
written  representation  to the Company in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1
and the Company shall place an "investment legend",  so-called,  as described in
Exhibit  1,  upon any  certificate  for the  Shares  issued  by  reason  of such
exercise.

         (b) The Company shall be under no  obligation  to qualify  Shares or to
cause a registration statement or a post-effective amendment to any registration
statement to be prepared for the purposes of covering the issue of Shares.

         8.       Adjustments on Changes in Capitalization.

         Adjustments on changes in capitalization  and the like shall be made in
accordance with the Plan, as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

         9.       No Special Employment Rights.

         Nothing  contained in the Plan or this Agreement  shall be construed or
deemed by any person under any circumstances to bind the Company to continue the
employment  of the  Optionee  for the period  within  which  this  Option may be
exercised. However, during the period of the Optionee's employment, the Optionee
shall render  diligently  and  faithfully the services which are assigned to the
Optionee  from time to time by the  Board or by the  executive  officers  of the
Company and shall at no time take any action which directly or indirectly  would
be inconsistent with the best interests of the Company.

         10.      Rights as a Shareholder.

         The Optionee shall have no rights as a shareholder  with respect to any
Shares  which may be  purchased  by exercise  of this option  unless and until a
certificate  or  certificates  representing  such  Shares  are duly  issued  and
delivered to the Optionee.  Except as otherwise  expressly provided in the Plan,
no  adjustment  shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record
date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued.

         11.      Withholding Taxes.

         Whenever  Shares are to be issued  upon  exercise of this  Option,  the
Company  shall have the right to require the Optionee to remit to the Company an
amount  sufficient  to satisfy  all  Federal,  state and local  withholding  tax
requirements  prior to the delivery of any certificate or certificates  for such
Shares.  The  Company  may agree to  permit  the  Optionee  to  withhold  Shares
purchased   upon  exercise  of  this  Option  to  satisfy  the   above-mentioned
withholding requirement.


<PAGE>


         IN  WITNESS  HEREOF,  the  Company  has  caused  this  Agreement  to be
executed,  and the Optionee has hereunto set his or her hand and seal, all as of
the day and year first above written.

GREEN MOUNTAIN COFFEE, INC.                  OPTIONEE

By:  /s/ Robert P. Stiller                   Kevin McBride
     ---------------------                   -------------
     Robert P. Stiller                       Optionee
     President
                                             5,000
                                             ----------------
                                             Number of Shares

                                             $18.875
                                             ------------------------
                                             Purchase Price Per Share

                                             October 2, 2010
                                             ---------------
                                             Expiration Date


</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.113
<SEQUENCE>10
<FILENAME>0010.txt
<DESCRIPTION>STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
<TEXT>


                           Green Mountain Coffee, INC.
                          EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                           PAGE
                                                                           ----
SECTION 1..................................................................   1
         Background of Plan................................................   1
                  1.1      History and Purpose.............................   1
                  1.2      Effective Date; Plan Year.......................   1
                  1.3      Trustee; Trust Agreement........................   1
                  1.4      Plan Administration.............................   2
                  1.5      Employers.......................................   2
                  1.6      Predecessor Plans...............................   2
                  1.7      Plan Supplements................................   3

SECTION 2..................................................................   4
         Eligibility and Participation.....................................   4
                  2.1      Eligibility to Participate......................   4
                  2.2      Participation Not Guarantee of Employment.......   5
                  2.3      Leased Employees................................   5
                  2.4      Military Service................................   5
                  2.5      Omission of Eligible Employee...................   6
                  2.6      Inclusion of Ineligible Employee................   6

SECTION 3..................................................................   7
         Service and Compensation..........................................   7
                  3.1      Years of Service................................   7
                  3.2      Hour of Service.................................   8
                  3.3      One Year Break in Service.......................   9
                  3.4      Compensation....................................   9

SECTION 4..................................................................   1
         Employer Contributions............................................   1
                  4.1      Employer Contributions..........................   1
                  4.2      Due Date for Employer Contributions.............   1
                  4.3      Payment of Acquisition Loans; Employer
                           Loan Contributions..............................  11
                  4.4      Individual Employer's Share of Employer
                           Contributions; Limitations on Employers'
                           Contributions...................................  12

SECTION 5..................................................................  13
         Company Stock; Acquisition Loans..................................  13
                  5.1      Company Stock...................................  13
                  5.2      Acquisition Loans...............................  13

SECTION 6..................................................................  14
         Investment of Employer Contributions..............................  14
                  6.1      ESOP Stock Account Investments in Company Stock.  14
                  6.2      Diversification of Investments in Company Stock.  14

SECTION 7..................................................................  16
         Accounting........................................................  16
                  7.1      Participants' Accounts..........................  16
                  7.2      Unreleased Share Account........................  16
                  7.3      Accounting Dates; Special Accounting Dates;
                           Accounting Period...............................  17
                  7.4      Transfer of Shares From Unreleased Share
                           Account to Participants' ESOP Stock Accounts....  17
                  7.5      Adjustment of Participants' Accounts............  18
                  7.6      Dividends on Company Stock......................  19
                  7.7      Investment of Cash in Trust.....................  21
                  7.8      Fair Market Value of Company Stock..............  21
                  7.9      Stock Dividends, Stock Splits and Capital
                           Reorganizations Affecting ESOP Shares...........  21
                  7.10     ESOP Share Records..............................  22
                  7.11     Statement of Accounts...........................  22
                  7.12     Multiple Acquisition Loans......................  22
                  7.13     Allocation of Proceeds from Sale or Liquidation.  22

SECTION 8..................................................................  24
         Contribution and Benefit Limitations..............................  24
                  8.1      Contribution Limitations........................  24
                  8.2      Combining of Plans..............................  25
                  8.3      Highly Compensated Participant..................  25

SECTION 9..................................................................  27
         Period of Participation...........................................  27
                  9.1      Settlement Date.................................  27
                  9.2      Restricted Participation........................  28

SECTION 10.................................................................  29
         Vesting in Benefits; Forfeitures; Reinstatements..................  29
                  10.1     Fully Vested Benefits...........................  29
                  10.2     Partially Vested Benefits.......................  29
                  10.3     Forfeiture Accounts and Forfeitures.............  30
                  10.4     Reinstatement...................................  30

SECTION 11.................................................................  31
         Distributions Following Settlement Date...........................  31
                  11.1     Manner of Distribution..........................  31
                  11.2     Determination of Account Balances...............  31
                  11.3     Reinvestment of ESOP Stock Account..............  32
                  11.4     Timing of Distributions.........................  32
                  11.5     Direct Rollovers................................  34
                  11.6     Immediate Distributions to Alternate Payees.....  36
                  11.7     Designation of Beneficiary......................  36
                  11.8     Missing Participants or Beneficiaries...........  38
                  11.9     Facility of Payment.............................  39
                  11.10    In-Service Withdrawal...........................  39

SECTION 12.................................................................  40
         Rights, Restrictions, and Options on Company Stock................  40
                  12.1     Right of First Refusal..........................  40
                  12.2     Put Option......................................  41
                  12.3     Share Legend....................................  42
                  12.4     Nonterminable Rights............................  42

SECTION 13.................................................................  43
         Voting and Tendering of Company Stock.............................  43

SECTION 14.................................................................  45
         General Provisions................................................  45
                  14.1     Interests Not Transferable......................  45
                  14.2     Absence of Guaranty.............................  45
                  14.3     Employment Rights...............................  45
                  14.4     Litigation by Participants or other Persons.....  45
                  14.5     Evidence........................................  46
                  14.6     Waiver of Notice................................  46
                  14.7     Controlling Law.................................  46
                  14.8     Statutory References............................  46
                  14.9     Severability....................................  46
                  14.10    Additional Employers............................  46
                  14.11    Action By Employers.............................  47
                  14.12    Gender and Number...............................  47
                  14.13    Examination of Documents........................  47
                  14.14    Fiduciary Responsibilities......................  47
                  14.15    Indemnification.................................  47
                  14.16    Automated Voice Response Systems, Computer
                           Systems.........................................  48

SECTION 15.................................................................  49
         Restrictions as to Reversion of Trust Assets to the Employers.....  49

SECTION 16.................................................................  51
         Amendment and Termination.........................................  51
                  16.1     Amendment.......................................  51
                  16.2     Termination.....................................  51
                  16.3     Nonforfeitability and Distribution on
                           Termination.....................................  52
                  16.4     Notice of Termination...........................  52
                  16.5     Plan Merger, Consolidation, Etc.................  53

SECTION 17.................................................................  54
         Administration....................................................  54
                  17.1     The Administrator...............................  54
                  17.2     The Administrator's General Powers,
                           Rights, and Duties..............................  54
                  17.3     Interested Administrator Member.................  56
                  17.4     Administrator Expenses..........................  56
                  17.5     Uniform Rules...................................  56
                  17.6     Information Required by the Administrator.......  56
                  17.7     Review of Benefit Determinations................  56
                  17.8     Administrator's Decision Final..................  57
                  17.9     Denial Procedure and Appeal Process.............  57
                  17.10    Powers and Responsibilities of the Company......  58

SECTION 18.................................................................  59
         Special Rules Applicable When Plan is Top-Heavy...................  59
                  18.1     Purpose and Effect..............................  59
                  18.2     Top-Heavy Plan..................................  59
                  18.3     Key Employee....................................  60
                  18.4     Aggregated Plans................................  61
                  18.5     Minimum Vesting.................................  61
                  18.6     Minimum Employer Contribution...................  62
                  18.7     Coordination of Benefits........................  62


<PAGE>


                           GREEN MOUNTAIN COFFEE, INC.
                          EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN


         SECTION 1     Background of Plan


1.1      History and Purpose

                  Green  Mountain  Coffee,  Inc.,  a Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company")  established the Green Mountain Coffee, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership
Plan (the "Plan")  effective as of January 1, 2000 to enable eligible  employees
to acquire stock  ownership  interests in the Company by investing  primarily in
Company  Stock (as  defined in  subsection  5.1).  The Plan is intended to be an
employee stock  ownership  plan within the meaning of section  4975(e)(7) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") and is intended to enable
eligible  employees to acquire  stock  ownership  interests  in the Company,  by
investing  primarily in Company Stock.  The Plan is  specifically  permitted and
designed to invest up to 100% of its assets in Company Stock.


1.2      Effective Date; Plan Year

                  The  Effective  Date  of the  Plan is  January  1,  2000  (the
"Effective  Date").  The Plan will be  administered  on the basis of a plan year
(the "Plan Year") which shall be the twelve-month  period beginning each January
1 and ending the following December 31.


1.3      Trustee; Trust Agreement

                  Amounts  contributed  under  the Plan  are held and  invested,
until distributed by the trustee (the "Trustee") appointed by the Company acting
by its Board of Directors.  The Trustee acts in  accordance  with the terms of a
trust  agreement  between the Company and the Trustee,  which trust agreement is
known as the Green Mountain  Coffee,  Inc.  Employee Stock  Ownership Trust (the
"Trust").  The Trust  implements and forms a part of the Plan. The provisions of
and  benefits  under the Plan are  subject  to the terms and  provisions  of the
Trust.


1.4      Plan Administration

                  The Plan is  administered  by a plan  committee  consisting of
three or more persons appointed by the Company to perform  administrative  tasks
(the  "Administrator")  as  described  in Section  17.  Any  notice or  document
required to be given to or filed with the  Administrator  will be properly given
or filed if delivered  or mailed,  by  registered  or  certified  mail,  postage
prepaid,  to the  Administrator,  in  care  of  the  Company  at  its  corporate
headquarters.  The Company  shall  designate an individual or entity to serve as
the Named  Fiduciary  (as  defined in Section  402(a)(2)  of ERISA) of the Plan,
subject to Section 13(b) of the Plan.


1.5      Employers

                  Any Controlled Group Member described in subparagraph (a), (b)
or (c) of this  subsection  with  respect to the Company may adopt the Plan with
the Company's  consent.  The Company,  Green Mountain Coffee  Roasters,  Inc., a
Vermont corporaiton,  and any such other Controlled Group Members that adopt the
Plan are  referred  to  below  collectively  as the  "Employers"  and  sometimes
individually as an "Employer." A "Controlled Group Member" means:

                  (a)      any  corporation  that  is not an  Employer  but is a
                           member of a controlled group of corporations  (within
                           the   meaning  of   Section   1563(a)  of  the  Code,
                           determined without regard to Sections  1563(a)(4) and
                           1563(e)(3)(C) thereof) that contains the Company;

                  (b)      any  trade or  business (whether or not incorporated)
                           that is not an  Employer  but is under common control
                           with  the  Company (within  the  meaning  of  Section
                          414(c) of the Code); or

                  (c)      any entity that is affiliated with the  Company under
                           Section 414(m) of the Code.


1.6      Predecessor Plans

                  Any other  qualified  profit  sharing,  stock bonus,  or money
purchase  pension plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and maintained
by an  Employer  may,  with the  consent of the  Company,  be merged  into,  and
continued in the form of, the Plan.  Any such plan merged into, and continued in
the form of this Plan shall be  referred  to as a  "Predecessor  Plan."  Special
provisions  relating  to  Participants  in the Plan who were  Participants  in a
Predecessor Plan shall be set forth in one or more supplements to the Plan.


1.7      Plan Supplements

                  The  provisions of the Plan may be modified by  supplements to
the Plan. The terms and provisions of each supplement are a part of the Plan and
supersede  the  provisions  of the Plan to the  extent  necessary  to  eliminate
inconsistencies between the Plan and such supplement.

         SECTION 2     Eligibility and Participation


2.1      Eligibility to Participate

                  (a)      Subject to the terms and conditions of  subparagraphs
                           (a)(i), (ii) and (iii) below and subsection (b), each
                           employee  who  is  employed  by an  Employer  on  the
                           Effective  Date and has attained age 21, shall become
                           a  "Participant"  in the Plan on the Effective  Date.
                           Each other  employee will become a  "Participant"  in
                           the Plan on the  "Entry  Date,"  which is  January 1,
                           April 1, July 1, and  October  1 of each  Plan  Year,
                           coincident  with or next  following the date on which
                           the employee has attained age 21, provided he is not:

                           (i)      a member of a group or class of employees of
                                    an Employer  whose terms and  conditions  of
                                    employment   are  covered  by  a  collective
                                    bargaining    agreement,    provided    that
                                    retirement benefits were the subject of good
                                    faith  bargaining  between an Employer and a
                                    collective bargaining representative;

                           (ii)     a Leased  Employee (as defined in subsection
                                    2.3);

                           (iii)    an   employee  classified  as  a   temporary
                                    employee, as defined by  the Employer and in
                                    accordance   with  the   Employer's  payroll
                                    practices; or

                           (iv)     an employee who is a nonresident alien.

                  (b)      For all  purposes of the Plan, an individual shall be
                           an  "employee"  of or be  "employed"  by a Controlled
                           Group   Member  for  any  Plan   Year  only  if  such
                           individual is treated by the Controlled  Group Member
                           as  an employee for  purposes of employment taxes and
                           wage  withholding for  federal  income  taxes.  If an
                           individual is not considered to be an "employee" of a
                           Controlled  Group   Member  in  accordance  with  the
                           preceding  sentence for a  Plan  Year,  a  subsequent
                           determination  by  the  Controlled  Group Member, any
                           governmental agency or court that the individual is a
                           common law employee of the  Controlled  Group Member,
                           even  if such  determination  is  applicable to prior
                           years,  will   not  have  a  retroactive  effect  for
                           purposes of eligibility to participate in the Plan.

                  (c)      Any  Participant  who terminates  employment,  but is
                           reemployed by an Employer before incurring a One Year
                           Break in  Service  (as  defined in  subsection  3.3),
                           shall continue to participate in the Plan in the same
                           manner  as if  such  termination  had  not  occurred,
                           effective  as  of  the  date  of  reemployment.   Any
                           participant   who  terminates   employment,   but  is
                           reemployed by an Employer after  incurring a One Year
                           Break in Service  shall become a  participant  in the
                           Plan on the Entry date  succeeding his or her date of
                           rehire.


2.2      Participation Not Guarantee of Employment

                  Participation  in the Plan does not  constitute a guarantee or
contract of  employment  and will not give any employee the right to be retained
in the employ of the  Employers or Related  Companies  nor any right or claim to
any  benefit  under  the  terms  of the Plan  unless  such  right  or claim  has
specifically accrued under the terms of the Plan.


2.3      Leased Employees

                  A "Leased  Employee"  means any person defined in Code Section
414(n),  which includes any person who is not an employee of a Controlled  Group
Member,  but who has  provided  services to a  Controlled  Group  Member,  which
services are performed under the primary  direction or control of the Controlled
Group Member,  on a  substantially  full-time basis for a period of at least one
year, pursuant to an agreement between the Controlled Group Member and a leasing
organization.  If a Leased Employee is subsequently employed by an Employer, the
period during which a Leased Employee  performs  services for a Controlled Group
Member shall be taken into account for purposes of subsection 3.1 of the Plan.


2.4      Military Service

                  Notwithstanding  any  provision of this Plan to the  contrary,
contributions,  benefits and service  credit with respect to qualified  military
service will be provided in accordance with Code Section  414(u).  A Participant
returning from employment after serving in the uniformed  services is treated as
not having  incurred a One Year Break In Service (as defined in subsection  3.3)
during the period of qualified military service,  as defined herein. Each period
of qualified  military  service is considered  under the Plan to be service with
the Employer for the purposes of:

                  (a)      determining      the   nonforfeitability     of   the
                           Participant's Account  balances, in  accordance  with
                           the provisions of Section 10 of the Plan; and

                  (b)      determining  the  Participant's  benefit  allocations
                           under Section 4.


2.5      Omission of Eligible Employee

                  If, in any Plan Year, any employee who should be included as a
Participant in the Plan is erroneously  omitted,  and discovery of such omission
is not made until after a  contribution  by the  Employer  for the Plan Year has
been made, the Employer shall make a subsequent contribution with respect to the
omitted employee in the amount which the Company would have contributed if he or
she had not been omitted.  Such contribution shall be made regardless of whether
or not it is deductible in whole or in part in any taxable year under applicable
provisions of the Code.


2.6      Inclusion of Ineligible Employee

                  If, in any Plan Year,  any  employee  who should not have been
included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously included,  and discovery of
such incorrect  inclusion is not made until after a contribution  by the Company
for the year has been made,  the  Company  shall not be  entitled to recover the
contribution made with respect to the ineligible  employee regardless of whether
a deduction is allowable with respect to such  contribution.  In such event, the
amount  contributed  with respect to the ineligible  employee shall constitute a
forfeiture for the Plan Year in which the discovery is made.


         SECTION 3     Service and Compensation


3.1      Years of Service

                  The  term  "Years  of   Service"   means  an   employee's   or
Participant's  period of service with the Controlled Group Members determined in
accordance with the following:

                  (a)      An Employee or Participant shall be credited with one
                           "Year of  Service"  for each  12-month  period of his
                           service with a Controlled Group Member beginning with
                           his or her  Employment  Date (as  defined  below) and
                           ending  with  the  anniversary  date  of  his  or her
                           Employment  Date (as  defined  below)  (the  "Vesting
                           Computation  Period")  during  which the  Employee or
                           Participant completes 1,000 Hours of Service.

                  (b)      An  Employee'  or   Participant's  "Employment  Date"
                           means the  date he or she  first completes an Hour of
                           Service.

                  (c)      Years of Service shall include service  performed for
                           an Employer  prior to the effective  date of the Plan
                           and shall include service regardless of age.

                  (d)      For  purposes of vesting  under  subsection  10.2,  a
                           Participant  will be credited  with a Year of Service
                           immediately  upon  completing  1,000 Hours of Service
                           during his Vesting Computation Period.

                  (e)      If any former  Participant is reemployed  after a One
                           Year Break in Service has occurred,  Years of Service
                           shall  include Years of Service prior to his One Year
                           Break in Service, subject to the following rules:

                           (i)      If a former Participant has a One Year Break
                                    in Service,  his  pre-break  and  post-break
                                    service shall be used for computing Years of
                                    Service  for vesting  purposes  after he has
                                    been  employed  for one (1) Year of  Service
                                    following the date of his reemployment  with
                                    an Employer;

                           (ii)     Any  former  Participant  who under the Plan
                                    does not have a nonforfeitable  right to any
                                    interest in the Plan resulting from Employer
                                    Contributions  shall lose credits  otherwise
                                    allowable under (i) above if his consecutive
                                    One Year  Breaks in Service  equal or exceed
                                    the  greater  of (A)  five  (5)  or (B)  the
                                    aggregate  number of his pre-break  Years of
                                    Service; and

                           (iii)    After five (5)  consecutive  One Year Breaks
                                    in Service,  a former  Participant's  vested
                                    balance  of  his  Accounts  attributable  to
                                    pre-break  service  shall  not be  increased
                                    based on his post-break service.


3.2      Hour of Service

                  Subject to the following  provisions of this  subsection  3.2,
the term "Hour of Service"  means,  with respect to any employee or Participant,
(1) each hour for which the employee or  Participant  is directly or  indirectly
paid or entitled to payment by a Controlled  Group Member for the performance of
duties;  (2) each hour for which the  employee  or  Participant  is  directly or
indirectly paid or entitled to payment by a Controlled  Group Member for reasons
other than the performance of duties (such as vacation,  holiday, sickness, jury
duty, disability, lay-off, military duty or leave of absence); and (3) each hour
for which back pay,  irrespective  of  mitigation  of  damages,  has been either
awarded  or  agreed to by an  Employer.  These  hours  will be  credited  to the
employee or Participant for the computation period or periods to which the award
or agreement  pertains  rather than the  computation  period in which the award,
agreement  or payment is made.  The same Hours of Service  shall not be credited
both  under  (1) or (2),  as the case may be,  and under  (3).  An  employee  or
Participant will be credited with 8 Hours of Service per day (to a maximum of 40
Hours of  Service  per  week).  All Hours of  Service  shall be  determined  and
credited in accordance with Department of Labor Reg. Sec. 2530.200b-2.

                  An employee  or  Participant  shall not be credited  with more
than 501 Hours of  Service  for any single  continuous  period  during  which he
performs  no duties for an  Employer  or a  Controlled  Group  Member.  Payments
considered for purposes of the foregoing shall include payments unrelated to the
length of the period  during which no duties are performed but shall not include
payments made solely as reimbursement  for medically  related expenses or solely
for  the  purpose  of  complying   with   applicable   workmen's   compensation,
unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws.


3.3      One Year Break in Service

                  The  term  "One  Year  Break in  Service"  means  any  Vesting
Computation  Period during which an employee or a Participant  does not complete
more than 500 Hours of Service.

                  To the extent  necessary  to avoid a One Year Break in Service
and to the extent  Hours of Service  are not  otherwise  credited as provided in
subsection  3.2,  an employee or  Participant  shall be credited  with up to 501
Hours of Service  during a Vesting  Computation  Period on account of an absence
during such Vesting Computation Period due to:

                  (a)      the pregnancy of the employee or Participant;

                  (b)      the birth of a child of the employee or Participant;

                  (c)      the  placement  of  a child   with  the  employee  or
                           Participant in connection  with the adoption of  such
                           child by such employee or Participant; and

                  (d)      caring  for  such  child  for   a  period   beginning
                           immediately following such birth or placement.


3.4      Compensation

                  Except  as   otherwise   provided   below,   a   Participant's
"Compensation"  for a Plan Year means  compensation  as defined in Code  Section
415, including the compensation paid to the Participant for services rendered to
an Employer as an employee as reported on the Participant's Federal wage and tax
statement (Form W-2), compensation for services paid on the basis of profits and
all  of a  Participant's  salary  reductions  made  pursuant  to an  arrangement
maintained  by an  Employer  under  Section 125 or 401(k) of the Code during the
Plan  Year,  but  excluding,  if  applicable,  amounts  attributable  to  moving
expenses,  amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock option or
the disposition of stock under a qualified stock option, and other amounts which
receive special tax benefits, or contributions made by the employee under a Code
Section 403(b) Plan.

                  For   a   Participant's   initial   year   of   participation,
Compensation shall be recognized for the entire Plan Year. In no event shall the
amount of a  Participant's  Compensation  taken into account for purposes of the
Plan for any Plan Year exceed the dollar limitation in effect under Code Section
401(a)(17) (as that limitation is adjusted from time to time by the Secretary of
the Treasury  pursuant to Code Section  401(a)(17) and which is $170,000 for the
2000 Plan Year).


         SECTION 4     Employer Contributions


4.1      Employer Contributions

                  Subject to the  conditions  and  limitations  of the Plan, the
Company, in its sole discretion, may direct the Employers to make a contribution
(the "Employer  Contribution")  to the Plan for any Plan Year. Any such Employer
Contribution for a Plan Year shall be made in such amount, if any, as determined
by the Company  prior to the end of the Plan Year or within a reasonable  period
of time after the end of the Plan Year.  Any  Employer  Contribution  for a Plan
Year shall be  allocated  to the ESOP Stock  Account  or ESOP Cash  Account,  as
applicable,  of any Eligible  Participant  (as defined in the next sentence) pro
rata on the basis of Participants' Compensation for such Plan Year. An "Eligible
Participant"  for a Plan Year is any  Participant  who completes  1,000 Hours of
Service  during the Plan Year and is  actively  employed by an Employer or on an
Employer's  authorized leave of absence on the last day of the Plan Year (or who
terminated employment during the Plan Year due to death, permanent disability or
after attaining age 65).

                  Contributions  under this subsection 4.1 shall be made in cash
or in Company Stock (in the discretion of the Company) as of the last day of the
Plan Year.

                  No contributions,  including rollover  contributions,  will be
permitted by employees or Participants.


4.2      Due Date for Employer Contributions

                  Any Employer Contributions for a Plan Year shall be due on the
last day of the Plan Year and,  if not paid by the end of that Plan Year,  shall
be payable to the Trustee as soon as practicable  thereafter,  without interest,
but not later than the time  prescribed by law for filing the Company's  Federal
income tax return for such Plan Year, including extensions thereof.


4.3      Payment of Acquisition Loans; Employer Loan Contributions

                  For each  Accounting  Period during which an Acquisition  Loan
(as  defined  in  subsection  5.2) is  outstanding,  the  Trustee  shall use any
Employer  Contributions  made for such Accounting  Period pursuant to subsection
4.1 to make principal and interest  payments then due on the Acquisition Loan or
loans outstanding at the end of such Accounting Period. Each such payment by the
Trustee will release shares of Company Stock from the  Unreleased  Share Account
of the Trust (as defined in subsection  7.2).  Company Stock that is so released
will be allocated to Participants' ESOP Stock Accounts as provided in subsection
4.1 as determined by the Administrator.

                  Subject to the conditions and  limitations of the Plan, if, as
of any Accounting Date: (a) an Acquisition Loan remains  outstanding and (b) the
contributions  described  above that are made for the Accounting  Period,  after
taking into  account  the use of  dividends  and  earnings  in  accordance  with
subsection 7.6, are  insufficient to enable the Trustee to pay the principal and
interest due under such  Acquisition Loan for such Accounting  Period,  then the
Employers shall make an additional  "Employer Loan  Contribution" to the Trustee
for that Accounting  Period,  in an aggregate  amount equal to the amount of the
insufficiency  described herein.  Any such Employer Loan  Contribution  shall be
allocated  in  the  manner  described  in  subsection  4.1.  Any  Employer  Loan
Contribution  under  the Plan  for any  Accounting  Period  shall be paid to the
Trustee in cash on the last day of the applicable  Accounting  Period or as soon
as practicable after the end of such Accounting Period.

                  If no  Acquisition  Loan  is  outstanding  at  the  end  of an
Accounting  Period,  the Trustee  shall invest the  contributions  made for such
Accounting  Period as  directed by the  Administrator,  in  accordance  with the
provisions of Section 6.


4.4      Individual Employer's  Share of Employer Contributions;  Limitations on
         Employers' Contributions

                  The Company shall determine each Employer's  share of Employer
Contributions  to be made  pursuant to  subsection  4.1. The  certificate  of an
independent  certified  public  accountant  selected  by the  Company  as to the
correctness  of  any  amounts  or   calculations   relating  to  the  Employers'
contributions  under the Plan shall be  conclusive  on all persons.  In no event
will an  Employer's  share of the  Employers'  contributions  described  in this
Section  4 for any Plan  Year  cause  the  Employer's  share  of the  Employers'
contributions for that Plan Year to exceed an amount equal to the maximum amount
deductible  on account  thereof by that  Employer  for that year for purposes of
Federal taxes on income.


         SECTION 5     Company Stock; Acquisition Loans


5.1      Company Stock

                  For purposes of the Plan, the term "Company  Stock" shall mean
common stock issued by the Company  that is readily  tradable on an  established
national  securities  market or exchange;  provided,  however,  if the Company's
common  stock is not readily  tradable  on an  established  national  securities
market or exchange,  the term "Company  Stock" shall mean common stock issued by
the Company  having a combination of voting power and dividend rates equal to or
in excess of: (a) that class of common stock of the Company  having the greatest
voting  power  and (b) that  class of common  stock of the  Company  having  the
greatest  dividend  rights.  Non-callable  preferred  stock  shall be treated as
Company Stock for purposes of the Plan if such stock is  convertible at any time
into stock that is readily tradable on an established national securities market
or exchange (or, if applicable,  that meets the requirements of (a) and (b) next
above) and if such  conversion is at a conversion  price that, as of the date of
the  acquisition  by the Plan, is  reasonable.  For purposes of the  immediately
preceding  sentence,  preferred stock shall be treated as non-callable if, after
the call, there will be a reasonable opportunity for a conversion that meets the
requirements of the immediately preceding sentence.  Company Stock shall be held
under the  Trust  only if such  stock  satisfies  the  requirements  of  Section
407(d)(5) of ERISA.


5.2      Acquisition Loans

                  An "Acquisition Loan" means the issuance of notes, a series of
notes or other installment  obligations  incurred by the Trustee,  in accordance
with the Trust,  in  connection  with the  purchase of Company  Stock.  The term
"Financed Shares" means shares of Company Stock acquired by the Trustee with the
proceeds of an Acquisition  Loan. The terms of each  Acquisition Loan shall meet
the  applicable  requirements  of  Treasury  Regulations  Section  54.4975-7(b),
including  the  requirements:  (a)  that  the  loan  bear a  reasonable  rate of
interest,  be for a definite  period  (rather  than  payable on demand),  and be
without recourse against the Plan, and (b) that the only assets of the Plan that
may be given as collateral  are Financed  Shares  purchased with the proceeds of
that loan or with the  proceeds  of a prior  Acquisition  Loan.  The  release of
Financed Shares is described in subsection 4.3.


         SECTION 6     Investment of Employer Contributions


6.1      ESOP Stock Account Investments in Company Stock

                  Employer  Contributions under subsections 4.1 and 4.3 that are
used to repay an Acquisition Loan shall be invested in Company Stock through the
release of Financed  Shares and the  crediting  of such shares to  Participants'
Accounts (as described in subsections  7.4, 7.5 and 7.6). If an Acquisition Loan
is not  outstanding,  the  Administrator  may direct  the  Trustee to invest the
contributions  made  under  subsection  4.1  in  shares  of  Company  Stock,  in
accordance with the provisions of subsection 4.3.


6.2      Diversification of Investments in Company Stock

                  Pursuant to rules  established  by the  Administrator,  Active
Participants  may elect to  diversify  portions  of their ESOP  Stock  Accounts,
subject to the following:

                  (a)      Each  Participant who has  attained age 55  years and
                           has at  least ten years of  participation in the Plan
                           (a "Qualified Participant")  may elect during each of
                           the  Participant's  Qualified  Election  Periods  (as
                           defined in subparagraph (c) below) to diversify up to
                           twenty-five percent (fifty percent in the case of the
                           Participant's last  Qualified Election Period) of the
                           Qualified Participant's  ESOP  Stock  Account balance
                           eligible   for  diversification   (as  described   in
                           subparagraph  (b) next  below),  by:  (i) receiving a
                           cash  distribution of the  applicable amount, or (ii)
                           transferring  the  applicable amount  to one  or more
                           investment funds, as  determined in the discretion of
                           the Administrator.

                  (b)      The portion of a Qualified  Participant's  ESOP Stock
                           Account  balance  subject  to  diversification  shall
                           equal twenty-five percent (fifty percent  in the case
                           of  the  Qualified  Participant's  last  year  of the
                           Qualified  Election  Period)  of the total  number of
                           shares   of   Company    Stock   allocated   to   the
                           Participant's  ESOP  Stock  Account (including shares
                           that the Participant previously elected to  diversify
                           pursuant to this subsection), less the number of such
                           shares   previously   diversified   pursuant  to  the
                           Qualified    Participant's   election   under    this
                           subsection.   In   any  one  election,  a   Qualified
                           Participant  may   diversify  the   entire  remaining
                           portion of  his ESOP Stock  Account balance  eligible
                           for diversification  or a part of  such diversifiable
                           portion equal to any whole percentage of five percent
                           or more of his ESOP Stock Account balance.

                  (c)      For  purposes  of  this   subsection,   a  "Qualified
                           Election  Period" means:  (i) the  ninety-day  period
                           immediately  following the last day of the first Plan
                           Year in which the  Participant  becomes  a  Qualified
                           Participant,   and   (ii)   the   ninety-day   period
                           immediately  following  the  last  day of each of the
                           five Plan Years immediately  following the first Plan
                           Year in which the  Participant  becomes  a  Qualified
                           Participant. Any election made in accordance with the
                           provisions  of  subparagraph   (a)  next  above  with
                           respect to any  Qualified  Election  Period  shall be
                           given  effect  as  of  the  regular  Accounting  Date
                           occurring ninety days after the end of that Qualified
                           Election Period.

                  (d)      The provisions of this subsection  shall not apply to
                           any  Participant  if the  value of the  Participant's
                           ESOP  Stock  Account  (determined  as of the  regular
                           Accounting Date  immediately  preceding the first day
                           on which the Participant  would otherwise be entitled
                           to make an election under this subsection) is $500 or
                           less.

                  (e)      Any amounts  distributed in cash or transferred  from
                           Company Stock to one or more of the investment  funds
                           under  this  subsection  shall not be  available  for
                           distribution   in  the  form  of  Company  Stock  (as
                           otherwise allowed under subsection 11.1).


         SECTION 7     Accounting


7.1      Participants' Accounts

                  The  Administrator  shall  maintain or cause to be  maintained
under the Plan the following  accounts in the name of each  Participant  (to the
extent applicable):

                  (a)      ESOP  Stock  Account.  An  "ESOP  Stock  Account"  to
                           reflect (i) shares of Company Stock  transferred from
                           the Unreleased Share Account as a result of repayment
                           of an  Acquisition  Loan and  allocated in accordance
                           with subsection 4.1, (ii) any Employer  Contributions
                           under  subsection  4.1  made in the  form of  Company
                           Stock,  (iii) any shares of Company  Stock  purchased
                           with cash in the ESOP Cash Account and (iv) any stock
                           dividends on Company Stock  allocated and credited to
                           the Participant's ESOP Stock Account.

                  (b)      ESOP Cash Account.  An "ESOP Cash Account" to reflect
                           any Employer cash contributions  under subsection 4.1
                           and any cash dividends on Company Stock allocated and
                           credited to the Participant's ESOP Stock Account, and
                           any income,  losses,  appreciation,  or  depreciation
                           attributable thereto.

                  In addition to the accounts described above, the Administrator
may maintain such other accounts and subaccounts in the names of Participants or
otherwise   as  the   Administrator   may  consider   necessary  or   advisable.
Collectively,  all accounts and  subaccounts  maintained  for a Participant  are
referred to as the Participant's "Accounts."

                  The Administrator may establish such  nondiscriminatory  rules
and  procedures  relating to the  maintenance,  adjustment  and  liquidation  of
Participants' Accounts as the Administrator may consider necessary or advisable.


7.2      Unreleased Share Account

                  The Administrator  shall maintain or cause to be maintained in
the Trust an "Unreleased  Share Account" to reflect the Financed Shares acquired
by the Trustee with the proceeds of an  Acquisition  Loan, if any,  prior to the
transfer of such Financed Shares to the Participants'  ESOP Stock Accounts,  any
cash  dividends  attributable  to such shares or  transferred  to the Unreleased
Share Account pursuant to subsection 7.5, and any Investment Income attributable
to such dividends.


7.3      Accounting Dates; Special Accounting Dates; Accounting Period

                  The last day of each Plan Year shall be the "Accounting Date."
Participants'  Accounts  shall be adjusted on the  Accounting  Date.  A "Special
Accounting  Date"  is any date  designated  as such by the  Administrator  and a
Special  Accounting Date occurring under  subsection  16.3. The term "Accounting
Date"  includes  regular  Accounting  Dates and a Special  Accounting  Date. Any
references to an "Accounting Period" ending on an Accounting Date shall mean the
period since the next preceding regular Accounting Date.


7.4      Transfer of Shares From Unreleased  Share Account to Participants' ESOP
         Stock Accounts

                  At the direction of the  Administrator,  the Trustee shall use
the following to repay an Acquisition Loan:

                  (a)      Employer Contributions  under subsections 4.1 and 4.3
                           and  any  investment  income  attributable  to   such
                           contributions; and

                  (b)      Cash dividends  paid on shares of Company  Stock,  as
                           provided  in   subsections   7.5  and  7.6,  and  any
                           investment income attributable to such dividends.

                  The repayment of an Acquisition Loan shall cause a transfer of
shares of Company Stock from the Unreleased  Share Account to the  Participants'
ESOP  Stock  Accounts  in  accordance  with  subsections  7.5 and 7.6 as of each
applicable  Accounting  Date.  The number of shares to be  transferred  shall be
determined by multiplying  the number of shares in the Unreleased  Share Account
by a fraction,  the numerator of which is the  principal  and interest  payments
during the applicable  Accounting Period and the denominator of which is the sum
of the numerator plus the total projected principal and interest payments during
the  remainder  of the term of the  Acquisition  Loan.  If the  requirements  of
Treasury  Regulations  Section   54.4975-7(b)(8)(ii)   are  satisfied,   at  the
discretion  of the  Administrator,  the phrase  "principal  and interest" in the
preceding sentence shall be replaced by the word "principal."


7.5      Adjustment of Participants' Accounts

                  Participants' Accounts shall be adjusted as follows:

                  (a)      Repayments  of  Acquisition  Loans  and  Purchases of
                           Company Stock.  For each  Accounting Period, Employer
                           Contributions made in cash  under subsections 4.1 and
                           4.3 that  are used to repay an  Acquisition  Loan and
                           release shares of  Company Stock from  the Unreleased
                           Share Account in accordance with subsection 7.4 shall
                           be  credited  as  of  each  Accounting  Date  to  the
                           Participants'  ESOP Stock Accounts in accordance with
                           the provisions of  subsections 4.1 and 4.3.  For each
                           Accounting    Period,   cash   contributions    under
                           subsection 4.1  that are designated to be invested in
                           shares of  Company Stock  shall be credited as of the
                           applicable Accounting Date to the  Participants' ESOP
                           Cash Account as in  accordance with the provisions of
                           subsection 4.1.  Upon the purchase of  Company  Stock
                           with such cash, an  appropriate  number of  shares of
                           Company Stock shall be credited to the  Participants'
                           ESOP   Stock   Account,  as   appropriate,   and  the
                           Participants' ESOP Cash Accounts shall  be charged by
                           the  amount of the  cash  used to  buy  such  Company
                           Stock.  At all times, cash in Participants' ESOP Cash
                           Account may  be used to  purchase Company  Stock from
                           any source.

                  (b)      Dividends.  Subject to the  provisions of  subsection
                           7.6, cash dividends on shares of Company Stock in the
                           Unreleased  Share Account  shall be used to repay the
                           outstanding Acquisition  Loan and the released shares
                           shall be  credited to the  Participants'  ESOP  Stock
                           Accounts,  in   accordance  with  the  provisions  of
                           subsection  4.1.   Subject   to  the   provisions  of
                           subsection 7.6, the Administrator shall credit to the
                           Participants'  ESOP Cash  Accounts any cash dividends
                           paid to the  Trustee on shares of  Company Stock held
                           in the  Participants'  ESOP  Stock Accounts as of the
                           record  date.   Such cash  dividends credited  to the
                           Participants' ESOP Cash Accounts  shall be applied as
                           soon as  practicable  first to  the repayment  of any
                           amount due during or prior to that  Accounting Period
                           on an  Acquisition Loan.   If no amount  is due on an
                           Acquisition  Loan  (or  if  no  Acquisition  Loan  is
                           outstanding), such cash  dividends may, as determined
                           in the  discretion  of the  Administrator, be used to
                           either prepay the  Acquisition Loan, if any, purchase
                           shares  of   Company   Stock,  or  be  paid   to  the
                           Participants as described in subparagraph 7.6(b). The
                           Administrator  shall credit an appropriate  number of
                           shares of Company Stock to the  ESOP Stock Account of
                           such  Participant, and the  Participant's  ESOP  Cash
                           Account shall  then be charged by  the amount of cash
                           used to repay an Acquisition Loan, if any, or used to
                           purchase such  Company  Stock  for the  Participant's
                           ESOP Stock Account.

                  (c)      Employer  Contributions  in Shares of Company  Stock.
                           For any  Accounting  Period  in  which  the  Employer
                           Contributions  under  subsection  4.1 are made in the
                           form of shares of Company Stock,  such stock shall be
                           credited to the Participants' ESOP Stock Account,  as
                           of the applicable Accounting Date, in accordance with
                           the applicable provisions of subsection 4.1.

                  (d)      Appreciation,   Depreciation,   Etc.   As   of   each
                           Accounting  Date,  before   the  allocation   of  any
                           Employer  Contributions under  subsection 4.1 made in
                           cash, any  appreciation,  depreciation, income, gains
                           or  losses   in  the  fair   market   value   of  the
                           Participants'  ESOP  Cash Accounts shall be allocated
                           among  and  credited  to  the  ESOP Cash  Accounts of
                           Participants,  pro rata,  according to the balance of
                           each  ESOP  Cash  Account  as  of   the   immediately
                           preceding  Accounting  Date, reduced in  each case by
                           the amount of  any charge to such  ESOP Cash  Account
                           since the next preceding Accounting Date. Any gain or
                           loss realized by the  Trustee on  the sale of Company
                           Stock credited the Participants'  ESOP Stock Accounts
                           will  be  allocated to  the  Participants'  ESOP Cash
                           Accounts,  pro rata,  according  to  the  balance  of
                           Participants'  ESOP  Stock  Accounts, as of the  next
                           preceding Accounting Date.


7.6      Dividends on Company Stock

                  The following shall apply with respect to dividends on Company
Stock:

                  (a)      Dividends  Credited to ESOP Cash  Accounts.  Any cash
                           dividends  paid with  respect  to  shares of  Company
                           Stock allocated to Participants'  ESOP Stock Accounts
                           or held  in the  Unreleased  Share  Account  may,  as
                           determined by the  Administrator,  be allocated among
                           and credited to  Participants'  ESOP Cash Accounts in
                           accordance with subparagraph 7.5(b).

                  (b)      Dividends  Used to  Repay  Acquisition  Loan.  To the
                           extent   permitted  by   applicable   law,  any  cash
                           dividends  paid with  respect  to  shares of  Company
                           Stock allocated to  Participants' ESOP Stock Account,
                           or  held  in  the  Unreleased  Share  Account may (as
                           required by applicable Acquisition Loan documentation
                           or,  if not  so required,  as determined  in the sole
                           discretion of the Administrator) be used to repay the
                           principal balance of an outstanding  Acquisition Loan
                           or  interest  thereon  in  whole  or in  part, or  to
                           purchase  additional   shares  of  Company  Stock  as
                           provided  in  subparagraph 7.5(b).   Financed  shares
                           released from the Unreleased Share  Account by reason
                           of dividends paid with respect to such  Company Stock
                           shall be allocated to  Participants'  ESOP Account as
                           follows:

                           (i)      First,  Financed  Shares  with a fair market
                                    value   (determined   as  of  the  valuation
                                    coincident with or immediately preceding the
                                    dividend declaration date) at least equal to
                                    the  dividends  paid  with  respect  to  the
                                    Company  Stock  allocated  to  Participants'
                                    ESOP Stock Account shall be allocated  among
                                    and  credited  to the ESOP Stock  Account of
                                    such  Participants,  pro rata,  according to
                                    the number of shares of  Company  Stock held
                                    in such accounts on the dividend declaration
                                    date; and

                           (ii)     Next, any remaining Financed Shares released
                                    from the  Unreleased  Share Account shall be
                                    allocated  among and credited in  accordance
                                    with Sections 4.1 to the Participants'  ESOP
                                    Stock Accounts, as applicable.

                  (c)      Dividends  Paid to  Participants.  Any cash dividends
                           paid  with   respect  to  shares  of  Company   Stock
                           allocated to  Participants'  ESOP Stock Accounts may,
                           as determined by the Administrator, be either paid by
                           the  Company  directly in cash to  Participants  on a
                           non-discriminatory  basis or paid to the  Trustee and
                           distributed  by the  Trustee to the  Participants  no
                           later than ninety days after the end of the Plan Year
                           in which paid to the Trustee.  This  provision is not
                           applicable  during  any  period  that the  Company is
                           taxed as an "S corporation."


7.7      Investment of Cash in Trust

                  At  the  direction  of the  Administrator,  cash  held  in the
Unreleased  Share Account or  Participants'  ESOP Cash Accounts  under the Trust
will be  invested  by the  Trustee,  to the  extent  practicable,  in short term
securities or cash equivalents  having ready  marketability,  mutual funds or in
any other investment  vehicle  permitted under the terms of the Trust agreement.
Investment  Income  resulting  from such  investments  shall be  credited to the
account  to which  it  pertains.  The  term  "Investment  Income"  means  income
resulting  from the  temporary  investment  of, income  deferral  contributions,
Employer Contributions, cash dividends and any other amounts.


7.8      Fair Market Value of Company Stock

                  For purposes of the Plan and Trust,  (i) the fair market value
of Company Stock that is readily  tradable on an established  securities  market
shall be the  prevailing  market price as of the last day of the Plan Year,  and
(ii) the fair market value of Company  Stock that is not readily  tradable on an
established  securities  market shall be determined,  as of the last day of each
Plan Year, by an independent appraiser,  as defined in Section 401(a)(28) of the
Code,  in accordance  with the terms of the Trust and the  provisions of Section
3(18) of ERISA.


7.9      Stock Dividends,  Stock  Splits and  Capital Reorganizations  Affecting
         ESOP Shares

                  Shares of  Company  Stock  received  by the  Trustee  that are
attributable  to stock  dividends,  stock  splits  or to any  reorganization  or
recapitalization  of the  Company  shall be  credited  to the  Unreleased  Share
Account, if attributable to shares held in that account, or shall be credited to
the released  share account  (including  Participants'  ESOP Stock  Accounts) if
attributable to shares held in the released share account, so that the interests
of Participants immediately after any such stock dividend, split, reorganization
or  recapitalization  are the same as such  interests  immediately  before  such
event.


7.10     ESOP Share Records

                  The Administrator  shall maintain,  or cause to be maintained,
records  as to the  number  and cost of  shares of  Company  Stock  acquired  or
transferred by or within the Trust in accordance with the applicable  provisions
of this Section 7.


7.11     Statement of Accounts

                  The  Administrator   will  provide  each  Participant  with  a
statement  reflecting the balances in the Participant's  Accounts under the Plan
at such times as are established by the Administrator.  No Participant, except a
person authorized by the Company or the  Administrator,  shall have the right to
inspect the records reflecting the Accounts of any other Participant.


7.12     Multiple Acquisition Loans

                  If more  than  one  Acquisition  Loan to the  Trustee  becomes
outstanding  at any time,  the foregoing  provisions of this Section 7 and other
provisions  of the Plan  shall be  modified  by the Plan  Administration  to the
extent it deems necessary or appropriate to reflect such additional  Acquisition
Loan or loans.

7.13     Allocation of Proceeds from Sale or Liquidation

                  (a)      Proceeds with respect to Company  Stock  allocated to
                           Participants' ESOP Stock Accounts as a result of sale
                           or redemption  of Company  Stock or of  distributions
                           from  liquidation of the Company  resulting from sale
                           or  other  disposition  of  substantially  all of the
                           Company's  assets shall be allocated in the Plan Year
                           in which such proceeds are received by the Trust.

                  (b)      Proceeds  with  respect to Company  Stock held in the
                           Unreleased  Share  Account  as a  result  of  sale or
                           redemption of Company Stock or of distributions  from
                           liquidation  of the  Company  resulting  from sale or
                           other   disposition  of  substantially   all  of  the
                           Company's  assets shall be first applied to repayment
                           of any outstanding  Acquisition  Loan with respect to
                           such  Company  Stock in the Plan  Year in which  such
                           proceeds  are  received by the Trust,  any  remaining
                           proceeds shall be allocated in the Plan Year received
                           by the Trust to the  Participants'  Accounts pro rata
                           based  on  the   Participant's   ESOP  Stock  Account
                           balances.


         SECTION 8     Contribution and Benefit Limitations


8.1      Contribution Limitations

                  For  each  Limitation  Year (as  defined  below),  the  Annual
Addition (as defined  below) to a  Participant's  Accounts  shall not exceed the
lesser of $30,000 (as adjusted from time to time by the Commissioner of Internal
Revenue)  or  twenty-five  percent of the  Participant's  compensation  for that
Limitation Year (with  compensation  defined for this purpose under Code Section
415, and including any amount which is not includible in the gross income of the
Participant by reason of Code Section 125 or 401(k)).

                  (a)      Definitions

                  The term "Limitation Year" means the Plan Year.

                  The term "Annual  Addition" for any Limitation  Year means the
total amount of Employer  Contributions,  voluntary  employee  contributions and
forfeitures  allocated to the Accounts of a Participant  under this Plan and any
Related  Defined  Contribution  Plan (as defined below) for a Plan Year,  except
that if,  during any Plan Year that the  Company is not an "S  corporation,"  no
more than one-third of the Employer  Contributions  which are  deductible  under
Code section  404(a)(9)  are  allocated  to the  Accounts of Highly  Compensated
Participants  (as  defined in  subsection  8.3)  during the Plan Year,  then any
Employer  Contributions  which are applied by the Trustee to pay  interest on an
Acquisition  Loan, and any Financed  Shares which are allocated as  Forfeitures,
shall not be included in computing Annual  Additions.  If the allocations to the
Accounts  of  Highly  Compensated  Participants  will  exceed  one-third  of the
Employer  Contributions,   the  Plan  Administrator  may  elect  to  reduce  the
allocations  to the Highly  Compensated  Participants  on a pro rata basis in an
amount  sufficient  to meet the one-third  standard.  In the event that Employer
Contributions  and dividends are applied to the repayment of an Acquisition Loan
and  shares of  Company  Stock  are  released  from the  unreleased  shares  and
allocated to the Participants' ESOP Stock Accounts,  each  Participant's  Annual
Addition for a Limitation  Year based on the  allocated  shares of Company Stock
shall be calculated as the lesser of: (i) the amount of  contributions  credited
to the Participant's  Accounts,  or (ii) the fair market value of shares Company
Stock credited to the Participant's Accounts.

                  The term "Related Defined Contribution Plan" means any defined
contribution  plan (as defined in section 414(i) of the Code)  maintained by the
Company or a Related Company.

                  (b)  Corrections.  If it is anticipated  that a  Participant's
Annual Addition may exceed the limitations of this subsection, the Administrator
may reduce a Participant's  Annual Addition to the extent  necessary to meet the
above  limitations.  If any  Employer  Contributions  cannot be  allocated  to a
Participant's  Accounts,  the Administrator,  in its complete discretion,  shall
first,  to  a  Related  Defined   Contribution  Plan,  return  salary  reduction
contributions made by the Participant and reduce employer contributions made for
the Participant.  If, after the return of all salary reduction contributions and
the reduction of employer  contributions to a Related Defined Contribution Plan,
any  Employer  Contributions  still  cannot  be  allocated  to  a  Participant's
Accounts,  the  Administrator  may, in its  complete  discretion,  choose to (i)
reallocate  such  Employer  Contributions  to  other  Participants  pursuant  to
subsection  4.1, (ii) apply such Employer  Contributions  to reduce the Employer
Contributions  in succeeding  Limitation Years in order of time, or (iii) credit
such Employer  Contributions to a "suspense  account"  pursuant to the authority
and regulations of Treasury Regulation Section 1.415-6(b)(6).


8.2      Combining of Plans

                  In  applying  the  limitations  set forth in  subsection  8.1,
reference to this Plan shall mean this Plan and all other  defined  contribution
plans  (whether or not  terminated)  ever  maintained  by the  Employers and the
Controlled Group Members,  and reference to a defined benefit plan maintained by
an Employer shall include all defined  benefit plans (whether or not terminated)
ever  maintained  by the  Employers  and the  Controlled  Group  Members.  It is
intended  that  in  complying  with  the   requirements  of  subsection  8.2,  a
Participant's  benefits under this Plan shall be limited after the Participant's
benefits under any other defined  contribution  plan maintained by the Employers
are limited and after the Participant's  benefits under any defined benefit plan
maintained  by the  Employers  are  limited,  unless  such other  plan  provides
otherwise.


8.3      Highly Compensated Participant

                  With  respect  to  any  Plan  Year,   A  "Highly   Compensated
Participant" means an eligible employee who is a highly compensated  employee as
defined in Section 414(q) of the Code, which includes any employee who:

                  (a)      was at any time a 5  percent  owner  (as  defined  in
                           Section  416(i) of the Code) of any  Employer  or any
                           Controlled  Group Member  during the Plan Year or the
                           preceding Plan Year, or;

                  (b)      for the preceding Plan Year:

                           (i)      received  compensation from  an  Employer or
                                    any  Controlled  Group  Member  in excess of
                                    $80,000  (which   amount  may   be  adjusted
                                    annually by the Secretary of Treasury),  and

                           (ii)     if the Administrator elects, was in the top-
                                    paid   20%  group  of  employees  for   such
                                    preceding year.

                           A  former   employee  will  be  considered  a  Highly
                           Compensated Participant if such former employee was a
                           Highly   Compensated   Participant   either  when  he
                           separated from service with the Employers,  or at any
                           time after he attained age 55. The  determination  of
                           whether   an   employee   is  a  Highly   Compensated
                           Participant  will  be  made  with  reference  to  the
                           definitions  provided  in Section  414(q) of the Code
                           and any  regulations  issued by the  Secretary of the
                           Treasury  thereunder  (including  any  cost-of-living
                           adjustments to the dollar figure above). For purposes
                           of this subsection,  an employee's compensation for a
                           Plan Year shall be the  employee's  compensation  for
                           such Plan Year for services rendered to the Employers
                           and the  Controlled  Group Members as reported on the
                           employee's Federal wage and tax statement (Form W-2),
                           but  including  the  employee's   elective   deferral
                           contributions  made  pursuant  to  Sections  125  and
                           401(k)  of  the  Code   (including   income  deferral
                           contributions made under this Plan).


         SECTION 9     Period of Participation


9.1      Settlement Date

                  A  Participant's  "Settlement  Date" will be the date on which
his employment with the Employers and all Controlled Group Members is terminated
because of the first to occur of the following events:

                  (a)      Normal  Retirement.  The  Participant  retires  or is
                           retired  from the  employ  of the  Employers  and the
                           related  companies  on or after  the date on which he
                           attains age 65 years.  A  Participant's  right to the
                           balances in his Accounts shall be  nonforfeitable  on
                           or  after  the  date  he  attains   age  65  ("Normal
                           Retirement Age").

                  (b)      Disability Retirement. The Participant is  retired on
                           account of a total and  permanent disability when the
                           Administrator  determines that a  physical or  mental
                           condition  of a  Participant, resulting  from  bodily
                           injury,  disease  or  mental  disorder,  renders  the
                           Participant  incapable  of   continuing  any  gainful
                           occupation for which the Participant is qualified for
                           a period  of at least  12 months and which  condition
                           constitutes a potentially permanent illness or injury
                           as certified by a physician who has  been approved by
                           the Employer.   This determination  will be made in a
                           nondiscriminatory  manner  to  all   Participants.  A
                           Participant's  right to the  balances in his Accounts
                          shall  be  nonforfeitable  on or  after  the  date  he
                          retires due to disability.

                  (c)      Death.  The Participant's death.

                  (d)      Resignation or Dismissal.  The Participant resigns or
                           is dismissed from the employ of the Employers and the
                           related  companies  before  retirement  in accordance
                           with subparagraph (a) or (b) next above.

If a Participant is transferred  from  employment with an Employer to employment
with a Controlled  Group  Member that is not an  Employer,  then for purposes of
determining when the Participant's Settlement Date occurs under this subsection,
the  Participant's   employment  with  such  Controlled  Group  Member  (or  any
Controlled  Group Member to which the Participant is  subsequently  transferred)
shall be considered as employment with the Employers.


9.2      Restricted Participation

                  If: (i) a Participant's  Settlement Date has occurred but full
payment of all of the  Participant's  Account balances has not yet been made, or
(ii) a  Participant  transfers  to a  Controlled  Group  Member  that  is not an
Employer under the Plan, the Participant or the  Participant's  Beneficiary will
be treated as a Participant for purposes of the Plan, except as follows:

                  (a)      The  Participant (or Beneficiary)  may not receive an
                           allocation of any Employer  Contributions or Financed
                           Shares.

                  (b)      The  Participant's  Beneficiary  cannot  designate  a
                           beneficiary under subsection 12.7.

If a Participant subsequently again satisfies the requirements for participation
in the Plan, the  Participant  will become an Active  Participant in the Plan on
the date the Participant satisfies such requirements.


         SECTION 10    Vesting in Benefits; Forfeitures; Reinstatements


10.1     Fully Vested Benefits

                  If a Participant's employment with an Employer or a Controlled
Group Member is terminated because the Participant retires, becomes disabled, or
dies, under subparagraphs 9.1(a), (b) or (c), respectively,  or if a Participant
resigns or is  dismissed  from the employ of an Employer or a  Controlled  Group
Member  after  completing  five Years of  Service,  the  balances  in all of his
Accounts  as at the  Accounting  Date  coincident  with  or next  preceding  his
Settlement Date (after all  adjustments  required under the Plan as of that date
have been made) shall be  non-forfeitable  and shall be distributable to him, or
in the event of his death to his Beneficiary, under subsection 11.1.


10.2     Partially Vested Benefits

                  If a Participant resigns or is dismissed from the employ of an
Employer or a Related  Company under  subparagraph  9(d) before  completing five
Years of Service,  the balances in his ESOP Cash Account and ESOP Stock  Account
as of the Accounting  Date coincident with or next following his Settlement Date
(after all  adjustments  required under the Plan as of that date have been made)
will each be reduced to an amount  computed  in  accordance  with the  following
schedule:

                  If the Participant's
                  Number of Years of                       The Percentage of His
                  Service Is:                                 Account Will Be:

                  Less than 1 year                                    0%
                  1 year but less than 2 years                       20%
                  2 years but less than 3 years                      40%
                  3 years but less than 4 years                      60%
                  4 years but less than 5 years                      80%
                  5 years or more                                   100%

The  resulting  balances in his ESOP Cash Account and ESOP Stock Account will be
distributable  to the Participant in the time and manner provided in subsections
7.4 and 7.5. If a Participant  is  completely  unvested in his Accounts upon his
Settlement  Date,  he will be deemed to have  received a  distribution  and been
cashed out as of the Accounting Date following his Settlement Date.


 10.3    Forfeiture Accounts and Forfeitures

                  The  portion  of  a   Participant's   Accounts  that  are  not
distributable  to him on his  Settlement  Date by  reason of the  provisions  of
subsection  10.2  shall  be a  "Forfeiture"  on  the  earlier  of the  date  the
Participant  receives  a  distribution  of  the  entire  vested  portion  of the
Participant's Account, or the last day of the Plan Year in which the Participant
terminates  employment with the Employer.  The amount deemed as Forfeitures will
be  allocated  and  credited  as of the last day of the Plan  Year in which  the
Participant  terminates  employment  with the  Employer in  accordance  with the
provisions of subsection 4.1 based upon each Participant's Compensation for such
Plan Year. Cash in the  Participant's  Accounts will be forfeited before Company
Stock is forfeited.


10.4     Reinstatement

                  If the Participant returns to employment with an Employer or a
Controlled  Group Member prior to incurring five  consecutive One Year Breaks in
Service,  and such Participant had received,  or was deemed to have received,  a
distribution  of his  entire  vested  Accounts  prior to his  reemployment,  his
forfeited  amounts  shall  be  reinstated  only if he  repays  the  full  amount
distributed  to him before the earlier of (i) five years after the first date on
which the Participant is rehired by an Employer or a Controlled  Group Member or
(ii) the  close of the  first  period  of five  consecutive  One Year  Breaks in
Service  commencing  after  the  distribution  or,  in  the  event  of a  deemed
distribution,  upon the  reemployment  of such  Participant.  In the  event  the
Participant does repay the full amount  distributed to him or, in the event of a
deemed  distribution,  the undistributed  portion of the Participant's  Accounts
must be restored in full.

                  If a former Participant returns to employment with an Employer
or Controlled  Group Member prior to incurring five  consecutive One Year Breaks
in Service but did not receive or was not deemed to have received a distribution
of his vested  Accounts,  the entire  unvested  portion of his Accounts shall be
restored  to his  Accounts  to the  extent  this  unvested  amount  had become a
Forfeiture under the Plan.

                  The  source of the  restored  amount  shall be first  from any
Forfeitures occurring during the Plan Year. If such source is insufficient, then
the  Employer  shall  contribute  an amount which is  sufficient  to restore the
Forfeiture; provided, however, that if an Employer Contribution is made for such
Plan Year, such contribution  shall first be applied to restore any such amounts
and the remainder shall be allocated in accordance with subsection 4.1.


         SECTION 11    Distributions Following Settlement Date


11.1     Manner of Distribution

                  Subject to the conditions set forth below, distribution of the
balances in a  Participant's  ESOP Cash  Account and ESOP Stock  Account will be
made  to,  or for  the  benefit  of,  the  Participant  or,  in the  case of the
Participant's death, to or for the benefit of the Participant's Beneficiary,  in
the form, as elected by the  Participant or the  Participant's  Beneficiary,  as
applicable, with the consent of the Administrator, of:

                  (a)      a lump sum;

                  (b)      installments over a period not  to exceed five years;
                           or

                  (c)      installments  over a period  not  exceeding  the life
                           expectancy  of  the  Participant  or the  joint  life
                           expectancy  of the  Participant  and  his  designated
                           beneficiary;  provided  that, if such  beneficiary is
                           not the  Participant's  spouse  and is  more  than 10
                           years younger than the Participant,  the installments
                           shall be paid over a period not  exceeding  the joint
                           life  expectancy of the Participant and a beneficiary
                           10 years younger than the Participant.

In the event  distribution is made in the form of  installments,  the balance in
the  Participant's  Accounts  shall  continue  to be  subject  to  appreciation,
depreciation,  income,  gains and/or losses pursuant to subsection 7.5(d), until
the final  installment is paid.  Distributions  of the  Participant's  ESOP Cash
Account shall be made in cash and distributions of the Participant's  ESOP Stock
Accounts  shall be made in-kind in the form of shares of Company  Stock,  except
for fractional shares which shall be paid in cash.


11.2     Determination of Account Balances

                  After a Participant's Settlement Date has occurred and pending
complete distribution of the Participant's  Account balances,  the Participant's
Accounts  will be held under the Plan and will be subject  to  adjustment  under
Section 7. For purposes of subsection  11.1, a  Participant's  Account  balances
will  be  determined  as of the  regular  Accounting  Date  coincident  with  or
immediately preceding the date of distribution of the Participant's Accounts.


11.3     Reinvestment of ESOP Stock Account

                  In any year that a Participant  who has terminated  employment
with the Employers  ("Inactive  Participant") has shares of Company Stock in his
ESOP Stock Account,  the Administrator  may, in its discretion,  use any cash or
other  liquid  assets  held in the ESOP Cash  Accounts of  Participants  who are
actively  employed by the  Employers  ("Active  Participants")  to purchase  the
shares of Company Stock held in the Inactive  Participant's  ESOP Stock Account,
based on the most recent fair market value. Such purchase shall be made pro rata
based on the Active Participants' ESOP Cash Account balances.  In the event that
there is not sufficient cash or other liquid assets in the Active  Participants'
ESOP Cash Account to purchase all of the shares of Company Stock in the Inactive
Participants' ESOP Stock Accounts, the purchase shall be pro rata based upon the
Inactive  Participants'  ESOP  Stock  Accounts.  The  proceeds  of the shares of
Company Stock purchased from an Inactive  Participant's ESOP Stock Account shall
be held in a special  "Liquidated  ESOP Stock Account" on behalf of the Inactive
Participant  and  invested  in the same  manner as the  Participants'  ESOP Cash
Accounts.  The provisions of this  subsection 11.3 apply only during such period
that  the  Company  Stock  held in the  Trust  is not  readily  tradeable  on an
established securities market.


11.4     Timing of Distributions

                  Distribution of the balance of a Participant's  Accounts shall
be made or shall commence as follows:

                  (a)      Distribution   of   Accounts.   Distribution   of   a
                           Participant's   ESOP  Stock  Account  and  ESOP  Cash
                           Account  balances  will be made or shall  commence as
                           follows,  unless  an  earlier  date  is  required  by
                           subparagraph (b) or (c) below.

                           (i)      Distributions  Upon  Retirement,   Death  or
                                    Disability.   If  a   Participant   retires,
                                    becomes  disabled,  or dies (as described in
                                    subparagraphs  9.1(a),  (b) or (c)) while in
                                    the employ of an  Employer  or a  Controlled
                                    Group Member,  distributions will be made or
                                    will   commence   as  soon  as   practicable
                                    following the Participant's Settlement Date.

                           (ii)     Distributions Upon Resignation or Dismissal.
                                    If a  Participant's  Settlement  Date occurs
                                    under subparagraph  9.1(d),  distribution of
                                    the  Participant's  Accounts will be made or
                                    will  commence  as  soon  as is  practicable
                                    after the  close of the Plan Year  following
                                    the  Plan  Year in which  the  Participant's
                                    Settlement    Date   occurs,    unless   the
                                    Participant elects a later date.

                  (b)      Mandatory  Cash-Outs;  Consent.   Notwithstanding any
                           other   provision   of   this   Section   11,  if   a
                           Participant's vested Account balances total $5,000 or
                           less at any time at or after his Settlement Date, the
                           Participant (or the  Participant's Beneficiary) shall
                           receive an immediate lump sum payment of such amount.
                           Such   distribution  shall   be  made   as   soon  as
                           practicable after the Participant's  Settlement Date.
                           If the present value of a Participant's entire vested
                           benefit under the Plan is zero, the Participant shall
                           be deemed  to have  received a  distribution of  such
                           vested benefit.  If a  Participant's  vested  Account
                           balances exceed $5,000 at any time, distributions may
                           not be made to the Participant before age  65 without
                           the Participant's consent.

                  (c)      Required  Commencement  Date.   Irrespective  of  any
                           contrary  provision of the  Plan, distribution of the
                           Account balance  of a  Participant  shall be  made or
                           shall commence by  April 1 of the  calendar year next
                           following  the  later  of:  (i) the  calendar year on
                           which the Participant attains age  70 1/2 or (ii) the
                           calendar year  in which the  Participant's Settlement
                           Date occurs ("Required Commencement Date"); provided,
                           however,  that the  Required  Commencement  Date of a
                           Participant who is a  five-percent  owner (as defined
                           in Code  Section 416) of  an  Employer or  Controlled
                           Group  Member  in  the  calendar  year  in  which the
                           Participant attains age 70 1/2shall be April 1 of the
                           calendar year  next  following  the calendar  year in
                           which the Participant attains age 70 1/2.

                  If  a  Participant  dies  before  the  Participant's  Required
Commencement Date, the Participant's  benefits must be distributed over a period
not exceeding the greater of: (A) five years from the death of the  Participant;
(B) in  the  case  of  payments  to a  Designated  Beneficiary  other  than  the
Participant's Spouse, the life expectancy of such Beneficiary, provided payments
begin within one year of the  Participant's  death (or such later date as may be
prescribed  under Treasury  Regulations);  or (C) in the case of payments to the
Participant's  Spouse,  the life  expectancy of such Spouse,  provided  payments
begin  by the  date  the  Participant  would  have  attained  age 70  1/2.  If a
Participant  dies  after  the  Participant's  Required  Commencement  Date,  the
remaining portion of the Participant's  benefits will be distributed at least as
rapidly  as under the  method  of  distribution  in effect at the  Participant's
death.

                  A Participant who is not a 5 percent owner and who attains age
70 1/2 while still  employed by an Employer  or a  Controlled  Group  Member may
elect to receive a  distribution  commencing  April 1 of the calendar  year next
following the calendar year in which he attains age 70 1/2.


11.5     Direct Rollovers

                  Certain individuals who are to receive distributions under the
Plan may elect that such  distributions be paid in the form of a direct rollover
(as described in Section 401(a)(31) of the Code and the regulations  thereunder)
to the  Trustee or  custodian  of a plan  eligible to accept  direct  rollovers,
subject to the following:

                  (a)      Eligible Rollover Distribution. A distribution may be
                           paid in a direct rollover under this  subsection only
                           if the distribution constitutes an  Eligible Rollover
                           Distribution.  An  "Eligible  Rollover  Distribution"
                           means a  distribution under the  Plan to an  Eligible
                           Distributee  (as  defined  below)  other than:  (i) a
                           distribution that is one of a series of substantially
                           equal  payments  made  annually  or  more  frequently
                           either  over  the  life  (or  life expectancy) of the
                           Participant or the joint lives (or life expectancies)
                           of the Participant and his  Designated Beneficiary or
                           over a specified period of ten years or more,  (ii) a
                           distribution  required  under  subsection  11.4(d) to
                           meet the minimum distribution requirements of Section
                           401(a)(9)  of  the  Code,  or  (iii)  a  distribution
                           excluded from the definition of an Eligible  Rollover
                           Distribution  under  applicable Treasury Regulations.
                           Notwithstanding  the immediately  preceding sentence,
                           an Eligible Rollover Distribution includes only those
                           amounts that would be includible  in the gross income
                           of the Eligible Distributee if such  amounts were not
                           rolled over to another plan as provided under Section
                           402(c) of the Code.

                           During any period  that the Company is taxed as an "S
                           corporation,"  an Eligible  Rollover  shall mean only
                           cash  distributions.  Distributions  in the  form  of
                           shares of Company  Stock will not be  eligible  to be
                           rolled over directly, however,  Participants may roll
                           over the cash proceeds from the sale of the shares in
                           accordance with Section 12.2.

                  (b)      Eligible Distributee.  An  "Eligible Distributee" is:
                           (i) a  Participant, (ii)  a  Participant's  surviving
                           Spouse  who  is  entitled  to  receive payment of the
                           Participant's     Account    balances     after   the
                           Participant's  death, or (iii) the  Spouse or  former
                           spouse  of a Participant   who is an  alternate payee
                           under  a  qualified  domestic   relations  order  (as
                           defined in Section 414(p) of the Code).

                  (c)      Eligible  Retirement Plan.   A direct rollover  of an
                           Eligible Rollover Distribution may be made to no more
                           than  one   Eligible  Retirement   Plan.   Except  as
                           otherwise  provided below,  an  "Eligible  Retirement
                           Plan"  is:  (i)   an  individual  retirement  account
                           described  in Section   408(a) of  the Code,  (ii) an
                           individual  retirement annuity  described  in Section
                           408(b)   of  the  Code  (other   than   an  endowment
                           contract), (iii) an annuity plan described in Section
                           403(a)  of the Code, or  (iv) a plan  qualified under
                           Section 401(a) of the Code  that by its terms permits
                           the  acceptance  of   rollover  contributions.   With
                           respect  to  the  surviving   Spouse  of  a  deceased
                           Participant who is entitled to receive a distribution
                           of  the    Participant's    Accounts,   an  "Eligible
                           Retirement   Plan"  shall  mean  only  an  individual
                           retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the
                           Code or an individual retirement annuity described in
                           Section 408(b)  of the  Code (other than an endowment
                           contract).

                  (d)      Minimum Amounts. An Eligible  Distributee may elect a
                           direct  rollover  of all or a portion of an  Eligible
                           Rollover Distribution only if the total amount of the
                           Eligible  Rollover   Distributions   expected  to  be
                           received by the Eligible  Distributee during the Plan
                           Year is $200 or more (or such  lesser  amount  as the
                           Administrator may establish). An Eligible Distributee
                           may  elect  payment  of  a  portion  of  an  Eligible
                           Rollover  Distribution  as a direct  rollover and may
                           receive directly the remainder of such  distribution,
                           provided  that the amount paid by direct  rollover is
                           at  least  $500  (or  such   lesser   amount  as  the
                           Administrator may establish).

                  (e)      Elections.  An Eligible  Distributee's  election of a
                           direct  rollover  pursuant to this subsection must be
                           in writing on a form designated by the  Administrator
                           and must be filed with the Administrator at such time
                           and  in  such  manner  as  the  Administrator   shall
                           determine.  The  Administrator  shall  establish such
                           rules and procedures as it deems necessary to provide
                           for distributions by means of direct rollover.


11.6     Immediate Distributions to Alternate Payees

                  The Administrator shall direct distribution of the amount of a
Participant's  Account balances assigned to an alternate payee under a qualified
domestic  relations  order (as  defined  in  Section  414(p) of the Code) on the
earliest date  specified in such qualified  domestic  relations  order,  without
regard to whether such payments  commence  prior to the  Participant's  earliest
retirement age (as defined in Section 414(p)(4)(B) of the Code).


11.7     Designation of Beneficiary

                  Each  Participant may designate any person or persons (who may
be  designated   concurrently,   contingently  or   successively)  to  whom  the
Participant's  benefits  are to be  paid  if the  Participant  dies  before  the
Participant receives all of Participant's  benefits.  A beneficiary  designation
must be made on a form furnished by the Administrator for this purpose,  and the
Participant  must  sign  such  form.  A  beneficiary  designation  form  will be
effective  only  when  the  form is  filed  with  the  Administrator  while  the
Participant  is  alive  and  will  cancel  all  the  Participant's   beneficiary
designation forms previously filed with the Administrator.

                  Notwithstanding  the foregoing  provisions of this  subsection
and any beneficiary  designation filed with the Administrator in accordance with
this  subsection,  if a  Participant  dies  and has a  surviving  Spouse  at the
Participant's  date of death,  the Account  balances  described in the preceding
sentence  shall be  payable  in full to the  Participant's  surviving  Spouse in
accordance  with  this  Section  11  (treating  such  surviving  Spouse  as  the
Participant's  Beneficiary),  unless  prior  to  the  Participant's  death,  the
following requirements were met:

                  (a)      The  Participant  elected   that  the   Participant's
                           benefits  under the  Plan be  paid to a  person other
                           than the Participant's surviving Spouse;

                  (b)      The Participant's Spouse consented in writing to such
                           election;

                  (c)      The Spouse's consent acknowledged the  effect of such
                           election and was witnessed by a notary public; and

                  (d)      Such election  designates a beneficiary  that may not
                           be changed without further  spousal  consent,  unless
                           the  Spouse   executed  a  general   written  consent
                           expressly   permitting  changes  of  the  beneficiary
                           without  any  requirement  of further  consent of the
                           Spouse.

                  For purposes of the Plan, and subject to the provisions of any
qualified domestic relations order (as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code), a
Participant's  "Spouse"  means the  person to whom the  Participant  is  legally
married  at the  earlier  of the  date of the  Participant's  death  or the date
payment of the Participant's benefits commenced and who is living at the date of
the Participant's death.

                  If a deceased Participant failed to designate a beneficiary as
provided above, or if the designated  beneficiary dies before the Participant or
before  complete  payment  of  the  Participant's  benefits,  the  Participant's
benefits shall be distributed to the Participant's  Spouse, or if there is none,
the  Administrator,  in its  discretion,  may  direct  the  Trustee  to pay  the
Participant's benefits as follows:

                  (e)      To  or  for  the  benefit  of any one or  more of the
                           Participant's   relatives  by   blood,   adoption  or
                           marriage and in such proportions as the Administrator
                           determines; or

                  (f)      To the legal representative or representatives of the
                           estate of the last to die of the  Participant and the
                           Participant's Designated Beneficiary.

The term "Designated Beneficiary" or "Beneficiary" as used in the Plan means the
natural  or  legal  person  or  persons  designated  by  a  Participant  as  the
Participant's  beneficiary under the last effective beneficiary designation form
filed with the Administrator under this subsection and to whom the Participant's
benefits would be payable under this subsection.


11.8     Missing Participants or Beneficiaries

                  Each  Participant  and each Designated  Beneficiary  must file
with the Administrator  from time to time in writing his post office address and
each change of post office address. If a Participant dies before the Participant
receives all of the  Participant's  vested Account  balances,  the Participant's
Beneficiary   must  file  any  change  in  his  post  office  address  with  the
Administrator. Any communication, statement or notice addressed to a Participant
or Beneficiary at the last post office address filed with the Administrator,  or
if  no  address  is  filed  with  the  Administrator  then,  in  the  case  of a
Participant,  at the  Participant's  last post  office  address  as shown on the
Employers'  records,  will be binding on the Participant  and the  Participant's
Beneficiary  for all purposes of the Plan. The Employers,  the Trustee,  and the
Administrator  shall not be  required to search for or locate a  Participant  or
Beneficiary. If the Administrator notifies a Participant or Beneficiary that the
Participant  or  Beneficiary  is  entitled to a payment  and also  notifies  the
Participant  or  Beneficiary  of the  provisions  of  this  subsection,  and the
Participant or Beneficiary  fails to claim his benefits or make his  whereabouts
known to the  Administrator  within  three  years  after the  notification,  the
benefits of the  Participant  or  Beneficiary  may be disposed of, to the extent
permitted by applicable law, as follows:

                  (a)      If  the  whereabouts  of  the  Participant  then  are
                           unknown to the  Administrator but the  whereabouts of
                           the  Participant's  Spouse  then  are  known  to  the
                           Administrator, payment may be made to the Spouse;

                  (b)      If  the   whereabouts  of  the  Participant  and  the
                           Participant's Spouse, if any, then are unknown to the
                           Administrator    but   the    whereabouts    of   the
                           Participant's  Designated  Beneficiary then are known
                           to the  Administrator,  payment  may be  made  to the
                           Designated Beneficiary;

                  (c)      If   the   whereabouts   of  the   Participant,   the
                           Participant's Spouse and the Participant's Designated
                           Beneficiary then are unknown to the Administrator but
                           the  whereabouts  of one or more  relatives by blood,
                           adoption or marriage of the  Participant are known to
                           the  Administrator,  the Administrator may direct the
                           Trustee to pay the  Participant's  benefits to one or
                           more of such relatives and in such proportions as the
                           Administrator decides; or

                  (d)      If  the   whereabouts   of  such  relatives  and  the
                           Participant's Designated Beneficiary then are unknown
                           to  the   Administrator,   the   benefits   of   such
                           Participant or  Beneficiary  may be disposed of in an
                           equitable manner permitted by law under rules adopted
                           by the Administrator.


11.9     Facility of Payment

                  When a person  entitled  to  benefits  under the Plan is under
legal  disability,   or,  in  the   Administrator's   opinion,  is  in  any  way
incapacitated so as to be unable to manage the person's financial  affairs,  the
Administrator  may direct the Trustee to pay the benefits to such person's legal
representative. Any payment made in accordance with the preceding sentence shall
be a full and complete  discharge of any  liability  for such payment  under the
Plan.


11.10    In-Service Withdrawal

                  A Participant who has completed five (5) Years of Service with
an Employer may withdraw ten percent (10%) of his or her vested account balances
by  submitting a request for such  withdrawal in such form and in such manner as
the  Administrator  may  determine.  A  Participant  may only  request  one such
withdrawal in any twelve-month  period.  The  Administrator  may promulgate such
additional rules and regulations  governing  in-service  withdrawals as it deems
appropriate from time to time.



<PAGE>


         SECTION 12    Rights, Restrictions, and Options on Company Stock


12.1     Right of First Refusal

                  Subject  to  the  provisions  of the  last  sentence  of  this
subsection, shares of Company Stock distributed to Participants shall be subject
to a "Right of First  Refusal."  The Right of First  Refusal shall provide that,
prior  to  any  subsequent  transfer,  the  Participant  (or  the  Participant's
Beneficiary)  must first make a written offer of such Company Stock to the Trust
and to the  Company at the then fair market  value of such  Company  Stock.  The
Trust  shall have the first  priority  to  exercise  the right to  purchase  the
Company Stock,  and then the Company shall have second  priority to exercise the
right. A bona fide written offer from an independent  prospective buyer shall be
deemed to be the fair  market  value of such  Company  Stock  for this  purpose,
unless the value per share, as determined by the independent appraiser as of the
December 31 Accounting Date of the preceding Plan Year, is greater.  The Company
and the Trust  shall  have a total of 14 days  (from the date the offer is first
received by the Company or the Trust) to exercise the Right of First  Refusal on
the  same  terms  offered  by the  prospective  buyer.  A  Participant  (or  the
Participant's  Beneficiary)  entitled to a distribution  of Company Stock may be
required to execute an appropriate  stock  transfer  agreement  (evidencing  the
Right of First Refusal) prior to receiving a certificate for Company Stock.

                  No Right of First  Refusal shall be  exercisable  by reason of
any of the following transfers:

                  (a)      The transfer upon  disposition  of any such shares by
                           any legal  representative,  heir or legatee,  but the
                           shares  shall  remain  subject  to the Right of First
                           Refusal;

                  (b)      The  transfer  by  a  Participant or a  Participant's
                           Beneficiary  in   accordance   with  the  Put  Option
                           pursuant to subsection 12.2; or

                  (c)      The  transfer  while  Company  Stock is  listed  on a
                           national securities exchange registered under Section
                           6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or quoted on
                           a  system   sponsored   by  a   national   securities
                           association  registered  under Section  15A(b) of the
                           Securities Exchange Act of 1934.


12.2     Put Option

                  The Company shall issue a "Put Option" to each Participant (or
each Participant's Beneficiary) who receives a distribution of Company Stock if,
at the time of such distribution,  Company Stock is not then readily tradable on
an  established  market,  as  defined  in  Section  409(h)  of the  Code and the
regulations  thereunder.  The Put Option  shall permit the  Participant  (or the
Participant's  Beneficiary)  to sell such Company  Stock at its then fair market
value,  as  determined  by an  independent  appraiser,  in  accordance  with the
provisions  of Section  401(a)(28)(C)  of the Code,  to the  Company at any time
during  the  sixty-day  period  commencing  on the date the  Company  Stock  was
distributed to the Participant (or the Participant's  Beneficiary),  and, if not
exercised  within  that  period,  the Put Option  will  temporarily  lapse.  The
Administrator,  in its sole discretion, may extend the sixty-day period referred
to in the  immediately  preceding  sentence if such an extension is necessary in
order for the Company Stock to be valued by an  independent  appraiser as of the
applicable Accounting Date coincident with or immediately preceding the date the
Company Stock was distributed to the recipient.  As of the quarterly  Accounting
Date  coincident  with or  immediately  preceding  the Plan  Year in which  such
temporary  lapse of the Put  Option  occurs,  the  independent  appraiser  shall
determine the value of the Company Stock in  accordance  with the  provisions of
Section  401(a)(28)(C)  of the Code,  and the  Administrator  shall  notify each
distributee  who did not exercise the initial Put Option prior to its  temporary
lapse in the preceding Plan Year of the revised value of the Company Stock.  The
time during which the Put Option may be exercised  shall  recommence on the date
such notice or revaluation is given and shall  permanently  terminate sixty days
thereafter.  The Trustee  may be  permitted  by the Company to purchase  Company
Stock put to the Company under a Put Option.  At the option of the Administrator
or the Trustee,  as the case may be, the payment for Company Stock sold pursuant
to a Put  Option  shall  be  made,  as  determined  in  the  discretion  of  the
Administrator or the Trustee, as the case may be, in the following forms:

                  (a)      If a Participant's  ESOP Stock Account is distributed
                           in a total  distribution  (that  is,  a  distribution
                           within one taxable  year of the balance to the credit
                           of  the  Participant's  ESOP  Stock  Account),   then
                           payment  for such  Company  Stock  may be made with a
                           promissory note that provides for substantially equal
                           annual  installments  commencing  within  thirty days
                           from the date of the  exercise  of the Put Option and
                           over a period not exceeding five years, with interest
                           payable at a reasonable  rate (as  determined  by the
                           Administrator)  on any  unpaid  installment  balance,
                           with adequate security provided,  and without penalty
                           for any prepayment of such installments; or

                  (b)      In a lump   sum no later than  thirty days after such
                           Participant exercises the Put Option.

                  At the direction of the  Administrator,  the Trustee on behalf
of the Trust may offer to purchase  any shares of Company  Stock  (which are not
sold pursuant to a Put Option) from any former Participant or Beneficiary at any
time in the future, at their then fair market value.

                  If the  Company's  charter or by-laws  restrict  ownership  of
substantially all of the outstanding Company Stock to employees and the Trust or
the  Company has elected to be taxed as an "S  corporation"  under Code  Section
1361,  then  shares  of  Company  Stock  distributed  to a  Participant  (or his
Beneficiary)  must  be  immediately  sold  to the  Company  in  accordance  with
subsection 11.1 and the  Participant  will not be entitled to the two 60-day put
periods.


12.3     Share Legend

                  Shares of Company Stock held or distributed by the Trustee may
include  such  legend   restrictions  on  transferability  as  the  Company  may
reasonably  require in order to assure  compliance with  applicable  Federal and
state securities laws.


12.4     Nonterminable Rights

                  The  provisions  of  this  Section  12  shall  continue  to be
applicable to shares of Company Stock even if the applicable portion of the Plan
ceases to be an  employee  stock  ownership  plan  within the meaning of Section
4975(e)(7) of the Code.



<PAGE>


         SECTION 13    Voting and Tendering of Company Stock

                  The voting of Company Stock held in the Trust, and if a tender
offer is made for Company Stock, the tendering of such shares,  shall be subject
to the  provisions  of ERISA and the  following  provisions,  to the extent such
provisions are not inconsistent with ERISA:

                  (a)      Allocated  Shares.  For  purposes  of  this  Section,
                           shares  of  Company  Stock  shall  be  deemed  to  be
                           allocated and credited to a Participant's  ESOP Stock
                           Account  in an amount to be  determined  based on the
                           balance  in  such  account  on  the  Accounting  Date
                           coincident  with or next preceding the record date of
                           any vote or tender offer.

                  (b)      Voting of  Company  Stock.  If the  shares of Company
                           Stock  are a  registration-type  class of securities,
                           as defined in  Section  409(e)(4)  of the  Code, each
                           Participant  (or,  in the event  of the Participant's
                           death, the Participant's Beneficiary)  shall have the
                           right to direct the Trustee as to the manner in which
                           whole and partial shares  of Company  Stock allocated
                           to the Participant's  ESOP  Stock  Account are  to be
                           voted on  each matter  brought  before  an  annual or
                           special  stockholders'  meeting.   Before  each  such
                           meeting of stockholders, the Trustee shall furnish to
                           each Participant (or Beneficiary) a copy of the proxy
                           solicitation   material,   together   with   a   form
                           requesting  directions on how such  shares of Company
                           Stock  allocated to such  Participant's Account shall
                           be voted on each such matter.  Upon timely receipt of
                           such  directions, the  Trustee  shall, on  each  such
                           matter,   vote  as  directed  the  number  of  shares
                           (including   fractional  shares)  of  Company   Stock
                           allocated to  such  Participant's  Account,  and  the
                           Trustee shall have no discretion in such matter.  The
                           directions received by the  Trustee from Participants
                           shall be held by the Trustee in  confidence and shall
                           not be divulged or  released to any person, including
                           officers  or employees of  Company or  any Affiliate.
                           The Trustee shall vote allocated  shares for which it
                           has not received direction and  unallocated shares of
                           Company  Stock  in  the  same  proportion as directed
                           shares  are voted,  and shall  have no  discretion in
                           such   matter   except  as  otherwise   provided   in
                           accordance with ERISA.

                  (c)      Tendering of Company Stock.  In the event of a tender
                           offer for shares of Company  Stock held by the Trust,
                           the  Trustee  shall  tender  the  shares  in its sole
                           discretion,  subject to the  fiduciary  duties  under
                           ERISA.

In carrying out its responsibilities under this Section, the Trustee may rely on
information  furnished  to it by the  Administrator,  including  the  names  and
current  addresses  of  Participants,  the  number of shares  of  Company  Stock
allocated to their  Accounts,  and the number of shares of Company Stock held by
the Trustee that have not yet been allocated.


         SECTION 14    General Provisions


14.1     Interests Not Transferable

                  The interests of Participants  and their  beneficiaries  under
the Plan are not in any way  subject to their  debts or other  obligations  and,
except as may be required by the tax  withholding  provisions of the Code or any
state's  income  tax  act,  may  not  be  voluntarily  or  involuntarily   sold,
transferred,  alienated or assigned.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the Plan
shall  comply  with any  domestic  relations  order  that,  in  accordance  with
procedures  established  by the  Administrator,  is determined to be a qualified
domestic relations order (as defined in Section 414(p)(1)(A) of the Code).


14.2     Absence of Guaranty

                  The  Administrator,  the Employers,  and the Trustee do not in
any way  guarantee  the Trust from loss or  depreciation.  The  liability of the
Administrator  or the Trustee to make any payment under the Plan will be limited
to the assets held by the Trustee that are available for that purpose.


14.3     Employment Rights

                  The Plan does not  constitute  a contract of  employment,  and
participation in the Plan will not give any employee the right to be retained in
the employ of an Employer, nor any right or claim to any benefit under the Plan,
unless such right or claim has specifically accrued under the terms of the Plan.


14.4     Litigation by Participants or other Persons

                  To the extent  permitted by law, if a legal action against the
Trustee, an Employer, or the Administrator by or on behalf of any person results
adversely to that person,  or if a legal action  arises  because of  conflicting
claims to a Participant's or Beneficiary's benefits, the cost to the Trustee, an
Employer,  or the Administrator of defending the action will be charged,  to the
extent  possible,  to the sums, if any, that were involved in the action or were
payable to the Participant or Beneficiary concerned.


14.5     Evidence

                  Evidence   required  of  anyone  under  the  Plan  may  be  by
certificate,  affidavit, document or other information that the person acting on
it considers  pertinent and reliable,  and shall be signed, made or presented by
the proper party or parties.


14.6     Waiver of Notice

                  Any notice required under the Plan may be waived by the person
entitled to such notice.


14.7     Controlling Law

                  To the extent not superseded by the laws of the United States,
the laws of Vermong shall be controlling in all matters relating to the Plan.


14.8     Statutory References

                  Any  reference  in the Plan to the "Code"  means the  Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference in the Plan to "ERISA" means the
Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.  Any reference in
the Plan to a section of the Code or ERISA, or to a section of any other Federal
law, shall include any comparable  section or sections of any future legislation
that amends, supplements or supersedes that section.


14.9     Severability

                  In case any  provisions  of the Plan shall be held  illegal or
invalid for any  reason,  such  illegality  or  invalidity  shall not affect the
remaining  provisions of the Plan,  and the Plan shall be construed and enforced
as if such illegal and invalid provisions had never been set forth in the Plan.


14.10    Additional Employers

                  With the consent of the Company,  any Controlled  Group Member
described in subsection 1.5 may, by filing with the Company a written instrument
to that effect, become an Employer hereunder by adopting the Plan and becoming a
party to the Trust agreement.


14.11    Action By Employers

                  Any action  authorized  or required to be taken by the Company
or an Employer  under the Plan shall be by resolution of its board of directors,
by resolution of a duly authorized committee of its board of directors,  or by a
person or persons  authorized  by  resolution  of its board of directors or such
committee.


14.12    Gender and Number

                  Where  the  context  admits,  words  in the  masculine  gender
include the feminine and neuter genders,  the plural includes the singular,  and
the singular includes the plural.


14.13    Examination of Documents

                  Copies of the Plan and  Trust  agreement,  and any  amendments
thereto, are on file at the Human Resources office of the Company where they may
be examined by any  Participant  or other person  entitled to benefits under the
Plan during normal business hours.


14.14    Fiduciary Responsibilities

                  It is  specifically  intended that all  provisions of the Plan
shall be  applied  so that all  fiduciaries  with  respect  to the Plan shall be
required to meet the prudence and other  requirements  and  responsibilities  of
applicable  law to the extent such  requirements  or  responsibilities  apply to
them.  In general,  a fiduciary  shall  discharge  the  fiduciary's  duties with
respect to the Plan and the Trust solely in the  interests of  Participants  and
beneficiaries  and with the  care,  skill,  prudence,  and  diligence  under the
circumstances  then  prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and
familiar  with such matters  would use in the conduct of an  enterprise  of like
character and with like aims.


14.15    Indemnification

                  To the extent permitted by law, any member or former member of
the  Administrator,  any person who was, is or becomes an officer or director of
the  Company,  an Employer,  or a Controlled  Group Member or any employee of an
Employer to whom the  Administrator or any Employer has delegated any portion of
its responsibilities  under the Plan, and each of them, shall be indemnified and
saved harmless by the Employers (to the extent not indemnified or saved harmless
under any liability insurance contract or other indemnification arrangement with
respect  to the  Plan)  from and  against  any and all  liability  to which  the
Administrator and such other persons may be subject by reason of any act done or
omitted to be done in good faith with respect to the  administration of the Plan
and the Trust,  including all expenses  reasonably  incurred in their defense in
the event that the  Employers  failed to provide such defense  after having been
requested in writing to do so.


14.16    Automated Voice Response Systems, Computer Systems

                  The   Administrator,   in  its   discretion,   may   authorize
Participants  to make various  requests  for  information,  elections  and other
transactions  under  the Plan  through  the use of one or more of the  following
methods: (a) written  communications,  (b) telephonic,  automated voice response
system,  (c)  computer  network,  or (d)  any  other  method  designated  by the
Administrator.


<PAGE>


         SECTION 15    Restrictions  as  to  Reversion  of  Trust  Assets to the
                       Employers

                  The  Employers  shall have no right,  title or interest in the
assets of the Trust,  except as may be  provided in a pledge  agreement  entered
into between an Employer and the Trustee in connection with an Acquisition  Loan
(a  "Pledge  Agreement").  No part of the  assets  of the Trust at any time will
revert or will be repaid to the  Employers,  directly or  indirectly,  except as
follows:

                  (a)      If the Internal Revenue Service initially  determines
                           that the Plan,  as applied to an  Employer,  does not
                           meet  the  requirements  of a  qualified  plan  under
                           Section  401(a) of the Code,  the assets of the Trust
                           attributable  to  contributions  made by the Employer
                           under  the Plan  shall be  returned  to the  Employer
                           within   one   year  of  the   date  of   denial   of
                           qualification of the Plan as applied to the Employer.

                  (b)      If a contribution  or a portion of a contribution  is
                           made by an Employer as a result of a mistake of fact,
                           such contribution or portion of a contribution  shall
                           not be  considered  to have been  contributed  to the
                           Trust by the Employer and,  after having been reduced
                           by any losses of the Trust allocable  thereto,  shall
                           be  returned to the  Employer  within one year of the
                           date the amount is paid to the Trust.

                  (c)      If a contribution  made by an Employer is conditioned
                           upon the  deductibility  of such  contribution  as an
                           expense  for  Federal  income  tax  purposes,  to the
                           extent the deduction for the contribution made by the
                           Employer is disallowed, such contribution, or portion
                           of such  contribution,  after  having been reduced by
                           any losses of the Trust allocable  thereto,  shall be
                           returned to the Employer  within one year of the date
                           of disallowance of the deduction.

                  (d)      If there is a  default  on an  Acquisition  Loan,  an
                           Employer  may  exercise  its rights  under the Pledge
                           Agreement with respect to the shares of Company Stock
                           subject to the Pledge Agreement  (including,  but not
                           limited to, the sale of pledged shares,  the transfer
                           of   pledged   shares  to  the   Employer,   and  the
                           registration  of  pledged  shares  in the  Employer's
                           name).

Contributions  may be returned to an Employer pursuant to subparagraph (a) above
only if they are conditioned  upon initial  qualification of the Plan as applied
to that  Employer  and an  application  for  determination  was made by the time
prescribed by law for filing the  Employer's  Federal  income tax return for the
taxable year in which the Plan was adopted (or such later date as the  Secretary
of the Treasury  may  prescribe).  In no event may the return of a  contribution
pursuant  to  subparagraph  (b) or (c)  above  cause any  Participant's  Account
balances to be less than the amount of such  balances had the  contribution  not
been made under the Plan.



<PAGE>


         SECTION 16    Amendment and Termination


16.1     Amendment

                  While the Company  expects  and intends to continue  the Plan,
the Company  reserves the right to amend the Plan from time to time by action of
the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing:

                  (a)      An   amendment  may   not   change  the  duties   and
                           liabilities  of  the  Administrator  or  the  Trustee
                           without  the consent  of the   Administrator  or  the
                           Trustee, whichever is applicable;

                  (b)      An  amendment  shall  not   reduce  the  value  of  a
                           Participant's  nonforfeitable  benefits accrued prior
                           to the later of the adoption or the effective date of
                           the amendment; and

                  (c)      Except as provided in Section 15,  under no condition
                           shall any amendment result in the return or repayment
                           to the  Employers  of any  part of the  Trust  or the
                           income therefrom or result in the distribution of the
                           Trust for the benefit of anyone other than  employees
                           and former  employees of the  Employers and any other
                           persons entitled to benefits under the Plan.

The Administrator shall notify the Trustee of any amendment of the Plan within a
reasonable period of time.


16.2     Termination

                  The  Plan  will  terminate  as to all  Employers  on any  date
specified  by  the  Company  if  thirty  days  advance  written  notice  of  the
termination is given to the Administrator,  the Trustee and the other Employers.
The Plan will  terminate as to an  individual  Employer on the first to occur of
the following:

                  (a)      The date it is  terminated by that Employer if thirty
                           days advance  written  notice of the  termination  is
                           given to the Administrator, the Trustee and the other
                           Employers.

                  (b)      The  date  that   Employer  is   judicially  declared
                           bankrupt or insolvent.

                  (c)      The date that  Employer  completely  discontinues its
                           contributions under the Plan.

                  (d)      The    dissolution,    merger,    consolidation    or
                           reorganization  of that  Employer or the sale by that
                           Employer of all or  substantially  all of its assets,
                           except that:

                           (i)      in any such event,  arrangements may be made
                                    with the consent of the Company  whereby the
                                    Plan will be continued  by any  purchaser of
                                    all or substantially  all of its assets,  in
                                    which case the  successor or purchaser  will
                                    be  substituted  for that Employer under the
                                    Plan and the Trust agreement; and

                           (ii)     if an  Employer is merged,  dissolved  or in
                                    any   other   way   reorganized   into,   or
                                    consolidated  with, any other Employer,  the
                                    Plan as applied to the former  Employer will
                                    automatically  continue in effect  without a
                                    termination thereof.


16.3     Nonforfeitability and Distribution on Termination

                  On termination or partial  termination of the Plan, the rights
of  all  affected   Participants  to  benefits  accrued  to  the  date  of  such
termination,  after all  adjustments  then  required  have been  made,  shall be
nonforfeitable.  The Administrator shall specify the date of such termination or
partial  termination  as a Special  Accounting  Date. If an ESOP is  terminated,
affected  employees become 100% vested in their account balances,  regardless of
their years of service. As soon as practicable after all adjustments required as
of that date  have  been  made to the  Account  balances  of  Participants,  the
Administrator  shall  direct the  Trustee to  distribute  to each such  affected
Participant his benefits under the Plan in one lump sum provided the Participant
is  no  longer  employed  by an  Employer  or a  Controlled  Group  Member.  All
appropriate  provisions  of the Plan will  continue  to apply  until the Account
balances of all such Participants have been distributed under the Plan.


16.4     Notice of Termination

                  Participants  will be notified of the  termination of the Plan
within a reasonable time.


16.5     Plan Merger, Consolidation, Etc.

                  In the case of any merger or  consolidation  with, or transfer
of assets or liabilities to, any other plan, each Participant's benefits (if the
Plan terminated immediately after such merger,  consolidation or transfer) shall
be equal to or  greater  than the  benefits  the  Participant  would  have  been
entitled to receive if the Plan had  terminated  immediately  before the merger,
consolidation or transfer.



<PAGE>


         SECTION 17    Administration


17.1     The Administrator

                  As provided in subsection  1.4, the Plan is  administered by a
committee consisting of three or more persons (who may but need not be employees
of the employers)  appointed by the Company.  The Secretary of the Company shall
certify to the trustee from time to time the appointment to (and termination of)
office of the  committee  and the person who is  selected  as  secretary  of the
committee.


17.2     The Administrator's General Powers, Rights, and Duties

                  The  Administrator  shall  have all the powers  necessary  and
appropriate  to  discharge  its duties  under the Plan,  which  powers  shall be
exercised in the sole and absolute  discretion of the Administrator,  including,
but not limited to, the following:

                  (a)      To construe and interpret the  provisions of the Plan
                           and  to  make  factual   determinations   thereunder,
                           including  the  power  to  determine  the  rights  or
                           eligibility    under    the   Plan   of    employees,
                           Participants,  or any other persons,  and the amounts
                           of their  benefits  (if any)  under the Plan,  and to
                           remedy ambiguities, inconsistencies or omissions, and
                           such  determinations  by the  Administrator  shall be
                           binding on all parties.

                  (b)      To adopt such rules of procedure and  regulations  as
                           in its  opinion may be  necessary  for the proper and
                           efficient  administration  of  the  Plan  and  as are
                           consistent with the Plan and Trust agreement.

                  (c)      To enforce the Plan in  accordance  with the terms of
                           the Plan and the  Trust  and in  accordance  with the
                           rules and regulations the Administrator has adopted.

                  (d)      To  direct  the  Trustee   as  respects  payments  or
                           distributions from the  Trust in accordance  with the
                           provisions of the Plan.

                  (e)      To furnish the Employers with such information as may
                           be  required  by them  for tax or other  purposes  in
                           connection with the Plan.

                  (f)      As  directed  by  the  Trustee,   to  employ  agents,
                           attorneys,  accountants,  actuaries or other  persons
                           (who also may be  employed by the  Employers)  and to
                           allocate or delegate to them such powers,  rights and
                           duties as the Administrator may consider necessary or
                           advisable to properly carry out administration of the
                           Plan, provided that such allocation or delegation and
                           the  acceptance  thereof by such  agents,  attorneys,
                           accountants,  actuaries or other persons, shall be in
                           writing.

                  (g)      As directed by the Trustee, to  appoint an investment
                           manager  as  defined  in  section  3(38)  of ERISA to
                           manage (with  power to  acquire and  dispose of)  the
                           assets of the Plan,  which  investment manager may or
                           may  not be a  subsidiary  of  the  Company,  and  to
                           delegate to any such  investment  manager all  of the
                           powers,  authorities and  discretions granted  to the
                           Administrator hereunder or under the  Trust agreement
                           (including the power to delegate and  the power, with
                           prior  notice  to  the  Administrator, to  appoint an
                           investment manager), in which event, any direction to
                           the  Trustee   from  any  duly  appointed  investment
                           manager with respect to the acquisition, retention or
                           disposition of Plan assets shall  have the same force
                           and effect as if such direction had been given by the
                           Administrator, and to  remove any investment manager;
                           provided,  however,  that the power  and authority to
                           manage, acquire, or dispose of any asset  of the Plan
                           shall  not  be  delegated  except  to  an  investment
                           manager, and provided further  that the acceptance by
                           any  investment  manager  of   such  appointment  and
                           delegation shall be in writing, and the Administrator
                           shall give notice to the Trustee, in  writing, of any
                           appointment  of,  delegation  to  or  removal  of  an
                           investment manager.


17.3     Interested Administrator Member

                  If a member of the  Administrator is also a Participant in the
Plan,  the  Administrator  member  may not  decide or  determine  any  matter or
question  concerning  distributions of any kind to be made to the  Administrator
member  or the  nature  or  mode of  settlement  of the  Administrator  member's
benefits,   unless  such  decision  or  determination   could  be  made  by  the
Administrator member under the Plan if the Administrator member were not serving
on the Administrator.


17.4     Administrator Expenses

                  All costs,  charges and  expenses  reasonably  incurred by the
Administrator will be paid by the Company to the extent not paid from the assets
of the Trust. No compensation  will be paid to a member of the  Administrator as
such.


17.5     Uniform Rules

                  The  Administrator  shall  administer the Plan on a reasonable
and  nondiscriminatory  basis  and  shall  apply  uniform  rules to all  persons
similarly situated.


17.6     Information Required by the Administrator

                  Each person  entitled to benefits under the Plan shall furnish
the  Administrator  with such  documents,  evidence,  data or information as the
Administrator  considers necessary or desirable for the purpose of administering
the Plan.  The  Employers  shall  furnish the  Administrator  with such data and
information  as the  Administrator  may deem  necessary or desirable in order to
administer  the Plan.  The records of the  Employers  as to an  employee's  or a
Participant's period of employment,  Hours of Service, termination of employment
and the reason therefore,  leave of absence,  reemployment and Compensation will
be  conclusive  on  all  persons  unless   determined  to  the   Administrator's
satisfaction to be incorrect.


17.7     Review of Benefit Determinations

                  The  Administrator  will  provide  notice  in  writing  to any
Participant  or  Beneficiary  whose claim for benefits under the Plan is denied,
and the  Administrator  shall afford such  Participant or Beneficiary a full and
fair review of its decision if so requested.


17.8     Administrator's Decision Final

                  Subject  to  applicable   law,  any   interpretation   of  the
provisions of the Plan and any decisions on any matter within the  discretion of
the  Administrator  made by the  Administrator in good faith shall be binding on
all persons.  A misstatement or other mistake of fact shall be corrected when it
becomes  known,  and the  Administrator  shall make such  adjustment  on account
thereof as it considers equitable and practicable.


17.9     Denial Procedure and Appeal Process

                  If a Participant, Beneficiary or any other person who believes
he may be entitled to benefits under the Plan (a  "Claimant")  has an unresolved
question about eligibility for benefits,  the form of benefits, or the amount of
benefits to be received or being received under the Plan after  consulting  with
the Administrator or its  representatives,  a formal review of the situation may
be requested in writing of the  Administrator  within sixty days after receiving
notification  of the  Claimant's  Plan benefits or an estimate of the Claimant's
Plan benefits. A review decision will be made within sixty days after receipt of
such request (one hundred twenty days in special circumstances) and the Claimant
will be  informed  of the  decision  within  ninety  days after  receipt of such
request  (one hundred  eighty days in special  circumstances).  However,  if the
Claimant is not informed of the decision within the period  described above, the
Claimant may request a further review by the Administrator as described below as
if the Claimant had  received  notice of an adverse  decision at the end of that
period.  The decision will be written in a manner calculated to be understood by
the Claimant,  setting forth the specific reasons for any denial of a benefit or
benefit  option,  specific  reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which such
denial is  based,  a  description  of any  additional  material  or  information
necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim and an  explanation  of why such
material or  information  is necessary,  and an  explanation of the Plan's claim
review  procedure.  The Claimant  also shall be advised that the Claimant or the
Claimant's  duly authorized  representative  may request a further review by the
Administrator of the decision denying the claim by filing with the Administrator
within sixty days after such notice has been  received by the Claimant a written
request for such review and that Claimant may review  pertinent  documents,  and
submit issues and comments in writing, within the same sixty-day period. If such
request is so filed, such review shall be made by the Administrator within sixty
days after  receipt of such request,  unless  special  circumstances  require an
extension of time for  processing in which case the review will be completed and
decision  rendered  within one hundred  twenty days. The Claimant shall be given
written  notice of the decision  which shall  include  specific  reasons for the
decision,  and specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the
decision is based,  and such  decision by the  Administrator  shall be final and
shall terminate the review process.


17.10    Powers and Responsibilities of the Company

                  (a)      The Company shall be empowered to appoint  and remove
                           the Trustee and the Administrator from time to time.

                  (b)      The Company  shall  establish  a "funding  policy and
                           method,"  consistent with the objectives of this Plan
                           and with the  requirements  of Title I of the Act and
                           the purpose of the Plan which is to invest  primarily
                           in Company Stock.

                  (c)      The Company shall periodically review the performance
                           of any  Fiduciary or other person to whom duties have
                           been   delegated   or   allocated  by  it  under  the
                           provisions  of this Plan or  pursuant  to  procedures
                           established   hereunder.   This  requirement  may  be
                           satisfied by formal periodic review by the Company or
                           by a qualified person specifically  designated by the
                           Company,  through  day-to-day conduct and evaluation,
                           or through other appropriate ways.

                  (d)      The  Company  will  furnish  Plan   Fiduciaries   and
                           Participants with notices and information  statements
                           when  voting  rights  must be  exercised  pursuant to
                           Section 13.

                  (e)      The Company will have authority to amend or terminate
                           the Plan, or to merge or  consolidate  the Plan with,
                           or transfer all or part of the assets or  liabilities
                           to, any other Plan.


         SECTION 18    Special Rules Applicable When Plan is Top-Heavy


18.1     Purpose and Effect

                  The  purpose  of  this  Section  18  is  to  comply  with  the
requirements  of Section 416 of the Code.  The provisions of this Section 18 are
effective for each Plan Year  beginning on or after the Effective  Date in which
the Plan is a "Top-Heavy Plan" within the meaning of Section 416(g) of the Code.


18.2     Top-Heavy Plan

                  In  general,  the Plan will be a  Top-Heavy  Plan for any Plan
Year if, as of the "Determination  Date" (that is, the last day of the preceding
Plan Year), the sum of the amounts in  subparagraphs  (a), (b) and (c) below for
Key Employees (as defined  generally below and in Section 416(i)(1) of the Code)
exceeds  sixty  percent of the sum of such  amounts  for all  employees  who are
covered by this Plan or by a defined  contribution  plan or defined benefit plan
that is aggregated with this Plan in accordance with subsection 18.4:

                  (a)      The aggregate account balances of Participants  under
                           this Plan.

                  (b)      The aggregate account balances of Participants  under
                           any other defined  contribution  plan included  under
                           subsection 18.4.

                  (c)      The present value of the cumulative  accrued benefits
                           of Participants  calculated under any defined benefit
                           plan included in subsection 18.4.

In making the foregoing  determination:  (i) a Participant's account balances or
cumulative  accrued benefits shall be increased by the aggregate  distributions,
if any, made with respect to the Participant  during the 5-year period ending on
the Determination Date, including distributions under a terminated plan that, if
it had not been  terminated,  would have been  required  to be  included  in the
aggregation group, (ii) the account balances or cumulative accrued benefits of a
Participant  who was  previously  a Key  Employee,  but who is no  longer  a Key
Employee, shall be disregarded, (iii) the account balances or cumulative accrued
benefits of a  Beneficiary  of a  Participant  shall be  considered  Accounts or
accrued  benefits of the  Participant,  (iv) the account  balances or cumulative
accrued benefits of a Participant who has not performed services for an Employer
or a Controlled  Group Member at any time during the 5-year period ending on the
Determination  Date shall be disregarded and (v) any rollover  contribution  (or
similar transfer) from a plan maintained by a corporation other than an Employer
under this Plan  initiated by a  Participant  shall not be taken into account as
part of the Participant's aggregate account balances under this Plan.


18.3     Key Employee

                  In general,  a "Key  Employee"  is an employee (or a former or
deceased  employee)  who,  at any  time  during  the  Plan  Year or any of the 4
preceding Plan Years, is or was:

                           (a)      an  officer  of an  Employer  having  annual
                                    compensation  greater than fifty  percent of
                                    the  amount in  effect  under  Code  Section
                                    415(b)(1)(A)  (the defined benefit  maximum)
                                    for any such Plan Year;  provided  that, for
                                    purposes of this subparagraph,  no more than
                                    fifty  employees  of the  Employer  (or,  if
                                    lesser,  the greater of three  employees  or
                                    ten  percent  of  the  employees)  shall  be
                                    treated as officers;

                           (b)      one of the ten  employees  who  have  annual
                                    compensation  from an  Employer of more than
                                    the  limitation in effect under Code Section
                                    415(c)(1)(A)   (the   defined   contribution
                                    maximum)   for  that  year  and   owning  or
                                    considered as owning,  within the meaning of
                                    Section   318  of  the  Code,   the  largest
                                    interests in the Employer; provided that, if
                                    two employees  have the same interest in the
                                    Employer, the employee having greater annual
                                    compensation  from  the  Employer  shall  be
                                    treated as having a larger interest;

                           (c)      a  five  percent  or  greater  owner  of  an
                                    Employer; or

                           (d)      a  one  percent  or   greater  owner  of  an
                                    Employer  having  annual  compensation  from
                                    the Employer of more than $150,000.

For purposes of this subsection the term  "compensation"  means  compensation as
defined by Code Section 414(q)(7).


18.4     Aggregated Plans

                  Each other defined  contribution plan and defined benefit plan
maintained by an Employer that covers a Key Employee as a Participant or that is
maintained by an Employer in order for a plan covering a Key Employee to satisfy
Section  401(a)(4)  or 410 of the Code  shall be  aggregated  with  this Plan in
determining  whether  this Plan is  top-heavy.  In addition,  any other  defined
contribution  or defined benefit plan of an Employer may be included if all such
plans that are included,  when  aggregated,  will not  discriminate  in favor of
officers,  shareholders or Highly Compensated  Participants and will satisfy all
of the applicable requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.


18.5     Minimum Vesting

                  For any Plan Year in which  the Plan is a  Top-Heavy  Plan,  a
Participant's  vested percentage in his Stock Account shall not be less than the
percentage determined under the following table:

                                                       Vested
              Years of Service                       Percentage

                 Less than 2                               0
                      2                                   20
                      3                                   40
                      4                                   60
                      5                                   80
                  6 or more                              100

If the foregoing  provisions of this subsection 18.5 become  effective,  and the
Plan  subsequently  ceases to be a Top-Heavy Plan, no Participant shall have his
vested percentage reduced,  and each Participant who has then completed three or
more Years of Service may elect to continue to have the vested percentage of his
Employer Contribution Account determined under the provisions of this subsection
18.5.


18.6     Minimum Employer Contribution

                  Subject to the  following  provisions of this  subsection  and
subsection  18.7,  for any Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top-Heavy  Plan, the
Employer  contribution  credited to each  Participant  who is not a Key Employee
shall not be less than 3 percent of such  Participant's  total  compensation (as
defined  in  subsection  8.1) from the  Employers  for that  year.  In no event,
however,  shall  the  total  Employer  contribution  credited  in any  year to a
Participant  who  is not a Key  Employee  (expressed  as a  percentage  of  such
Participant's  total  compensation  from the Employer)  exceed the maximum total
Employer  contribution  credited in that year to a Key Employee  (expressed as a
percentage  of  such  Key  Employee's  total  compensation  from  an  Employer).
Contributions  made by an  Employer  under the Plan  pursuant  to  Participants'
income deferral  authorizations  shall not be deemed Employer  Contributions for
purposes  of this  subsection.  The  amount  of  minimum  Employer  contribution
otherwise  required to be allocated to any  Participant  for any Plan Year under
this  subsection  shall be  reduced  by the  amount  of  Employer  Contributions
allocated  to him for a Plan Year ending with or within that Plan Year under any
other tax-qualified defined contribution plan maintained by an Employer.


18.7     Coordination of Benefits

                  For any Plan Year in which the Plan is top-heavy,  in the case
of a  Participant  who is a  non-Key  Employee  and  who is a  Participant  in a
top-heavy  tax-qualified  defined benefit plan that is maintained by an Employer
and that is subject to Section 416 of the Code, subsection 18.5 shall not apply,
and the minimum  benefit to be provided to each such  Participant  in accordance
with this Section 18 and Section  416(c) of the Code shall be the minimum annual
retirement  benefit to which he is entitled  under such defined  benefit plan in
accordance with such Section 416(c),  reduced by the amount of annual retirement
benefit purchasable with his Plan Accounts (or portions thereof) attributable to
Employer  contributions  (as defined in subsection 18.6) under this Plan and any
other tax-qualified defined contribution plan maintained by an Employer.


</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.114
<SEQUENCE>11
<FILENAME>0011.txt
<DESCRIPTION>EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP TRUST
<TEXT>



                           Green Mountain Coffee, Inc.
                         EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP TRUST


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                           PAGE
                                                                           ----

ARTICLE 1..................................................................   2
         Name..............................................................   2

ARTICLE 2..................................................................   2
         Management and Control of Trust Fund Assets.......................   2
                  2.1      The Trust Fund..................................   2
                  2.2      Collective Investment...........................   2
                  2.3      Allocation and Segregation of Funds Among
                           Employers.......................................   2
                  2.4      Withdrawals.....................................   3
                  2.5      Responsibility of Trustee.......................   3
                  2.6      General Powers..................................   4
                  2.7      Compensation and Expenses.......................   9
                  2.8      Exercise of Trustee's Duties....................   9
                  2.9      Plan Administration.............................  10
                  2.10     Continuation of Powers Upon Trust Termination...  10

ARTICLE 3..................................................................  10
         Provisions Related to Investment in Company Stock.................  10
                  3.1      Investment of Cash..............................  10
                  3.2      Stock Dividends, Splits and Other Capital
                           Reorganizations.................................  11
                  3.3      Voting of Shares and Tender or Exchange Offers..  11
                  3.4      Put Option......................................  11

ARTICLE 4..................................................................  12
         Miscellaneous.....................................................  12
                  4.1      Disagreement as to Acts.........................  12
                  4.2      Persons Dealing with Trustee....................  12
                  4.3      Benefits May Not Be Assigned or Alienated.......  12
                  4.4      Evidence........................................  12
                  4.5      Waiver of Notice................................  12
                  4.6      Counterparts....................................  13
                  4.7      Governing Laws and Severability.................  13
                  4.8      Successors......................................  13
                  4.9      Action..........................................  13
                  4.10     Conformance with Plan...........................  13
                  4.11     Indemnification.................................  14
                  4.12     Gender and Number...............................  14
                  4.13     Headings........................................  14

ARTICLE 5..................................................................  14
         No Reversion to Company...........................................  14

ARTICLE 6..................................................................  15
         Change of Trustee.................................................  15
                  6.1      Resignation.....................................  15
                  6.2      Removal of the Trustee..........................  16
                  6.3      Duties of Resigning or Removed Trustee and
                           of Successor Trustee...........................   16
                  6.4      Filling Trustee Vacancy.........................  16
                  6.5      Successor Trustee...............................  16

ARTICLE 7..................................................................  17
         Additional Employers..............................................  17

ARTICLE 8..................................................................  17
         Amendment and Termination.........................................  17
                  8.1      Amendment.......................................  17
                  8.2      Termination.....................................  18


<PAGE>


                           GREEN MOUNTAIN COFFEE, Inc.
                         EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP TRUST


                  THIS  AGREEMENT,  made effective as of the 1st day of January,
2000, by and between Green Mountain  Coffee,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation (the
"Company"),  and Robert D. Britt, and his successor or successors and assigns in
the trust hereby evidenced, as Trustee (the "Trustee").


                                           WITNESSETH THAT:
                                           ---------------


                  WHEREAS,  the Company  desires to establish the Green Mountain
Coffee,  Inc.  Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan (the "Plan") as a  tax-qualified
employee stock  ownership plan that is intended to satisfy the  requirements  of
Sections 401(a) and 4975(e)(7) of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(the "Code"); and

                  WHEREAS,  the Company  intends to  establish  the Plan for the
exclusive  benefit  of  eligible  employees  of the  Company  and  those  of any
Controlled  Group  Member (as  defined  in  Article 7) which  adopt the Plan and
become a party to this Trust Agreement as provided in Article 7 (the Company and
the Controlled  Group Members that are parties hereto are sometimes  referred to
below collectively as the "Employers" and individually as an "Employer"); and

                  WHEREAS,  the Company intends to fund the Plan through a trust
arrangement the provisions of which are contained in this document;

                  WHEREAS, Robert D. Britt was appointed the sole trustee of the
                  trust arrangement of the Plan as of January 1, 2000.

                  NOW  THEREFORE,  pursuant to the  authority  delegated  to the
undersigned  officers of the  Company by  resolution  of its Board of  Directors
adopted on September 14, 2000, IT IS AGREED,  by and between the parties hereto,
that the trust provisions contained herein shall constitute the Trust, effective
as of  January 1, 2000,  and the sole  agreement  between  the  Company  and the
Trustee in connection with the Plan; and

                  IT IS FURTHER  AGREED,  that the  Trustee  hereby  accepts his
appointment as such under this Trust Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2000.

                  IT IS FURTHER  AGREED,  by and between  the parties  hereto as
follows:


         ARTICLE 1     Name

                  This Trust Agreement and Trust hereby evidenced shall be known
as the "GREEN MOUNTAIN COFFEE, INC. EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP TRUST."


         ARTICLE 2     Management and Control of Trust Fund Assets


2.1      The Trust Fund

                  The "Trust  Fund" as at any date means all  property  of every
kind then held by the Trustee pursuant to this Agreement.


2.2      Collective Investment

                  Except as is  necessary  to comply  with the  requirements  of
subsection 2.6, the Trustee may manage, invest and account for all contributions
made by the several Employers under the Plan as one Trust Fund.


2.3      Allocation and Segregation of Funds Among Employers

                  The Trustee is directed to maintain at all times such  records
as will  enable  it to  effect,  as of any time,  an  equitable  allocation  and
segregation of the assets of the Trust Fund into one or more separate funds held
for the exclusive benefit of each Employer.  If the  Administrator  notifies the
Trustee (in  writing) to effect such  allocation  and  segregation,  the Trustee
shall do so as soon  thereafter as  practicable.  Thereafter,  the Trustee shall
administer  such  separate  fund in  accordance  with  the  otherwise-applicable
provisions of this Trust, or, if so directed by the Administrator, shall deliver
the  assets  of such  separate  fund to  such  successor  trustee  as  shall  be
designated by the Administrator.

                  If, for any reason,  it becomes  necessary  to  determine  the
portion  of the  Trust  Fund  allocable  to each  of the  employees  and  former
employees of any Employer as of any date, the  Administrator  shall specify such
date as an Accounting Date, and after all adjustments required under the Plan as
of  that  Accounting  Date  have  been  made,  the  portion  of the  Trust  Fund
attributable  to each of the employees and former  employees shall be determined
by the Trustee with the assistance  and  cooperation  of the  Administrator  and
shall  consist of an amount equal to the  aggregate  of the account  balances of
each  employee and former  employee of that Employer plus an amount equal to any
allocable contributions made by that Employer since the close of the immediately
preceding Plan Year.


2.4      Withdrawals

                  For the purpose of making payment or  distribution of benefits
or expenses  that become  payable or  distributable  in the  ordinary  course of
administering  the Plan,  the Plan may  withdraw  any part or all of the account
balance in any Fund at any time.  Such a withdrawal  will be deemed to have been
made  whenever  the  Trustee  makes  a  distribution  at  the  direction  of the
Administrator to a person or persons  designated to receive such distribution by
the Administrator. The Trustee may distribute the Plan's entire account balances
in the  Trust  Fund  as of  any  Accounting  Date  if  directed  to do so by the
Administrator and shall do so if it is notified that:

                  (a)      The Plan is no longer a qualified plan; or

                  (b)      The  Plan  either  no  longer   contains   provisions
                           permitting  deposits  to be made to this  Trust or no
                           longer  incorporates the provisions of this agreement
                           by reference.

Any  distribution  may be made in cash or in  property,  or partly  in each,  as
determined  by the  Administrator,  except  that any  property  included  in any
distribution  shall  be  valued  at its  fair  market  value  as of the  date of
distribution,  as determined by the Trustee.  Whenever a distribution is made as
of a date other than the Accounting  Date,  the Plan's  account  balance will be
charged no later than the Accounting Date next following the date the withdrawal
is made by the dollar amount of the withdrawal.


2.5      Responsibility of Trustee

                  The  Trustee  shall  not be  responsible  in any  way  for the
adequacy of the Trust Fund to meet and  discharge any or all  liabilities  under
the Plan or for the proper  application  of  distributions  made or other action
taken upon the written direction of the  Administrator.  The powers,  duties and
responsibilities  of the  Trustee  shall be  limited  to those set forth in this
Trust  Agreement,  and nothing  contained  in the Plan,  either  expressly or by
implication,  shall be  deemed  to  impose  any  additional  powers,  duties  or
responsibilities on the Trustee.


2.6      General Powers

                  Subject  to the  provisions  of  paragraphs  2.8  and  2.9 and
Article 3, with respect to the Trust Fund,  the Trustee shall have the following
powers,  rights and duties in addition to those provided elsewhere in this Trust
Agreement or by law:

                  (a)      to receive and to hold all  contributions  paid to it
                           under the Plan; provided,  however,  that the Trustee
                           shall have no duty to require any contributions to be
                           made  to it,  to  determine  that  the  contributions
                           received by it comply with the provisions of the Plan
                           or  with  any  resolution  of  the  Board   providing
                           therefor;

                  (b)      as directed by the  Administrator,  to retain in cash
                           (pending investment, reinvestment or the distribution
                           of  dividends)  such  reasonable  amount  as  may  be
                           required for the proper  administration  of the Trust
                           and to invest such cash as provided in paragraph 3.1;

                  (c)      as   directed   by    the   Administrator,  to   make
                           distributions from the Trust Fund to such persons, in
                           such manner,  at such times and in  such forms (stock
                           of   the   Company  ("Company  Stock"),  cash   or  a
                           combination of both) as directed without inquiring as
                           to whether a payee is entitled to the  payment, or as
                           to whether a payment is proper, and without liability
                           for  a  payment  made  in  good faith  without actual
                           notice  or knowledge  of  the  changed  condition  or
                           status  of the  payee. If  any  payment  of  benefits
                           directed  to be made  from  the  Trust  Fund  by  the
                           Trustee is not claimed, the  Trustee shall notify the
                           Administrator    of   that    fact   promptly.    The
                           Administrator  shall  make  a   diligent  effort   to
                           ascertain the whereabouts of the payee or distributee
                           of  benefits  returned unclaimed.   The Trustee shall
                           dispose of such  payments as the Administrator  shall
                           direct.   The Trustee shall  have  no  obligation  to
                           search for or ascertain the whereabouts  of any payee
                           or distributee of benefits from the Trust Fund;

                  (d)      to vote any stocks  (including  Company Stock,  which
                           shall be voted as  provided  in Section  13(b) of the
                           Plan,  as that  Section  may be amended  from time to
                           time),  bonds or other  securities held in the Trust,
                           or otherwise  consent to or request any action on the
                           part of the  issuer in  person,  by proxy or power of
                           attorney;

                  (e)      to  contract  or  otherwise  enter into  transactions
                           between  itself,  as Trustee,  and the Company or any
                           Company shareholder,  for the purpose of acquiring or
                           selling Company Stock and,  subject to the provisions
                           of paragraph 2.8, to retain such Company Stock;

                  (f)      to compromise, contest, arbitrate,  settle or abandon
                           claims and demands by or against the Trust Fund;

                  (g)      to begin, maintain or defend any litigation necessary
                           in connection with the investment,  reinvestment  and
                           administration  of the Trust,  and, to the extent not
                           paid from the Trust Fund, the Company shall indemnify
                           the Trustee  against  all  expenses  and  liabilities
                           reasonably  sustained or  anticipated by it by reason
                           thereof (including reasonable attorneys' fees);

                  (h)      to  retain  any  funds  or  property  subject  to any
                           dispute   without   liability   for  the  payment  of
                           interest,  or to decline to make  payment or delivery
                           thereof until final  adjudication  is made by a court
                           of competent jurisdiction;

                  (i)      to report to the  Company  as of the last day of each
                           Plan Year of the Plan (which shall be the same as the
                           Trust's fiscal year),  as of any Accounting  Date (or
                           as soon thereafter as practicable),  or at such other
                           times as may be  required  under the  Plan,  the then
                           "Net  Worth" of the  Trust  Fund,  that is,  the fair
                           market value of all property  held in the Trust Fund,
                           reduced by any liabilities  other than liabilities to
                           Participants in the Plan and their Beneficiaries,  as
                           determined by the Trustee;

                  (j)      to furnish to the  Company an annual  written account
                           and  accounts  for  such  other  periods  as  may  be
                           required under the Plan, showing the Net Worth of the
                           Trust Fund at the end of the period, all investments,
                           receipts,  disbursements and other  transactions made
                           by the Trustee during the accounting period, and such
                           other information  as the  Trustee may  possess which
                           the Company requires in order  to comply with Section
                           103  of  ERISA.   The  Trustee  shall  keep  accurate
                           accounts  of all investments,  earnings  thereon, and
                           all accounts,  books  and  records  related  to  such
                           investments shall be open to inspection by any person
                           designated by the Company or the  Administrator.  All
                           accounts of the  Trustee shall be kept  on an accrual
                           basis.  If, during the term of this  Trust Agreement,
                           the  Department  of  Labor issues  regulations  under
                           ERISA regarding the  valuation of securities or other
                           assets for purposes of the reports required by ERISA,
                           the Trustee  shall use  such  valuation  methods  for
                           purposes   of   the   accounts   described  by   this
                           subparagraph.  If  shares of  Company  Stock are  not
                           traded  with  sufficient  volume   or  frequency,  as
                           determined by the Administrator,  to be considered as
                           being  readily  tradable  on  a  national  securities
                           market or  exchange,  all  valuations  of  shares  of
                           Company  Stock   shall  originally   be  made  by  an
                           independent appraiser (as described in Section 401(a)
                           (28)(C)  of the  Code)  retained by the  Trustee, and
                           reviewed and  finalized by the  Trustee in accordance
                           with  Section  3(18)(B) of  ERISA.  The  Company  may
                           may approve  such accounting  by  written  notice  of
                           approval  del